United States
        Environmental Protection
        Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
77 West Jackson Boulevard
Chicago, Illinois 60604
EPA 905-R96-001
  March 1996
&EPA   Assessment and
        Remediation
        of Contaminated Sediments
        (ARCS) Program

        ESTIMATING CONTAMINANT LOSSES
        FROM COMPONENTS OF
        REMEDIATION ALTERNATIVES
        FOR CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS
                           ® United States Areas of Concern

                           • ARCS Priority Areas of Concern

-------
                DISCLAIMER
This document has been subject to the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's  (USEPA)  peer and administrative
review, and it  has been approved for publication as  a
USEPA document. Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement or recommenda-
tion for used by USEPA or any of the contributing authors.

-------
                   Hydraulic operations	30
                 Losses During Truck and Rail Transport  	30
                 Volatile Losses During Dredged Material Transport  	31
                   Mechanically dredged sediment  	31
                   Hydraulically dredged sediment	33

              4—Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment	35

                 Background	35
                 Losses During Primary Settling and Flow Equalization  	36
                   Effluent-hydraulic filling  	37
                   Effluent-mechanical placement	44
                   Leachate	45
                   Runoff	66
                   Volatilization	66

              5—Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities   	79

                 Background	79
                 Overview of Confined Disposal Facility Technology	80
                   CDF siting locales  	80
                   Placement methods	83
                   Design and operation	83
                 Literature on Effluent Losses During Hydraulic Disposal	84
                   Hoeppel, Myers, and Engler (1978)   	84
                   Lu et al. (1978)	85
                   Palermo (1988)   	87
                   Thackston  and Palermo (1990)	90
                   Thackston  and Palermo (1992)	90
                   Myers (1991)   	91
                   Krizek, Gallagher, and Karadi (1976)  	91
                   MacKnight and MacLellan (1984)	92
                   Khan and Grossi (1984)	92
                 Effluent Losses During Mechanical Disposal	92
                 Seepage Through Permeable Dikes:  Nearshore and In-Water CDFs  .  .  94
                   Pond water seepage through dikes	94
                   Leachate seepage through dikes  	96
                   Contaminant attenuation in permeable dikes   	  100
                 Literature on Leachate Losses From CDFs	  101
                   Field studies	  101
                   Laboratory studies  	  104
                 Literature on Volatile Losses From CDFs	  106
                 Literature and Predictive Techniques for Runoff Losses	  106
                   WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System	  107
                   Runoff quality studies using WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter
                     System	  108
                   Simplified  laboratory tests  	  110
              6—Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal	  Ill
                 Background	  Ill
                   General  	  Ill
IV

-------
Contents
Preface  	xii

Conversion Factors, Non-Si to SI Units of Measurement  	  xiii

1—Introduction  	1

   Background	1
     Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments
       (ARCS) Program	1
     U.S. Army Corps of Engineers involvement	2
     Engineering/Technology Work Group	3
   Objectives  	4
     Scope   	5
     Report contents  	5

2—Contaminant Losses During Dredging	7

   Background	7
   Dredging  Equipment	8
     Cutterhead hydraulic pipeline dredge	8
     Dustpan dredge  	12
     Matchbox suction dredge  	12
     Hopper dredge	12
     Horizontal auger dredge	 13
     Cleanup dredge  	13
     Pneuma pump  	13
     Oozer  pump  	14
     Bucket dredge	14
   Paniculate Contaminant Releases During Dredging	14
     General considerations	•	16
     Cutterhead dredges	18
     Bucket dredges  	21
   Dissolved Contaminant Releases During  Dredging  	23
   Closure on Losses During Dredging  	27

3—Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport	28

   Background	28
   Losses During Pipeline Transport	28
   Losses During Scow, Barge, and Hopper Transport  	29
     Bucket operations	29
                                                                               in

-------
              9—Dredged Material Treatment	   169

                 Contaminant Loss Pathways From Sediment Treatment Trains	   170
                    Thermal destruction  	   171
                    Thermal desorption	   172
                    Biological treatment  	   172
                    Extraction processes  	   173
                    Chemical processes	   173
                    Immobilization processes  	   173
                    Particle separation processes	   174
                 Techniques for Estimating Contaminant Losses During Treatment  .  .   174
                    Bench-scale treatablility studies  	   175
                    Pilot-scale treatability studies	   175
                    Important contaminant loss components for treatability testing  ...   176

              10—Example Application to Contaminated Sediments in the
                  Buffalo River   	   178

                 Introduction  	   178
                 Site Description	   179
                 Contaminant Losses During Dredging	   182
                    Clamshell dredge	  182
                    Cutterhead dredge	  187
                 Contaminant Losses During In Situ Capping	  189
                 Losses for Pretreatment/Confined Disposal	  202
                    Effluent	  202
                    Leachate losses   	  204
                    Volatile losses	  207
                 Contaminant Losses During Treatment by Thermal Desorption  ....  223
                 Comparison of Contaminant Losses	  227
                    Overall  	  227
                    Alternative I	  229
                    Alternative II	  232
                    Alternative III	  235
                    Alternative IV	  235
                 Summary	  240
              11—Summary  and Recommendations	  241
                 Conclusions  	  241
                    General  	  241
                    Nonremoval technologies	  243
                    Dredging	  244
                    Transportation	  244
                    Pretreatment and disposal facilities	  245
                    Dredged material treatment	  246
                    Effluent/leachate treatment  	  246
                    Example calculations	  247
                 Recommendations	  248
                    Uses	  249
                    Research needs   	  249
VI

-------
     Design requirements for capping  	   113
   Influence of Capping Materials, Site,  and Operations	   113
   Mechanisms for Contaminant Loss During Capping  	   114
   Water Column Contaminant Loss During Placement	   114
     Mass release of contaminants	   114
     Standard elutriate testing  	   115
     Open-water disposal modeling	   116
     Calculation of mass release	   119
     Water column control measures	   121
   Resuspension  During Cap Placement	   121
   Losses During Consolidation	   122
   Long-Term Contaminant Release Through Cap   	   122
     Determine  required cap thickness and exposure time	   122
     Models for long-term capping releases	   123

7—Contaminant Losses During Effluent  and Leachate  Treatment  	   141

   Background	   141
   Contaminant Loss Estimation  	   142
   Organic Treatment Technologies  	   143
     Carbon adsorption   	   143
     Oil separation  	   146
     Oxidation	   146
     Ozonation	   147
     UV/hydrogen peroxide and UV/ozone	   147
     Resin adsorption	   148
     Constructed wetlands	   148
   Suspended Solids Removal Technologies  	   149
      Chemical clarification 	   149
      Granular media filtration  	   150
      Membrane microfiltration	   150
      Constructed wetlands	   151
   Metals Removal Technologies	   151
      Precipitation	   151
      Flocculation/coagulation	   152
      Ion exchange	   152
      Permeable treatment beds/dikes 	   153
      Constructed wetlands	   153
   Summary	   154
 8—Contaminant  Losses for the No-Action Alternative	   155

   Background	   155
      Procedures for developing a no-action alternative	   155
      Levels of  study complexity and uncertainty	   157
   Modeling the No-Action Alternative  	   160
      Hydrodynamic models	   160
      Sediment  transport models  	   161
      Contaminant transport models	   166
      Food chain models  	   168
   Summary 	   168

-------
References  	  251
Appendix A:  Notation   	Al
Appendix B:  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients	Bl
Appendix C:  Input Parameters for Disposal From an Instantaneous
  Dump, Disposal From Continuous Discharge, and Disposal
  From a Hopper Dredge Models	Cl

List of Figures

Figure 1.    Hydraulic cutterhead, bucket, and hopper dredges	11
Figure 2.    Definition sketch for contaminant release at point
            of dredging	 17
Figure 3.    Cutting operation of a cutterhead dredge	 18
Figure 4.    Pretreatment facility schematic with major contaminant
            migration pathways during filling and filled	36
Figure 5.    Solids output for selected pipeline dredge sizes, pipeline
            lengths, and dredging depths	39
Figure 6.    Steps for predicting effluent quality during hydraulic
            filling  	40
Figure 7.    Modified elutriate test procedure	 42
Figure 8.    Typical plot of supernatant suspended solids concentration
            versus time for column settling test	43
Figure 9.    Definition sketch for application of HELP model to
            primary settling facilities  for dredged material	48
Figure 10.  Interphase transfer  processes and factors affecting
            interphase transfer  processes  	52
Figure 11.  Illustration of local equilibrium assumption for leaching
            in a pretreatment facility	54
Figure 12.  Predicted arsenic concentration in leachate  	59
Figure 13.  Mathematical model of dredged material leaching	60
Figure 14.  Integrated approach for examining interphase mass
            transfer   	61
Figure 15.  Desorption isotherms for  zinc and cadmium in Indiana
            Harbor sediment	63
Figure 16.  Schematic of improved column leaching apparatus for
            sediments and dredged material   	64
Figure 17.  Total PCB concentrations in anaerobic column leachate for
            Indiana Harbor sediment	65
                                                                                     VII

-------
              Figure 18.  Volatilization locales for a CDF	68
              Figure 19.  Predicted Aroclor 1242 flux from exposed New Bedford
                         Harbor Superfund sediment	75
              Figure 20.  Desiccation cracking of exposed dredged material	77
              Figure 21.  Three general locales for siting CDFs  	80
              Figure 22.  Groundwater-CDF interactions	82
              Figure 23.  Contaminant containment efficiencies for eight CDFs	86
              Figure 24.  Means and standard deviations of predicted and observed
                         effluent quality at Mobile Harbor, Savannah Harbor,
                         and Norfolk Harbor CDFs   	88
              Figure 25.  Means and standard deviations of predicted and observed
                         effluent quality at Black Rock Harbor and Hart Miller
                         Island CDFs  	89
              Figure 26.  Cross section of perimeter dike at Saginaw CDF   	95
              Figure 27.  Definition sketch for application of Dupuit's equation  	96
              Figure 28.  Definition sketches for horizontal-steady flow  in CDFs  ....  98
              Figure 29.  Water level contours at Grand Haven CDF	   103
              Figure 30.  Schematic of WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System   ..   107
              Figure 31.  Capping  alternatives  	   112
              Figure 32.  Standard elutriate test procedure	   115
              Figure 33.  Definition sketch for in situ capping losses	   134
              Figure 34.  Example effluent/leachate treatment process flowchart  ....   143
              Figure 35.  Daily versus mean monthly contaminant concentrations  ...   159
              Figure 36.  Heavy organic bioaccumulation:  mean monthly versus
                         daily flow and contaminant concentrations	   159
              Figure 37.  Light organic bioaccumulation:  mean monthly versus
                         daily flow and concentration	   160
              Figure 38.  Steps in modeling no-action alternatives	   161
              Figure 39.  Contaminant losses  from sediment treatment process
                         trains	   171
              Figure 40.  Buffalo River site map	   180
              Figure 41.  Sediments and contaminants  in Buffalo River AOC	   181
              Figure 42.  Clamshell dredge losses: sediment and  dredge properties  . .   183
              Figure 43.  Clamshell dredge losses: resuspension calculations	   184
              Figure 44.  Clamshell dredge losses: contaminant release  	   185
VIII

-------
Figure 45.  Clamshell dredge losses: normalized contaminant loss ....  186
Figure 46.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  sediment and dredge
            parameters  	  188
Figure 47.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  resuspenson calculations	  189
Figure 48.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  contaminant release	  190
Figure 49.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  normalized contaminant loss  ...  191
Figure 50.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  water/
            contaminant properties	  192
Figure 51.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  sediment/
            cap/contaminant properties   	  193
Figure 52.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  contaminant
            partitions and reaction	  194
Figure 53.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  calculation
            of transient times  	  195
Figure 54.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  steady-state
            flux—high concentrations	  196
Figure 55.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  release
            rate ratios	  197
Figure 56.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  flux
            integration over time	  199
Figure 57.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  normalized
            mass losses	  200
Figure 58.  Anthracene breakthrough curves for a 50-cm cap,
            r = 156, and selected Peclet numbers  	  201
Figure 59.  Effluent losses for placement of dredged material from
            Dead Man's Creek, Buffalo River	  203
Figure 60.  Contaminant losses by leaching: leachate concentrations
            and volumes  	  208
Figure 61.  Fraction initial contaminant concentration remaining
            in leachate for various distribution coefficients	  209
Figure 62.  Contaminant losses by leaching: normalized mass losses  .  .  210
Figure 63.  Contaminant losses by volatilization: sediment and
            contaminant characteristics   	  211
Figure 64.  Volatile emission rates from ponded water—applicable
            to hydraulically filled pretreatment and disposal facilities  .  .  214
Figure 65.  Volatile emissions from exposed dredged
            material—mechanical filling   	  215
Figure 66.  Volatile emissions from exposed dredged
            material—hydraulic filling	  219
                                                                                      IX

-------
Figure 67.  Process flow diagram for thermal desorption unit
           used in Buffalo River pilot demonstration	  224
Figure 68.  Normalized PAH mass losses   	  227
Figure 69.  Alternative I without controls   	  230
Figure 70.  Alternative I with controls   	  231
Figure 71.  Alternative II without controls	  233
Figure 72.  Alternative II with controls	  234
Figure 73.  Alternative III without controls  	  236
Figure 74.  Alternative III with controls  	  237
Figure 75.  Alternative IV without controls  	  238
Figure 76.  Alternative IV with controls  	  239

List of Tables

Table 1.    Suspended Solids Concentrations Produced by Various
           Dredges	9
Table 2.    TGU's for Different Dredges and Dredging Projects	15
Table 3.    Process Options for the  Pretreatment Component  	35
Table 4.    Data Requirements for Predicting Contaminant Losses
           During Hydraulic Filling  	37
Table 5.    HELP Model Major Features	47
Table 6.    General Simulation Parameters  for the HELP Model	49
Table 7.    A Priori Prediction of Selected Organic Chemical
           Concentrations in Dredged Material Leachate From
           Norfolk, VA	56
Table 8.    Percent Leachable Metal Concentrations in Selected
            Sediments	57
Table 9.    Rule-of-Thumb Values for Liquid- and Gas-Side Mass
            Transfer Coefficients	72
Table  10.   Selected Removal Efficiencies for Aqueous Waste
            Streams  	  144
Table  11.   Process Options for Effluent/Leachate Component
            Technology  Types	  145
 Table  12.   Suggested Hydrodynamic  and Sediment Transport
            Models	  162
 Table 13.   Suggested Fate and Transport Models  	  167

-------
ASSESSMENT AND REMEDIATION OF CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS
                   (ARCS) PROGRAM
       ESTIMATING CONTAMINANT LOSSES FROM
    COMPONENTS OF REMEDIATION ALTERNATIVES
            FOR CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS
             Great Lakes National Program Office
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 77 West Jackson Boulevard
                Chicago, Illinois 60604-3590
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                          Region 5, Library (PI-12J)
                          77 West Jackson Boulevard, 12th Floor
                          Chicago, IL 60604-3590

-------
Conversion Factors, Non-Si to
SI Units of Measurement
  Non-SI units of measurement used in this report can be converted to SI
(metric) units as follows:
Multiply
cubic yards
feet
inches
pounds (mass)
square feet
By
0.7645549
0.3048
2.54
0.4535924
0.09290304
To Obtain
cubic meters
meters
centimeters
kilograms
square meters
                                            XIII

-------
             Preface
                This study was conducted as part of the Assessment and Remediation of
             Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program developed by the U.S. Environ-
             mental Protection Agency (USEPA), Great Lakes National Program Office
             (GLNPO), pursuant to Section 118(c) (3) of the Water Quality Act of 1987.
             The report was prepared by the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
             Station (WES) in cooperation with the USEPA Environmental Research
             Laboratory-Athens  (ERL-A) and the U.S. Army Engineer Division, North
             Central, under interagency agreements between the USEPA and the
             U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

                The study was conducted between March 1991 and April 1994 as a three-
             phase study.  Phase I of this effort was completed in September 1991 under
             ARCS Work Element E.17. Funding for Phases II and III was provided
             under ARCS Work Element E.29.

                Project Manager for the GLNPO was Mr. David C. Cowgill. Mr. Jan A.
             Miller was the ARCS Program Manager for North Central Division.  The
             study was conducted under technical guidance from the ARCS Program's
             Engineering/Technology Work Group, chaired by Dr. Steven M. Yaksich,
             U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.

                The report was prepared by Messrs. Tommy E. Myers and Daniel E.
             Averett, Environmental Restoration Branch (ERB), Environmental Engineer-
             ing Division (BED), Environmental Laboratory (EL), WES; Ms. Trudy J.
             Olin, Environmental Applications Branch (EAB), EED; Dr. Michael R.
             Palermo,  Research Projects Group (RPG), EED; Dr. Danny D. Reible,
             Department of Chemical Engineering, Louisiana State University;
             Dr. James L. Martin, AScI Corporation, Athens GA; and Dr.  Steven C.
             McCutcheon, USEPA ERL-A, Athens, GA.  Mses. Melody Currie and
             Martha Huie, EED, assisted with tabular and graphical data presentations.

                The study was conducted under the general supervision of Dr. Raymond L.
             Montgomery, Chief, EED, and Dr. John Harrison, Director, EL.

                At the time of publication of this report, Director of WES was
             Dr. Robert W. Whalin.  Commander was COL Bruce K. Howard,  EN.
XII

-------
Table 14.   Important Contaminant Loss Components for Treatment
           Technologies	  177

Table 15.   Instantaneous Advective Anthracene Fluxes at
           Year 100 Through 50-cm Cap and Time Advective
           to Breakthrough	  201

Table 16.   Design Parameters for Leachate Flow From Unlined
           and Lined Facilities Containing Mechanically Placed
           Dredged Material	  205

Table 17.   Design Parameters for Leachate Flow From Unlined
           and Lined Facilities Containing Hydraulically Placed
           Dredged Material	  206

Table 18.   Totals for 16-Month and 100-Year HELP Model
           Vertical Percolation Simulations	  207

Table 19.   Buffalo River Thermal Desorption Pilot Study,
           Mass Balance Data	  225

Table 20.   Analysis of Buffalo River Thermal Desorption
           Pilot Study Data	  225

Table 21.   Extrapolation of Pilot Study Data to Contaminant
           Loss Example Problem  	  226

Table 22.   Alternatives Considered for Remediation of
           Dead Man's Creek  	  228

Table 23.   Alternative Ranking by PAH	  229

Table 24.   Available and Relative Reliability of Contaminant
           Loss Estimation Techniques   	  242

Table 25.   Availability and Reliability of Contaminant Loss
           Estimation Techniques for Pretreatment and
           Confined Disposal Facilities   	  245
                                                                                    XI

-------
       1       Introduction
      Background

      Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS)
      Program

         Industrial and municipal point-source discharges and nonpoint source pollu-
      tion from agricultural and urban areas over many years have contaminated
      bottom sediments in the rivers, harbors, and nearshore areas of the Great
      Lakes. Improved controls for discharges have reduced pollutant loads to the
      Great Lakes.  However, toxic substances in bottom sediments continue to
      impair sediment and water quality and may contribute to toxic effects in
      aquatic biota and, potentially, in humans.  Areas in the Great Lakes that
      remain seriously impaired have been designated as "areas of concern" (AOCs)
      under the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement (U.S. Environmental Protec-
      tion Agency (USEPA) 1988). Public support  for control of pollution in these
      AOCs has prompted increased attention by Government agencies and environ-
      mental organizations toward development of plans for remediation.

         The Water Quality Act of 1987, which amended the Federal Water Pollu-
      tion Control Act, authorized a program specifically aimed at the contaminated
      sediment problems in the Great Lakes AOCs.  Section 118, paragraph (c) (3),
      directed the USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) to study
      and demonstrate remediation of contaminated sediments in the Great Lakes.
      The Act specified that priority AOCs for implementation of demonstration
      projects were Saginaw Bay, Michigan; Sheboygan Harbor, Wisconsin;
      Grand Calumet River, Indiana; Ashtabula River, Ohio; and Buffalo River,
      New York.

         The GLNPO program authorized by Section 118 has been named "Assess-
      ment  and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program." The
      following objectives were developed for the ARCS program:

         a.   Assess the nature and extent of bottom sediment contamination at Great
             Lakes AOCs.
Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
   b.   Evaluate and demonstrate remedial options including removal, immo-
       bilization, and advanced treatment technologies, as well as the
       no-action alternative.

   c.   Provide guidance to the various levels of government in the United
       States and Canada in the implementation of remedial action plans for
       the AOCs in their jurisdictions, as well as direction for future evalua-
       tions in other areas, including how to assess the need for action,
       options available, selection of appropriate remedial measures.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers involvement

   The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE) in fulfilling its mission to
maintain, improve, and extend navigable waters in the United States dredges,
relocates, and disposes 191 to 229 million cubic meters of sediment annually
(Engler, Patin, and Theriot 1990). In addition, the USAGE regulates the
discharge of dredged and fill material  in the waters of the United States
involving 115 to 153 million cubic meters annually (Engler, Patin, and
Theriot  1990).  Most of the material dredged each year is suitable for a wide
variety of beneficial uses and open-water disposal (Francingues et al. 1985).
The presence of heavy metals and organic chemicals in about 10 percent of
the materials dredged requires special  handling and site-specific restrictions on
disposal operations.

  ''Although the USAGE is responsible for and regulates dredge and fill activ-
ities in the  waters of the United States, the lead responsibility for the develop-
ment of environmental guidelines and  criteria for regulating the discharge of
dredged and fill material  to the waters of the United States was legislatively
assigned to the USEPA.  The USEPA develops regulations for dredge and fill
activities in consultation or conjunction with the USAGE. In addition, the
USEPA has an oversight role in the USAGE regulatory program.

   The need to evaluate pollutant potential and disposal alternatives has
prompted the development and continued improvement of procedures and
supporting  laboratory tests for predicting environmental impacts of dredging
and dredged material disposal by the USAGE.  USAGE and USEPA concerns
over the possibility of adverse environmental effects of dredged material dis-
posal  were evident as early as 1966 when an investigation of water quality
problems in the Great Lakes was conducted by the U.S. Army Engineer Dis-
trict, Buffalo, in cooperation with the  Federal Water Pollution Control Admin-
istration (now the USEPA) (U.S.  Army Engineer District, Buffalo 1969).
This work  identified alternatives  to open-water disposal of contaminated
dredged material in the Great Lakes.

    Between 1973 and  1978, a USAGE laboratory, the U.S. Army Engineer
Waterways Experiment Station (WES), conducted a national program of labo-
ratory and  field investigations on the environmental effects of dredged mate-
rial disposal (Dredged Material Research Program (DMRP)).  The DMRP
                                                              Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
       produced first-generation procedures for preproject evaluation of the environ-
       mental consequences of dredging and dredged material disposal. Following
       the DMRP effort, research and technology transfer programs, such as the
       Long-Term Effects of Dredging Operations (LEDO) and Dredging Operations
       Technical Support (DOTS) programs, were implemented by the USAGE at
       WES.  LEDO focuses on development, refinement, and field application of
       procedures for estimating the environmental effects of dredging operations,
       and DOTS is a direct field assistance and technology transfer vehicle to assist
       USAGE Districts.

         Between 1981 and 1987, a cooperative field verification program (FVP)
       among the U.S. Army Engineer Division, New England, WES, and the
       USEPA Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett, RI (ERLN), was
       conducted using contaminated dredged material from Black Rock Harbor at
       Bridgeport Harbor, Connecticut. FVP results showed that laboratory methods
       for predicting effluent and runoff water quality and plant toxicity in upland
       disposal sites compared well with field results (Peddicord 1988). WES has
       also been involved in extensive dredging and disposal alternative assessments
       for Indiana Harbor, Indiana (Environmental Laboratory  1987), Everett Bay,
       Washington (Palermo et al.  1989),  and New Bedford Harbor Superfund Site,
       Massachusetts (Averett and Otis 1990).

         Because of the experience, institutional knowledge, and technical expertise
       of the USAGE in dealing with contaminated sediment and the history of inter-
       agency coordination and collaboration between the USEPA and the USAGE,
       GLNPO tasked various USAGE elements for support to the ARCS Program
       through interagency agreements. The USAGE elements involved in the ARCS
       Program included the U.S. Army Engineer  Division, North Central, the
       U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo, the U.S. Army Engineer District,
       Chicago, the U.S. Army Engineer  District,  Detroit, and WES.  The USAGE
       primary involvement was through ARCS Program technical groups, such as
       the Engineering/Technology Work  Group (ETWG).
       Engineering/Technology Work Group

          The ETWG was one of three technical work groups within the ARCS
       Program that identified and prioritized tasks to be accomplished in support of
       overall program objectives.  The ETWG was responsible for design, demon-
       stration, and evaluation of remedial options for removing, treating,  and dis-
       posing contaminated sediment.  Selecting a remedial alternative requires
       evaluation of pollutant releases so that alternatives can be compared and the
       resulting ecological and human health risks can be evaluated.  The best alter-
       native is the alternative that minimizes contaminant losses and risks while
       maximizing treatment and/or containment effectiveness, but no alternative
       presents zero losses or zero risks.

          In recognition of the need for estimating and evaluating contaminant losses
       associated with various remedial options, ETWG tasked WES and the USEPA
Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA (ERL-A), to develop
generic procedures for estimating contaminant losses from components of
remediation alternatives. These procedures were needed for preproject evalua-
tion of the performance characteristics of remedial alternatives and in other
ARCS studies for the purpose of estimating their associated risks.
Objectives

   The overall objective of this study was to develop procedures for making
comparative estimates of contaminant losses from components of remedial
alternatives for contaminated sediments based on existing predictive techniques
and reported case studies. Supporting objectives were as follows:

   a.  Identify migration pathways associated with contaminant release.

   b.  Identify generic predictive techniques for contaminant release during
       stages of remediation for various alternatives, including the no-action
       alternative.

   c.  Evaluate the applicability and reliability  of predictive techniques for
       contaminant releases associated with remediation of contaminated
       sediment.

   d.  Develop example contaminant release calculations for remedial alterna-
       tives at a selected AOC.

   Application of a sediment remediation technology at any site will require a
series of steps  or components.  For most sediment treatment alternatives, these
components have been identified as follows (Averett et al. 1990):

   a.  Removal (Dredging).

   b.  Transport.

   c.  Pretreatment.

   d.  Treatment.

   e.  Disposal.

   /.  Effluent/Leachate Treatment.

 The ability to quantify losses varies from component to component and within
 remediation components among migration pathways. Some alternatives, such
 as in situ capping, do not involve  these components. For such alternatives,
 special contaminant loss estimation procedures  are required.
                                                               Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
       Scope

          This study was conducted as a desktop review and analysis of available
       predictive techniques for contaminant losses from components of remedial
       alternatives. The predictive techniques identified in this study include labora-
       tory tests, simple focused vignette models, and existing contaminant transport
       models.  No laboratory or field data collection was performed in this study.
       Predictive techniques for losses to air, surface water, and groundwater are
       identified and described in this report.  Transport in air and water outside the
       physical boundaries of a remediation component  was not modeled.  In addi-
       tion, plant and animal uptake were not evaluated. This report does not pro-
       vide estimates of risks.  The focus is on identifying and applying quantitative
       predictive techniques for developing the numerical information needed to
       evaluate risks.  The Risk Assessment and Modeling Work Group of the ARCS
       Program addressed the issues of comparative risk calculations and their use in
       making remediation decisions.  The reader is referred to the report "ARCS
       Risk Assessment and Modeling Overview  Document" (USEPA 1993a) for
       more details.

          This report includes evaluation of the research and development behind the
       available predictive techniques for various components and, hence, the relative
       reliability of these techniques. This report, however,  does not include statisti-
       cal analysis of the uncertainty associated with using the predictive techniques.
       Report contents

          Following this introduction are 10 parts.  Contaminant Losses During
       Dredging describes procedures for estimating losses during dredging.  Con-
       taminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport deals with losses during
       dredged material transportation.  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
       describes procedures for estimating losses during pretreatment.  The proce-
       dures in Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment are also applicable to con-
       fined disposal facilities. Losses  From Confined Disposal Facilities describes
       the performance characteristics of confined disposal facilities.  Contaminant
       Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal describes procedures for
       estimating losses associated with the  in situ capping alternatives.  Contaminant
       Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment describes procedures for
       estimating losses associated with treatment of effluent and leachate from pre-
       treatment and confined disposal facilities.  Contaminant Losses for the
       No-Action Alternative provides an overview of the models applicable to
       no-action assessments.  Dredged Material  Treatment describes assessment
       techniques for treatment alternatives. Example Application to Contaminated
       Sediments in the Buffalo River presents example calculations of contaminant
       losses.  Summary and Recommendations provides concluding remarks about
       the procedures described in Contaminant Losses During Dredging through
       Dredged Material Treatment and the  results obtained in Example Application
       To Contaminated Sediments in the Buffalo River. There are three appendices:
       Appendix A: Notation; Appendix B:  A Priori Estimation of Distribution
Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
Coefficients; and Appendix C:  Input Parameters for Open-Water Disposal
Models.
                                                               Chapter 1  Introduction

-------
       2      Contaminant  Losses  During
               Dredging
       Background

         All remedial options for contaminated sediments, other than containment or
       treatment in place, require dredging.  During dredging, sediment is resus-
       pended in the water column when dislodged sediment is not completely cap-
       tured by the dredging equipment.  Contaminants are released to the water
       column in particulate form by resuspension of solids and in dissolved form by
       desorption from resuspended  solids and dispersal of interstitial water.  Chemi-
       cals that remain adsorbed to sediment particles may be transported and rede-
       posited at locations some distance from the dredge. Volatile contaminants not
       bound to suspended particulate are available for transport  into the atmosphere.

         In this section, dredging equipment and techniques for estimating contami-
       nant mass release rates at the point of dredging are reviewed. Estimating
       contaminant release at the point of dredging primarily involves estimation of
       the rate of resuspension of sediments during dredging. In this report, resus-
       pended particles and their associated contaminants are assumed lost even
       though they may eventually settle back to the sediment bed. This is an overly
       conservative assumption if material settles into the path of the dredge.  How-
       ever, in the context of sediment remediation, resuspended contaminated sedi-
       ment that is not eventually captured by the dredge remains in the waterway
       and in a sense is lost by the dredge. Predictive techniques for chemical
       release from resuspended sediments and volatilization of dissolved chemicals
       to air are also discussed as inputs needed for contaminant  transport models
       used to assess impacts and risks.

          Field data on contaminant releases during dredging are scarce. Most of the
       available data are for sediment resuspension, not contaminant release.  The
       predictive techniques discussed in this report are, therefore, based on resus-
       pension data.  Predictive techniques for sediment resuspension are available
       for hydraulic cutterhead and bucket dredges.  Predictive techniques have not
       been developed for other types of dredges.  Collins (1989) developed predic-
       tive correlations for sediment resuspension by hydraulic cutterhead and bucket
       dredges using the field data from studies by  Hayes (1986); Hayes, McLellan,
Chapter 2 Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
              and Truit 1988; McLellan et al. 1989. Although the data are insufficient for
              full validation, the equations developed by Collins (1989) model the qualita-
              tive effect of variations in key cutterhead and bucket operational parameters
              and, therefore, provide a good  starting point in the effort to estimate contami-
              nant release during dredging.  Field studies have identified a range of resus-
              pended sediment concentrations that can be expected in the vicinity of many
              dredges.  This information can be used with the available predictive tech-
              niques for cutterhead and bucket dredges to estimate losses from other types
              of dredges.  Herbich and Brahme (1991) reviewed the literature on sediment
              resuspension during  dredging and tabulated information according to project
              site, type of dredge,  and sampling location for suspended solids data
              (Table 1).  Table 1 indicates a wide range in paniculate concentrations around
              various dredges.  Since contaminant release rates vary relative to the resus-
              pended sediment concentration, an indication of contaminant release rates can
              be obtained by comparing the resuspended sediment concentrations.
              Dredging Equipment

                 Several types of dredging equipment are available for removing contami-
              nated sediments (Cullinane et al. 1986; Palermo and Pankow 1988; Herbich
              and Brahme 1991). Dredges can be classified according to the basic means
              for entraining sediments (hydraulic or mechanical), the method of dredged
              material transport (pipeline, scow, or hopper), the equipment used for exca-
              vating sediments (cutterhead, dustpan, or plain suction), and the type of pump
              used (centrifugal, pneumatic, or airlift). Conventional dredges were not spe-
              cifically designed for remedial dredging and,  thus, not specifically designed to
              minimize  contaminant release.

                 Among the conventional dredges available for contaminated sediment
              removal are cutterhead dredges, dustpan dredges, hopper dredges, and bucket
              dredges.   Descriptions of the general design and operation of various dredges
              are briefly discussed in this section beginning with the hydraulic cutterhead
              dredge. Discussion of the hydraulic cutterhead dredge is followed by descrip-
              tions  of other hydraulic dredges, the bucket dredge, and then other mechanical
              dredges.   Additional information on the dredges briefly described  in this
              report and other dredges is available elsewhere (Cullinane et al. 1986;
              Palermo and Pankow  1988; Herbich and Brahme 1991; USEPA 1994a).
              Cutterhead hydraulic pipeline dredge

                 The cutterhead hydraulic pipeline dredge is a commonly used dredging
              plant (Figure 1).  It is equipped with a rotating cutter surrounding the intake
              of the suction pipe.  By combining the mechanical cutting action with hydrau-
              lic suction, the dredge has the capability to efficiently extract and remove
              materials.  Although the cutterhead dredge was developed to loosen densely
8
                                                          Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
n
01
•o
O
o
Table 1
Suspended Solids Concentrations Produced by Various Dredges1
          Type of Dredge
                            Suspended Solids Concentration
Remarks
                                    Predictive Techniques
          Cutterhead
            10 rpm
            20 rpm
            30 rpm
                            161 mg/f (sandy clay)  52 mg/f (med. clay)
                            187 mg/f (sandy clay)  177 mg/f (med. clay)
                            580 mg/f             266 mg/f
Observations in the Corpus Christi
  Channel (Huston and Huston 1976)
            18 rpm
            18 rpm
                            1 to 4 g/f within 3 m of cutter
                            2 to 31 g/f within 1 m of cutter
Soft mud at Yokkaichi Harbor, Japan
  (Yagietal.  1975)
Proposed by Collins (1989)
          Trailing suction dredge
                            Several hundred milligrams per liter above back-
                             ground (at surface and middepth). As high as
                             several grams per liter
                                                                                      San Francisco Bay (Barnard 1978)
                                      2 g/f at overflow
                                      200 mg/f at 200 m behind
                                                                            Chesapeake Bay (Barnard 1978)
                                    No predictive techniques available
          Mudcat dredge
                            1.5 m from auger, 1 g/f near bottom (background
                             level 500 mg/f)
                            1.5 to 3.5 m in front of auger, 200 mg/f surface
                             and middepth (background level 40 to 65 mg/f)
          Pneuma pump
                            48 mg/f at 1 m above bottom
                            4 mg/f at 7 m above bottom (5 m in front of pump)
                                                                                      Port of Chofu, Japan
                                    No predictive techniques available
                                      13 mg/f at 1 m above bottom
                                                                                      Kita Kyushu City, Japan
                                                                                                               No predictive techniques available
          Cleanup system
                            1.1 mg/f to 7.0 mg/f at 3 m above suction
                            1.7 mg/f to 3.5 mg/f at surface
                                                                                      Toa Harbor, Japan
                                    No predictive techniques available
          Grab/bucket/clamshell
           dredges
                            Less than 200 mg/f and average 30 to 90 mg/f at
                             50 m downstream (background level 40 mg/f)
San Francisco Bay (Barnard 1978)
                                      168 mg/f near bottom
                                      68 mg/f at surface
                                                                            100 m downstream at lower Thames
                                                                             River, Connecticut (Bohlen and
                                                                             Tramontaro 1977)
                                      150 to 300 mg/f at 3.5-m depth
                                                                                      Japanese observations (Yagi et al.
                                                                                       1977)
                                                                                                               Proposed by Collins (1989)
            From Herbich and Brahme (1991).

-------
 o
 O
 O
 3

 a


  '
 O
 s
Table 1 (Concluded)
Type of Dredge
Antiturbidity
overflow system
Antiturbidity
Watertight buckets
Suspended Solids Concentration
6 mg/f at surface
8.2 mg/l at 1 m below surface
6.5 mg/t at surface
8.9 mg/f at 1 m below surface
30 to 70 percent less turbidity than typical buckets
500 mg/f at 10 m downstream from a 4-cu m
watertight bucket
Remarks
Side of the ship (Ofuji and Naoshi
1976) Japan
Aft of the ship
Japan (Barnard 1978)

Predictive Techniques

No predictive techniques available
No predictive techniques available

5'

-------
                                                                                •A-FRAME
                               *iKy&«lSS^^
                                                                            CUTTER HEAD
                                         a. Cutterhead pipeline dredge
                       jte^^
                                           b. Bucket dredge
                                        c.  Self-propelled hopper dredge
        Figure  1.   Hydraulic cutterhead (a),  bucket (b), and hopper (c) dredges (from  Palermo and
                   Pankow 1988)
Chapter 2 Contaminant Losses During Dredging
                                                                                                 11

-------
             packed deposits and cut through soft rock, it can excavate a wide range of
             materials including clay, silt, sand, and gravel.

                The cutterhead dredge is suitable for maintaining harbors, canals, and
             outlet channels where wave heights are not excessive, allowing it to work
             effectively in all types of alluvial sediments and compacted deposits. A cut-
             terhead dredge is typically equipped with two stern spuds that alternately serve
             as a pivot swinging the cutterhead from side to side during operation.  Resus-
             pension of sediments during cutterhead excavation is strongly dependent on
             operational parameters such as thickness of cut, rate of swing, and cutter
             rotation rate.  Proper balance of operational parameters can result in sus-
             pended sediment concentrations as low as  10 mg/t in the vicinity of the cut-
             terhead (Hayes, Raymond, and McLellan  1984).
             Dustpan dredge

                The dustpan dredge is a hydraulic suction dredge that uses high pressure
             water jets to loosen sediment for capture by suction. Dustpan dredges are
             used primarily for dredging sandy sediments on inland rivers.  Dustpan
             dredges generate suspended solids plumes similar to cutterhead dredges.
             Plume suspended solids averaged 3.8 times background concentrations during
             removal of kepone-contaminated sediments from the James River, Virginia
             (McLellan et al. 1989).
              Matchbox suction dredge

                 A matchbox dredge is a suction dredge that eliminates the cutterhead and
              water jets used in other hydraulic pipeline dredges. The dredge was originally
              designed to remove contaminated sediments in Rotterdam Harbor, The Neth-
              erlands (Hayes, McLellan, and Truitt 1988). The dredge head is designed to
              remove  sediments close to in situ density and minimize resuspension. The
              absence  of mechanical mixing associated with a cutterhead or water jet should
              reduce the sediment resuspension rates.  However, the limited field data avail-
              able indicate that paniculate release rates for the matchbox and  cutterhead
              dredges  are about the same (Hayes, McLellan, and Truitt 1988; McLellan
              et al.  1989).  Sediment resuspension with both types of dredges is highly
              dependent on operator skill and experience. In the studies conducted by
              Hayes, McLellan, and Truitt (1988), operator inexperience with the matchbox
              dredge contributed to poor control  of matchbox position and frequent clogging
              of the suction line.
              Hopper dredge

                 Hopper dredges (Figure 1) are usually self-propelled vessels equipped with
              dredge pumps for removing sediments and large hoppers for storing dredged
              material during transportation.  Sediment is raised by dredge pumps through

1 2
                                                         Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       drag arms connected to drag heads and discharged to hoppers built in the
       vessel.  Dredging past hopper overflow is (i.e., allowing water and fine-grain
       sediment particles to flow over and out of hoppers) sometimes practiced to
       improve dredging economics by trapping coarse-grain material in the hoppers
       and releasing fine-grain material in the overflow.  Since contaminants tend to
       be associated with fine-grain material, overflow is not a recommended dredg-
       ing alternative for remediation.  However, hopper dredging (without  over-
       flow) is an alternative that should be considered for sites requiring  good
       maneuverability and minimum interference with navigation.
       Horizontal auger dredge

          A horizontal auger (HA) dredge is a cutterhead suction dredge with hori-
       zontal cutter knives and a spiral auger that cuts the material and moves it to
       the suction. The dredge is designed for the removal of small amounts of
       sediment (50 to 120 yd3/hr (Averett et al. 1990)). Nawrocki (1974) reported
       resuspended sediment concentrations two to four times background  within 4 m
       (12 ft) of the auger between the surface and the bottom.  In a pilot study in
       New Bedford Harbor, the HA-type dredge experienced problems with posi-
       tioning, anchoring, and effectiveness of the mudshield.  Sediment resuspension
       at the dredgehead was substantially higher than for either cutterhead or match-
       box dredges.
       Cleanup dredge

          Sato (1976a,b) describes an instrumented, covered auger dredge that is
       designed to clean up highly contaminated sediments.  The instrumentation
       includes a sonar to determine the bottom elevation and an underwater televi-
       sion camera for monitoring of dredging operations.  Resuspended sediment
       concentrations observed during tests of this system were essentially indistin-
       guishable from background levels (Herbich and Brahme 1991).
       Pneuma pump

          The Pneuma pump uses compressed air and hydrostatic pressure rather
       than centrifugal motion to move dredged material through a pipeline.  During
       the dredging process, the pump is submerged and sediment and water are
       forced into one of three cylinders by opening the cylinder to atmospheric air.
       The pump must be used at depths  in excess of approximately 4 m (12 ft) to
       provide sufficient hydrostatic pressure for effective filling.  After filling,
       compressed air is supplied, forcing the water and sediment through an outlet
       valve.  Richardson et al. (1982) conducted field tests on a Pneuma pump and
       observed low turbidity levels in the vicinity of the pump.  It was not  possible
       to dredge sand, and the hydraulic efficiency of the dredge was  consistently
       below 20 percent.  Barnard (1978) reported suspended solids concentrations
       an order of magnitude above background within 1 to 2 m of a  Pneuma pump.
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
              Oozer pump

                 The Oozer pump operates in a manner similar to the Pneuma pump, but
              vacuum is applied during the filling stage to achieve more rapid rilling,
              increase solids concentrations, and allow operation in more shallow waters.
              In the 11-year period from 1974 to 1984, approximately one million cubic
              meters of contaminated sediment were removed by the Oozer dredge
              (Ikalainen  1987).  The Japanese Dredging and Reclamation Engineering Asso-
              ciation conducted a field test of the Oozer dredge in Osaka Bay, Japan.  The
              Oozer dredge removed organically contaminated fine-grained sediment in
              16 m of water.  Results indicated that the primary source of sediment resus-
              pension around the Oozer dredge is the swing speed. Suspended solids con-
              centrations were monitored at locations 50,  100, 200, and 300 m in front of
              the Oozer  dredgehead; three sample stations were radially located at these
              distances.  The maximum concentration observed at the three stations was
              14 mg/f (Zappi and Hayes 1991).
              Bucket dredge

                 A bucket dredge is a mechanical device that utilizes a bucket to excavate
              sediment (Figure 1).  Unlike hydraulic dredges that typically remove four
              times as much water as in situ sediment, the bucket dredge can remove mate-
              rial at close to in situ densities. It is used near surface and submerged struc-
              tures due to the greater degree of control allowed during dredging.  It can also
              be used to dredge at greater depths than many hydraulic dredges.  Most of the
              contaminant losses during bucket dredging occur during the impact, penetra-
              tion, and removal of the bucket from the sediment (Hayes,  McLellan, and
              Truitt 1988).  Significant losses also occur during hoisting through the water
              column and after the bucket breaks the surface due to drainage from the
              bucket. Palermo, Homziak, and Teeter (1990) estimated that 20 to 30 percent
              of the sediment excavated from a clay and silt bed was spilled from a clam-
              shell bucket before reaching the disposal scow.  These losses can be mini-
              mized through operational controls and the use of enclosed  buckets (Barnard
              1978).  Operational controls include smooth hoisting of the bucket and use of
              a hoisting speed less than 2 m/sec (McLellan et al. 1989).

                 Other mechanical dredges include the backhoe, bucket ladder and wheel,
              dipper, and dragline dredges.  All of these dredges are expected to increase
              the amount of resuspended sediment over the bucket dredge (Averett et al.
              1990).  The backhoe, bucket ladder and  wheel, and dragline dredges are not
              appropriate for remediation dredging,  which is the focus of this chapter.
              Paniculate  Contaminant Releases During Dredging

                 The discussion below will outline procedures for estimating contaminant
              losses from those dredges for which predictive techniques have been

14
                                                        Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       proposed, specifically cutterhead and bucket dredges.  These predictive tech-
       niques are based on limited studies and, therefore, not fully developed nor
       verified.  Because additional studies involving a wide range of dredging condi-
       tions are needed, the  proposed predictive techniques for losses during dredg-
       ing should be regarded as unproven techniques requiring additional research
       and development.

          An alternative approach is use of the sediment resuspension information
       compiled  in Table 2 (from Nakai 1978 as cited by Herbich and Brahme 1991).
       This information provides  rough guidelines for estimating resuspension rates
       by cutterhead and bucket type dredges.   The guidance provides insufficient
       information,  however, to indicate the effect of operational controls or the
       influence  of different  types of sediments.
Table 2
TGU's1 for Different Dredges and Dredging Projects (Nakai 1978}2
Type of
Dredge
Pump
Trailing suction
Grab
Bucket
Installed
Power or
Bucket
Volume
4,000 hp





2,500 hp

2,000 hp

2,400 hp
x2
1,800 hp
8 cu m
4 cu m

3 cu m



Dredged Material
(d <74|/, %)3
99.0
98.5
99.0
31.8
69.2
74.5
94.4
3.0
2.5
8.0
92.0
88.1
83.2
58.0
54.8
45.0
62.0
87.5
10.2
27.2
d <5fj. %
40.0
36.0
47.5
11.4
35.4
50.5
34.5
3.0
1.5
2.0
20.7
19.4
33.4
34.6
41.2
3.5
5.5
6.0
1.5
12.5
Classification4
Silty clay
Silty clay
Clay
Sandy loam
Clay
Sandy loam
Silty clay
Sand
Sand
Sand
Silty clay loam
Silty loam
Silt
Silty clay
Clay
Silty loam
Silty loam
Silty loam
Sand
Sandy loam

TGU
kg/m3
5.3
22.5
36.4
1.4
45.2
12.1
9.9
0.2
3.0
0.1
7.1
12.1
25.2
89.0
84.2
15.8
11.9
17.1
17.6
55.8
1 TGU = kilograms of suspended sediment per cubic meter material dredged.
2 Nakai (1978) as cited by Herbich and Brahme (1991).
3 d = diameter of soil particles.
4 Classification is according to the triangular soil classification system.
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging
                                                                                             15

-------
              General considerations

                 Resuspension of particulates is a function of dredge type and operation and
              sediment properties.  The effects of operational factors on resuspension for
              selected dredges will  be reviewed here.  Sediment properties are a site-specific
              concern that cannot be definitively quantified without reference to a specific
              dredging project.  In  general, finer, less cohesive sediments have the greatest
              potential for resuspension.

                 Contaminants associated with  resuspended particulates are primarily metals
              and other elemental species and organic contaminants. Elemental species of
              concern may be in geochemical phases with slow release properties or in
              geochemical phases that readily accept and release elemental species. Organic
              contaminants are usually bound in the organic fraction of the sediment through
              reversible sorption reactions.  Contaminant species may also be dissolved in
              the pore water adjacent to the sediment particles; but for most contaminants,
              the dissolved fraction is much smaller than the particulate fraction.

                 The mass release of a contaminant during dredging is defined by

                     m=frpsADCs                                                (1)


              where

                  m = contaminant mass released, g

                  fr = fraction of sediment resuspended during dredging, dimensionless

                  ps = in situ bulk  density of the sediment, g/cm3

                  A = dredging area available  for mass transfer, cm2

                  D = dredging depth,  cm

                  Cs = contaminant concentration in sediment (dry wt),  g/g

              Equation  1 is useful as a definition, but it is not as a predictive equation
              because the fraction of sediment resuspended is difficult to estimate and mass
              release is more conveniently expressed on a rate basis. To obtain the rate of
              mass release, the dredging area, A, is replaced with Ad, the area of dredging
              per unit time (square centimeters per  second) and m becomes RD, the mass of
              contaminant released  per unit time (grams per second).  Alternatively, if an
              average water column resuspended solid concentration is known  over some
              volume,  the rate of contaminant resuspension, RD, is given by

                     R  = C  Q   C                                                   (2)
16
                                                          Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       where

          RD = rate of contaminant release, g/sec

          Cp = suspended solids concentration averaged over a
                characteristic volume at point of dredging, g/cm3

          Qd = volumetric flow of water through averaging volume, cnrVsec

       Figure 2 shows a definition sketch for Equation 2. It should be noted that the
       bulk sediment contaminant  concentration is generally reported as mass of
       contaminant per mass of dry sediment and implicitly assumes that all the
       contaminant mass resides on the solid phase.  The contaminant release rate
       defined in Equation 2 is based on the total contaminant concentration initially
       in the in situ sediment and, therefore, includes both particulate and dissolved
       contaminant fractions.
                     AVERAGING
                      VOLUME
                            Cp = AVERAGE
                                RESUSPENDED
                                SEDIMENT
                                CONCENTRATION
                                                                    Qd > VOLUMETRIC
                                                                        FLUSHING RATE
                '^^^^^$^^^^
                                                    BOTTOM
                                                   SEDIMENT
       Figure 2.    Definition sketch for contaminant release at point of dredging
          Estimation of the total contaminant release or the release rate per unit time
       by resuspension of the sediment is thus reduced to estimation of the fraction of
       particles that are resuspended.  The rate of sediment resuspension is discussed
       for cutterhead hydraulic and bucket dredges in the sections that follow.  The
       dissolved fraction of the total contaminant loss will be discussed in a later
       section.
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging
                                                                                            17

-------
              Cutterhead dredges

                 Cutterhead dredges loosen the bottom sediment by the mechanical action of
              the multiblade rotating cutterhead.  The sediment dislodged in this manner is
              drawn via hydraulic suction into the suction pipe and transported to  the dis-
              posal site by pipeline. Paniculate contaminant release occurs during this
              process when the hydraulic suction is unable to completely entrain all of the
              dislodged sediment.

                 A controlled study of particulate releases by a cutterhead dredge  was con-
              ducted by  Hayes, McLellan,  and Truitt (1988) at Calumet Harbor, Illinois.
              Key operational parameters that affected sediment resuspension rates were the
              rotation rate of the cutterhead and swing speed of the cutterhead ladder on
              which the  cutterhead  is supported.  Overcutting, when the sense of rotation of
              the cutterhead and the ladder are the same (Figure 3), resulted in higher rates
              of sediment resuspension.  During overcutting,  the shear of the cutterhead
              relative to the water is greatest when the cutterhead is at the top of its rota-
              tion, resulting in  more resuspension of dredged material on the cutterhead.
              As shown in Figure 3, undercutting (which occurs when the sense of cutter-
              head at the top of its  rotation and ladder swing differ) reduces sediment resus-
              pension.  This explanation of cutterhead resuspension is consistent with the
              concept that the tangential  velocity of the cutterhead  relative to the essentially
              motionless water is the primary factor in sediment resuspension.
                   LEFT SWING
                                                    RIGHT SWING
        ENTRAINED WATER
          SEABED
   SEDIMENT PARTICLE
                                 CUTTER REVOLVING DIRECTION

                                      CUTTER BLADE
                                   DREDGED MATERIAL
                                      REMAINING
                               SUCTION MOUTH
DREDGING SEDIMENT THICKNESS
                   UNDERCUTTING
                                                       OVERCUTTING
Figure 3.    Cutting operation of a cutterhead dredge (front view)

                  During overcutting, the effective blade velocity is the sum of the tangential
               velocity of the cutterhead blades about their axis of rotation and the swing
               velocity of the dredge, that is, the velocity of the ladder with respect to the
               dredge.  During undercutting, the effective blade velocity is the difference
               between the two velocities.  Additional factors controlling cutterhead resus-
               pension include the degree of head burial in the sediment  and the characteris-
               tic velocity of the cutterhead intake.  Increases in the intake velocity reduce
               the fraction of the particles that are resuspended by the cutterhead but not
               removed by the hydraulic suction.
 18
                                                            Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
          Fully buried cutterheads reduce the exposure of the loosened sediments to
       the overlying water and therefore increase the fraction that are removed by the
       hydraulic suction.

          Hayes (1986) correlated resuspended sediment concentrations to powers of
       the dimensionless ratios of swing velocity-to-characteristic intake velocity and
       cutterhead tangential  velocity-to-characteristic intake velocity.  Collins (1989)
       restated this correlation in the manner given in Equation 3.
c_
               P
                   = FFFD
                w
                              V.
V:
       V.
                                                                                (3)
       where

          Cp = suspended solids concentration averaged over a characteristic volume
                at point of dredging, g/cm3

          pw = density of water, g/cm3

          FF = coefficient for all factors other than degree of burial, dimensionless

          FD = cutterhead resuspension rate factor accounting for degree of burial,
                dimensionless

           Vs = swing velocity of dredge ladder, cm/sec

           Vj = characteristic velocity of cutterhead intake, cm/sec

            a = empirical swing velocity significance factor, dimensionless

           Vc = effective blade velocity, cm/sec

            b = empirical tangential velocity significance factor,  dimensionless

       FD =  1 for full cut (fully buried cutterhead) dredging and would be greater
       than 1 for  partially buried dredging. FF is a site-specific factor that accounts
       for sediment and dredge operational variations.  Based on 12 data sets with a
       fully buried cutterhead at Calumet Harbor, Illinois, Hayes (1986) found that
       a  = 2.85, b =  1.02, and FF = 0.089 with a correlation coefficient of 0.72.

          Collins (1989) extended this correlation for Calumet Harbor to other sites
       and  dredging conditions. Using data collected during cutterhead dredging
       operations at  Calumet Harbor, Illinois, Savannah River, South Carolina, and
       James River,  Virginia, Collins (1989) developed the following predictive
       equations for the factors FF and FD.
                                                                                               19
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
                     log10FF =  lo-      -2.05


                     FD = 1 +  1.9(£>F-1)2 + 0.41(Z)F-1)7                              (5)
              where

                 Dch = diameter of cutterhead,  cm

                   d = effective diameter of sediment grains, cm

                  DF = fractional depth of cut as a function of cutterhead diameter,
                        dimensionless

              Equation 5 is a modification of Equation 30 in the report of Collins (1989) to
              reflect the fact that FD - 1  for DF = 1 .  Using all of the data for the three
              sites, the correlation coefficient for the model is 0.556.

                 Use of the correlation given by Equation 4 is hindered by  its sensitivity to
              the ratio of the cutterhead diameter to the sediment grain-size diameter.
              Changes in the average grain size  of less than a factor of two  can result  in a
              change in the factor, FF, by more  than an order of magnitude. Extreme cau-
              tion is warranted in the use of Equation 4.  If sediment resuspension rates
              estimated using Equation 4  differ by more than a factor of 10 from the
              approximate  estimates of Nakai (1978) (Table 2), the approximate estimates
              given in Table 2  should be used.

                 Equations 3 through 5 provide  an estimate of the resuspended sediment
              concentration, Cp, a variable in Equation 2.  In addition to the resuspended
              sediment concentration, the volumetric flow of water through  the characteristic
              volume over which the resuspended solids concentration is averaged is
              required.  Collins (1989) approached obtaining the needed volumetric flow by
              defining the  characteristic volume  for averaging as equal to  the tangential
              velocity of the cutting head relative to fixed coordinates (Vt) times the cross-
              sectional area to  which this velocity applies (Figure 2). Taking the height of  .
              the cutting head as Hch and its length as Lch, the cross-sectional area is aHch
              @Lch where a and /3 account for fact that the sweep volume is  typically larger
              than the cutterhead. Collins' (1989) estimates of this volume  are equivalent to
              the values, a =  1.75 and /3  = 1.25.  Additional field tests over a wide range
              of dredging conditions will be needed before the general applicability of the a
              and /3 values listed above can be fully evaluated.

                  Using the approach suggested by Collins (1989) for obtaining the volumet-
              ric flow, the contaminant mass release rate equation (Equation 2) can be writ-
              ten as
20
                                                           Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
                    = CP
       Despite its weaknesses, Equation 6 is the only equation presently available for
       predicting contaminant release during cutterhead hydraulic dredging.

          An alternative approach is the use of the sediment resuspension rates
       observed by Nakai (1978) and summarized in Table 2. The tabulated resus-
       pension rates could be used to indicate an approximate prediction and then
       Equations 3 and 5 used to indicate the influence of cutterhead speed, swing
       speed, and fractional depth of cut. This method is suggested under conditions
       when Equation 4 indicates extreme sensitivity to sediment grain size.
       Bucket dredges

          Different types of bucket dredges can fulfill various types of dredging
       requirements.  Typical buckets include the clamshell, orange-peel, and drag-
       line types.  This discussion will focus on the clamshell type of bucket dredge.
       Sediment is resuspended during bucket dredging operations by impact, pene-
       tration, and withdrawal of the bucket and during hoisting of the bucket.
       Bucket dredges usually excavate a heaped bucket of material, but, during
       hoisting, a portion of the load washes away. Once the bucket clears the water
       surface, additional losses may occur through rapid drainage of water and
       slumping of the material heaped above the rim.  Loss of material  is also influ-
       enced by the fit and condition of the bucket, the hoisting speed, and the prop-
       erties of the sediment.

          A special type of bucket, the enclosed clamshell bucket, has been devel-
       oped to minimize loss  of dredged material.   The edges  seal when the enclosed
       clamshell bucket is closed, and the top is covered.  A comparison of conven-
       tional clamshell and enclosed clamshell bucket dredging operations indicated
       that the enclosed clamshell generates 30 to 70 percent less turbidity in the
       water column than typical buckets (Barnard  1978).

          The key parameters affecting total resuspension rate are bucket size, cycle
       time, and type of bucket.  The cycle time, or the time required to drop, fill,
       and withdraw the bucket, is a function of the rate of each of the individual
       steps (impact, penetration, withdrawal, and hoisting).  The speed at which
       these steps are accomplished significantly influences sediment resuspension
       rates.

          A dimensionless parameter that scales with  the bucket volume is defined by
       Collins (1989) as


              B  . J-pvy" , £                                          (7,
                                                                                            21
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
              where

                   B = Collins bucket parameter, dimensionless

                   hb = water depth, cm

                  Vcb  = volume of clamshell bucket, cm3

                  Lbc  - characteristic length of clamshell bucket, cm

              The term in brackets in Equation 7 is the characteristic size of the clamshell
              bucket recognizing that the bucket  is approximately square on two sides and
              triangular on the third.

                  Collins (1989) defines a dimensionless cycle time Tc as


                      Tc  = ^                                                       (8)
                             "b

              where

                   Tc  = dimensionless cycle time

                   v3  = settling velocity of a representative particle, cm/sec

                  Tcb = bucket cycle time, sec

              hb/v3 is the time  required for a representative sediment particle to fall over the
              entire depth of the water  column.

                  Unfortunately, insufficient data  exist to relate resuspension or contaminant
              release rates with both B and Tc. Collins (1989) used the ratio of Tc to B to
              define a new dimensionless variable as the ratio of the bucket cycle time to the
              time required for particles to settle the bucket distance.


                      Il  = ¥*                                                     (9)
               A regression analysis of the resuspended sediment concentrations for experi-
               ments at St. John River, Black Rock Harbor, and Calumet River (Collins
               1989) suggested the correlation
                      Cp - 0.0023 Pw    *
                                        lc
(10)
22
                                                           Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       where C_ is the resuspended sediment concentration, gm/cm3.

       Collins (1989) reports that the logarithmic equivalent of Equation 10 has a
       correlation coefficient of about 0.98.

          Estimation of the release rate requires that the concentration estimated from
       Equation 10 be multiplied by the exchange rate of the volume swept by the
       bucket.  The  volumetric sweep rate of the bucket should be proportional to the
       square of the characteristic  clamshell  bucket length times the effective velocity
       of the bucket. As with the  cutterhead dredge, the area swept by the bucket
       during insertion and withdrawal exceeds the bucket area.  Bohlen (1978)
       suggests that  the sweep area is approximately  two to three times the area of
       the bucket. The effective velocity of the bucket is approximately h^r^.  If
       the concentration predicted  by Equation 10 applies throughout the sweep area
       and dredging cycle, then the particle resuspension rate is given by
                       \4WL- / lit.                        r* I (•!_
              *,6  = 7 -^--^C  = 7 Pw (0.0023) (Lftc)2_L
                          Tc*                            rc6
_B
7,
       where 7 is the Bohlen sweep area correction factor (2 to 4), dimensionless.

       The only equation presently available for predicting the solids resuspension
       rate during bucket dredging is Equation 11.  Contaminant release rate is given
       by modifying Equation 11 to include the concentration of contaminant in the
       sediment,  Cs, as shown in Equation 12 below.
                                                            5    c        (12)
                                                           T
       s
       As indicated previously, an enclosed clamshell dredge should reduce the con-
       taminant release rate predicted by Equation 12 by 30 to 70 percent.

          An alternative approach is the use of the sediment resuspension rates
       observed by Nakai (1978) (Table 2). The high correlation coefficient of
       Equation 10 suggests, however, that the approach of Equations 7-12 is the
       best estimate available.
       Dissolved  Contaminant Releases During Dredging

          Resuspension of sediment solids during dredging can also impact water
       quality through the release of contaminants in dissolved form.  Before resus-
       pension, contaminant distribution between sediment  solids and sediment pore
       water is probably at equilibrium. Dredging exposes sediments  to major shifts
       in liquids/solids ratio and oxidation-reduction potential (redox).  Because the

                                                                                           23
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
              sediment solids are removed from the equilibrium conditions previously exist-
              ing, there is a potential for change in the distribution of contaminant between
              solid and aqueous phases.  Initially upon resuspension, the bulk of the contam-
              inants are sorbed to paniculate matter.  As the resuspended particulate con-
              centration is diluted by mixing with dredging site water, release of sorbed
              contaminants to adjacent waters results in a continuous increase in the fraction
              of contaminants that are dissolved.

                 It should be noted that the total release of contaminants at the point of
              dredging is estimated by the equations of the previous section.  The dissolved
              release calculated by the methods of this section largely occurs after the mix-
              ing and dilution of the resuspended sediments with the ambient waters.   The
              fraction of the contaminant associated with the particulate phase continues to
              change as dilution reduces the particle concentration.

                 In this section,  equilibrium partitioning is discussed as a predictive tech-
              nique for dissolved organic contaminants.  Because equilibrium partitioning of
              organic contaminants is discussed  in detail in Contaminant Losses During
              Pretreatment in the section on leachate quality, details of equilibrium partition-
              ing theory are not presented in this section. A pseudo-equilibrium partitioning
              approach for estimating dissolved  metals concentrations is discussed in Con-
              taminant Losses During Pretreatment, but this approach is not recommended
              for application to release of dissolved metals during  dredging because the
              rapid and pronounced change in redox and the  complicated environmental
              chemistry of metals make equilibrium approaches highly unreliable and
              uncertain.

                 The most accurate predictive indicator of dissolved contaminant release
              during dredging would be a fully researched and developed  laboratory test that
              reproduces the mixing and dilution processes that are observed in the water
              column after resuspension of contaminated sediments. Such a test would
              indicate sediment-specific effects on desorption rate and contaminant tendency
              to desorb.  The test would be especially important for elemental species, such
              as heavy metals, that undergo complex reactions that are not easily predicted
              by mathematical models.  The test would also be important  for strongly
              sorbed hydrophobic organic species that may desorb slowly due to mass trans-
              fer resistances.

                 DiGiano, Miller, and Yoon (1995) proposed an adaptation of the standard
              elutriate test, a dredging elutriate test (DRET), for the purpose of predicting
              dissolved contaminant releases.  The DRET is  preliminary (only  one sediment
              tested)  and requires further development before a test of this type can be
              adopted for routine application.  The standard elutriate test (SET) was devel-
              oped during the DMRP to predict contaminant release during open-water
              disposal operations (Jones and Lee 1978).  In the SET, water and sediment
              are mixed in a proportion of 4:1,  mixed for 30 min  and allowed to settle for
               1 hr.  The modifications suggested by DiGiano, Miller, and Yoon (1995) were
              designed to achieve a more realistic solids/water ratio (0.5 to 10  g/l) consis-
              tent with conditions for resuspended sediment due to dredging.  DiGiano,

24
                                                           Chapter 2 Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       Miller, and Yoon (1993) employed an aerated mixing time of 1 to 6 hr and a
       settling time of 1 hr (0.5 to 24 hr were also investigated).

          The DRET was  evaluated by comparison to field dredging studies con-
       ducted in New Bedford Harbor, Massachusetts.  The DRET was found to be a
       reasonable indicator of the soluble and total (soluble plus unsettled paniculate)
       polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) concentrations released during cutterhead or
       matchbox suction dredging but underpredicted PCB concentrations when a
       horizontal auger dredge head was used.  Additional testing of DRET at a
       number of sites is needed before the general applicability of the test can be
       evaluated.  The New Bedford Harbor studies involved  a highly contaminated
       sediment at an estuarine location.  Extrapolation of the New Bedford Harbor
       results to freshwater sites with one to two orders of magnitude lower contami-
       nation levels is not  technically defensible at this time.

          In the absence of specific information to the contrary, it, therefore, seems
       appropriate to use equilibrium partitioning  to establish  an upper bound on
       dissolved organic concentrations at the point of dredging.  However, equilib-
       rium partitioning is usually a very conservative assumption.  DiGiano, Miller,
       and Yoon (1990) found that an equilibrium partitioning model did a good job
       of predicting the soluble PCB concentrations.  At low contaminant concentra-
       tions, equilibrium partitioning between sediment and water can usually be
       represented by a linear isotherm, that is, Csorb — KdCw, where Kd is a distri-
       bution coefficient assumed independent of concentration. Here, Cw is the
       water phase concentration and Csorb is the concentration of the contaminant
       sorbed to the solid phase.  The sorbed concentration in the  solid phase is
       usually assumed to  be  approximately equal to  the bulk  sediment contaminant
       concentration Cs, so that, Csorb »  Cs.

          Using local equilibrium partitioning, the dissolved concentration is given
       by

                      C  C
              C  =     *   p                                                 (13)
       where

          Cw = aqueous phase contaminant concentration, mg/£

           Cs = bulk contaminant concentration in sediment, mg/kg

           Cp = suspended solids concentration averaged over a characteristic volume
                at point of dredging, kg/ 1

           Kd = contaminant-specific equilibrium distribution coefficient, t /kg

       The distribution coefficient in Equation 13  can be determined in batch equilib-
       rium tests or estimated using empirical relationships from the literature.

                                                                                             25
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
              Procedures for measuring or estimating the distribution coefficient are
              described in Appendix B.

                 The release rate for dissolved contaminants is the product of the dissolved
              contaminant concentration averaged over the volume swept by the dredge and
              the volumetric flow through the averaging volume.  The dissolved contami-
              nant release rate for a cutterhead dredge is thus given by
                     R^ch  = Cw  V, aHch $Lch                                        (14)


              Similarly, the dissolved contaminant release rate for a clamshell bucket dredge
              is given by


                     *u = ypw (Lbf— cw                                        (is)
                                      rcb

                 Several limitations apply to Equations 14 and 15.  First, there are little
              field data for verification of these equations. Second, Equations 14 and 15 are
              not applicable to estimation of dissolved metals  releases.  In addition, the
              linear partitioning used in Equations 14 and 15 assumes dissolved phase con-
              centrations much lower than the water solubility limit.  Deviations  from linear
              partitioning might be expected when dissolved phase concentrations approach
              50 percent of the solubility  limit.

                 Further, the total contaminant release for cutterhead hydraulic and bucket
              dredges is provided by Equations 6 and 12, respectively.  Although dissolved
              losses at the point of dredging represent a small fraction of the total loss for
              strongly sorbing chemicals, some estimation of dissolved losses, such as pro-
              vided in Equations 14 and  15, may be needed for transport models  used to
              assess impacts and risks and to compare the no-action alternative to dredging
              and treatment/disposal alternatives. Finally, Equations 14 and 15 predict
              dissolved concentrations at the point of dredging, not downstream dissolved
              concentrations.

                 Although hydrophobic organic species often partition in the simple manner
              discussed previously, the release of metals is much more complex.  During
              the development of the standard elutriate test, there was little correlation
              observed between sediment bulk metal concentration and the dissolved metal
              concentration at disposal sites or in the standard elutriate.  In most  cases,
              dissolved metal  concentrations in site water prior to and during disposal opera-
              tions were about the same (Jones and Lee 1978). In some cases, dissolved
              metal concentrations were higher in site water prior to disposal operation than
              after disposal operations (Jones and Lee 1978).  These results can often be
              explained in terms of the aqueous environmental chemistry of iron. Many
              sediments contain a large reservoir of reactive ferrous iron that readily reacts
              with oxygen in site water to form amorphorous  iron oxyhydroxides. Iron
              oxyhydroxides tend to floe and scavenge metals. Thus, an adaptation of the

26
                                                          Chapter 2 Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
       SET such as DRET is probably required to get reliable estimates of soluble
       metal releases during dredging.
       Closure on Losses  During  Dredging

          It is clear from the previous discussion of losses during dredging that a
       number of dredging equipment factors and interactions between sediment and
       water are likely to be important in predicting contaminant losses.  Prediction,
       however, requires simplifying assumptions about the relative importance of
       these factors and interactions, followed by major extrapolations about the
       complex and transient conditions of the  field environment.  Field measure-
       ments of resuspension and desorption at the point of dredging supported by
       data on operational factors and ambient  conditions are, therefore, essential to
       better understanding of contaminant release rates at the point of dredging.
       The number of such studies is rather limited.  They are complex and expen-
       sive, involving major investments in equipment (dredges) and chemical analy-
       ses.  It is important, therefore, that future studies be designed to provide the
       maximum amount of information on relevant factors and interactions.

          The predictive equations presented in this section may at  first glance seem
       straightforward and easy to apply.  For many of the variables in the equations,
       however, there is little guidance on selection of appropriate values.  Applica-
       tion of these equations will necessarily involve judgment that can only be
       applied on a case-by-case basis.
                                                                                           27
Chapter 2  Contaminant Losses During Dredging

-------
             3      Contaminant  Losses  During
                     Dredged  Material  Transport
             Background

               This section is concerned with contaminant losses during transportation of
             dredged material.  Transportation methods include pipelines, scows, barges,
             and hoppers.  Trucks and railroad cars are rarely used.  Hopper dredge trans-
             port with direct pumpout is often used in the Great Lakes, but is not the most
             common form of dredged material transport.

               Losses during transport are easier to control than to predict. Transporta-
             tion losses are largely due to accidental spills and leaks, events which are  very
             difficult, if not impossible, to predict.  Controls as discussed by Cullinane
             et al. (1986) can significantly reduce these losses.  Controls are briefly men-
             tioned for each form of dredged material transport discussed below.

               Spills and leaks account for all the paniculate and dissolved contaminant
             losses and a portion of the volatile losses during dredged material transport.
             Volatile losses can be predicted and to some extent controlled.  The predictive
             techniques discussed in this chapter are, therefore, limited to volatile losses.
             Prediction of paniculate and dissolved contaminant losses through spills and
             leaks is discussed, but no predictive techniques are available.
             Losses  During Pipeline Transport

                Pipeline operations keep dredged material in a closed system until deliv-
             ered to a destination.  Pipeline operations, therefore, offer the potential for
             zero losses during transport of dredged material.  However, accidental
             releases through pipeline failures and leaks can occur.  In addition, dredge
             pump  outages due to damage by objects entrained in the suction (nuts, bolts,
             chain, cables, rocks, etc.) can result in clogged pipelines that have to be disas-
             sembled and cleaned. During disassembly and cleaning, losses can occur.
             Since pump outages and pipeline failures and leaks are unpredictable, there
             are no a priori techniques for predicting contaminant losses during pipeline

28
                                        Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
       transport of dredged material.  Ideally, the losses during pipeline transport
       should be zero, but in reality losses are never zero.

          During the design stage, planners should carefully consider pipeline routes,
       climatic conditions expected, material's corrosion resistance, redundancy of
       safety devices (i.e., additional shutoff valves,  loop/by-passes, pressure relief
       valves), coupling methods, and systems to detect leaks.
       Losses During  Scow,  Barge,  and Hopper Transport

          Contaminant losses from scows, hoppers, and barges can occur via resus-
       pension of sediment as a result of spillage, overflow, and  volatilization.  The
       manner in which dissolved and paniculate contaminants are lost depends on
       the type of dredging operation (mechanical or hydraulic) used to fill the trans-
       port vessel. Volatile contaminant releases, which also depend on the type of
       dredging, are discussed in a later section.

          Material condition prior to placement into a scow or barge has a great
       impact on what controls planners must consider.  Dredged material that has a
       high moisture content will require less concern about possible windblown
       dust, but will create much more difficult loading  and unloading conditions and
       will require a greater number of barges.  In general, lower material moisture
       content is better for handling and control. For purposes of discussing control
       mechanisms in barge transport, the dredged material will be assumed to be in
       one of two states: freshly dredged material, having a very high water content
       and being transported a short distance to an unloading site, or consolidated
       (dewatered) dredged material to be barge transported over long distances.
       Bucket operations

          Since bucket dredging produces dredged material at close to in situ densi-
       ties, overflow from a scow or barge can be controlled such that overflow
       losses are negligible during transportation.  Loading and unloading probably
       presents the greatest potential for uncontrolled contaminant releases during
       bucket operations.  At loading and unloading points, spillage directly in the
       water can occur during boom swing between the transport vessel and the
       delivery point.  Controls can be implemented to significantly reduce or elimi-
       nate this type of loss.  Techniques for predicting contaminant losses during
       unloading operations using buckets are not  available.

          When volatile or semivolatile contaminants are present in the dredge mate-
       rial, open-top transport vessels are a continuous source of volatile emissions
       until  emptied.  Volatilization rates from open-top vessels  depend on sediment
       volatile chemical concentrations, wind speed, area of exposed dredged mate-
       rial, and physical/chemical properties of the contaminants.  Predictive
       techniques for volatile losses from mechanically dredged sediment during
       transport in open-top vessels  are described  in a later section.

                                                                                            29
Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
              Hydraulic operations

                 Scows, barges, and hoppers can be loaded hydraulically as well as
              mechanically.  In addition, mechanically loaded vessels can be hydraulically
              unloaded. Since hydraulic unloading involves pipelines,  losses during hydrau-
              lic unloading are similar to pipeline losses, that is, uncontrolled spills and
              leaks are the major contaminant loss mechanisms.  As previously mentioned,
              open-top transport vessels may be a continuous source of volatile emissions
              until emptied. Predictive techniques for volatile losses from hydraulically
              dredged sediment during transport in open-top vessels are described in a later
              section.

                 Hopper dredges are sometimes allowed to pump past overflow in order to
              achieve better dredging economics by trapping heavy, coarse-grained materials
              and releasing light, fine-grained materials.  Hopper overflow is a major source
              of contaminant reentry into the environment because  contaminants preferen-
              tially bind to fine-grain materials.  Losses during hopper overflow were not
              considered in Chapter 2 and are not considered in this chapter because it
              makes  little  sense to  remove contaminated sediment for purposes of remedi-
              ation and then put the fine-grained fraction (the fraction containing most of the
              contaminants) right back in the water.  Hopper dredging  is a dredging option
              that should be considered for remediation, but overflow is not recommended.

                 Contaminant losses during direct hopper pumpout to treatment or disposal
              facilities are essentially the same as pipeline losses previously discussed.  The
              major difference is that the pipeline distance for direct hopper pumpout is
              significantly less than the distances normally used in  hydraulic dredge pipeline
              operations.  The potential for spills and leaks during  transportation is, there-
              fore, less for hopper dredging than for pipeline dredging.
              Losses During Truck and  Rail  Transport

                 Truck and rail transport, not often used to transport dredged material
              during navigation dredging, has a higher probability of being used in the
              transport of contaminated dredged material during remedial operations.  Truck
              and/or rail transport may be needed when the destination is not accessible by
              water or the transportation distance is longer than the range normally used for
              overland pipelines.  The types of losses for truck and rail transport include
              spillage during loading and unloading operations, spills and leaks during
              hauling, and volatile emissions throughout the entire cycle of loading, hauling,
              and unloading.  Accidental spills and leaks are unpredictable losses that can be
              controlled by proper planning.  Volatile emissions from open-top trucks and
              rail cars are predictable and to  some extent controllable.  Predictive techniques
              for volatile losses from open-top vessels are discussed in a later section.

                 Loading and unloading operations probably present the greatest potential
              for contaminant loss when using truck or rail transport.  During loading and

30
                                            Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
       unloading operations involving buckets, conveyer belts, and slides, there will
       be some spillage of dredged material. Loading and unloading sites will
       become contaminated by spilled materials unless lined.  Undercarriage wash-
       ing to prevent contaminated sediment from falling on roadways and railways
       will generate rinse water that may require treatment. Truck and railcar clean-
       ing will also result in wastewater that may require treatment.  Treatment
       process trains likely to be  considered for these wastewaters include sedimenta-
       tion, clarification, carbon adsorption, and biological treatment. Discussion of
       losses from treatment processes are covered later in this report.

         Regardless of loading method, there will be some spillage of contaminated
       materials. Controls suggested for consideration are as follows (Cullinane
       et al.  1986):

         a.  Drainage of water from loading and unloading area into central sump
             for periodic removal.

         b.  Daily removal of spilled material.

         c.  Specially designed  loading ramps to collect spilled material.

         d.  Use of watertight clamshells for transferring materials from barges into
             truck.
       Volatile  Losses During  Dredged  Material Transport

          Volatilization processes differ for exposed sediment solids and sediment
       solids covered by water (Thibodeaux 1989). In vessels filled hydraulically
       (scows, barges, hoppers), dredged  material solids will be covered by water.
       In open-top vessels filled mechanically (scows, barges, trucks, and  railroad
       cars), the dredged material solids may be exposed. Two predictive tech-
       niques, one for exposed dredged material solids and one for dredged material
       solids covered by water,  are discussed in this section.

          Volatilization of chemicals from open-top vessels during dredged material
       transportation is essentially independent of vessel type.  The surface area of
       the vessel, however,  is important because volatile emission rates depend on
       surface area.
       Mechanically dredged sediment

            Contaminated sediment that is wet and exposed directly to the atmosphere
       is the case that results in the highest instantaneous volatile fluxes because the
       pathway for loss is very short (Thibodeaux 1989).  The water film covering
       exposed solids is very thin and provides little resistance to mass transfer
       across the solids-air interface. Thus, most of the resistance to mass transfer
       resides in the  air side of the solids-air interface.  Assuming negligible

                                                                                            31
Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
              resistance to mass transfer on the sediment side (including water films on
              sediment solids), the volatilization rate from an open-top vessel containing
              mechanically dredged sediment is given by (Thibodeaux  1989)
                      R    - K
                      KV,es ~ KOG
PA
                                                                                      (16)
              where

                  RVes = volatile emission rate for chemical A from exposed sediment,
                          g/cm2 sec

                   KOG = overall  gas-side mass transfer coefficient, cm/sec

                    Av = surface  area of vessel, cm2

                     Pj  = density of air,  g/cm3

                   pA* = partial pressure of chemical A in air that would be in equilibrium
                          with dredged material, mm Hg

                    pA = background partial pressure of chemical A in air, mm Hg

                     P = total atmospheric pressure, mm Hg

              Equation 16 is Equation 15 from Thibodeaux (1989) written in terms of partial
              pressures.  The driving force modeled by Equation 16 is the difference
              between the partial pressure of a chemical in the air immediately adjacent to
              contaminated dredged material and the  partial pressure of the chemical in the
              background air.  The driving force is maximized when the partial pressure in
              the air at the contaminated solids-air interface is maximized.  The maximum
              partial pressure in the air at the contaminated solids-air interface is the equilib-
              rium partial pressure, p*A.  Generally, p*A can be determined by Henry's Law
              partitioning between dissolved concentrations in the dredged  material pore
              water and air as follows (Thibodeaux 1979):
                          = H Cw  . H                                              (17)
               where H equals Henry's constant, mm Hg t /mg.

               If the sediment surface is approximately flat, turbulent boundary layer theory
               suggests that overall gas-side mass transfer coefficient is given by
32
                                            Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
              KOG = 0.036
                              D
                                Al
                                             0.8
                                        0.33
                                                                 (18)
                                                 D
                                                   Al
       where

          DA1 = molecular diffusivity of chemical A in air, cm2/sec

           Lv = vessel length, cm

           Vx = background wind speed, cm/sec

            Vj = kinematic viscosity of air, cm2/sec

       Uneven surfaces will tend to increase KOG if the surface roughness occurs
       within the boundary layer.  Large mounds increase surface area and shade
       downwind areas (decrease effective surface area), neither of which is a term in
       Equation  18.

          For long transportation times  or for long-term storage before disposal, the
       surface of the dredged material will lose both water and contaminant,  and
       volatilization will slow due to the development of internal mass transfer resis-
       tances.  Procedures for estimating contaminant volatilization from exposed
       dredged material with internal  resistances is  discussed in Chapter 4.

          The equation for estimating volatile losses when open-top vessels are par-
       tially filled (loading and unloading)  is given  below (Thibodeaux 1989)
R,.
                         2DV - Z
                           2Z>,,
                                    R
                                     V,es
                                                                (19)
       where

          Dv = effective diameter of vessel, cm

           Z = distance from top of vessel to exposed dredged material surface, cm

       The term in parenthesis in Equation 19 accounts for the exposed surface being
       a distance Z below the top of a vessel with an effective diameter Dv.


       Hydraulically dredged sediment

          When hydraulically  dredged sediment is placed in open-top vessels for
       transportation to a destination, the dredged material solids will tend to settle.
       Volatilization during transportation of hydraulically dredged sediment in open-
       top vessels, therefore, takes place at an air-water interface. Volatilization
Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport
                                                                                              33

-------
              from water surfaces is discussed in Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
              in the section on volatile releases from ponded water.
34
                                              Chapter 3  Contaminant Losses During Dredged Material Transport

-------
      4      Contaminant  Losses During
              Pretreatment
      Background

        Pretreatment as used in this report is the processing of dredged material for
      additional treatment or disposal.  Dredged material slurries produced by
      hydraulic dredging may require pretreatment to increase the solids content
      when treatment technologies designed for low moisture soil, such as thermal
      technologies, are to be used (Averett et al.  1990).  Because the rate of
      dredged material removal and transportation is usually irregular, flow equal-
      ization may also be necessary before initiating treatment. Flow equalization
      facilities can also  serve as a convenient point for dewatering by primary
      settling.

        Averett et al. (1990) surveyed the applicability of the pretreatment pro-
      cesses shown in Table 3 to dredged material.  This chapter discusses contami-
      nant losses from primary settling and flow equalization facilities.
Table 3
Process Options for the Pretreatment Component1
Dewatering
Belt filter press
Carver-Greenfield evaporation
Centrifugation
Chamber filtration
Evaporation
Gravity thickening
Primary settling (CDF)
Solar evaporation
Subsurface drainage (CDF)
Surface drainage (CDF)
Vacuum filtration
Wick drains (CDF)
Particle Classification
Flotation
Grizzlies
Heavy media separation
Hydraulic classifiers
Hydrocyclones
Impoundment basins (CDF)
Magnetic and electrostatic
separation
Moving screens
Shaking tables
Spiral classifier
Stationary screens
Slurry Injection
Chemical Clarification
Microbe addition
Nutrient addition
1 From Averett et al. (1990).
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                               35

-------
              Losses During Primary  Settling and Flow
              Equalization

                Primary settling and flow equalization facilities similar in design and oper-
              ation to confined disposal facilities (CDFs) (Figure 4) will probably be needed
              for hydraulically dredged material. Storage facilities similar to CDFs may
              also be needed to stockpile mechanically dredged material for subsequent
              treatment.  Since primary settling and flow equalization at the beginning of a
              treatment process train for dredged material will likely be extensions of exist-
              ing CDF technology, techniques that  have been developed for estimating
              losses from CDFs should be applicable to primary settling and flow equaliza-
              tion facilities.
       INFLUENT
                         VOLATILE
                        EMMISSION
              DREDGED \.
               MATCBI Ai
                   AREA FOR SEDIMENTATION
              V.  * .*                        *
              s^^ **  ^ *  J . j  * *  ..  .  • •  •
                                                                      WEIR
                                                                       EFFLUENT
                    SURFACE
                     RUNOFF
                                         VOLATILIZATION
                   UNSATURATED ZONE
                                  PRECIPITATION J
                                           INFILTRATION  \
                                                                 WEIR
                     SATURATED ZONE :
                                     DREOOEO MATERIAL
                                                                    EFFLUENT
FOUNDATION
   SOILS
                                   LEACHATE
Figure 4.   Pretreatment facility schematic with major contaminant migration pathways
           (a) during filling and (b) filled
36
                                                     Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          As shown in Figure 4, the major contaminant loss pathways for pretreat-
       ment facilities are effluent, leachate, runoff, and volatilization.  Predictive
       techniques for estimating contaminant losses along each of these migration
       pathways are presented in this section. Discussion of laboratory and field data
       for these migration pathways  is presented in Losses From Confined Disposal
       Facilities on CDF disposal.
       Effluent-hydraulic filling

          In this section, procedures for estimating effluent contaminant losses during
       hydraulic filling of primary settling/flow equalization facilities are discussed.
       Treatment technologies that could be applied to the effluent, such as chemical
       clarification and carbon adsorption, are discussed in Contaminant Losses
       During Effluent and Leachate Treatment.

          Data requirements for estimating effluent losses during hydraulic filling are
       listed in Table 4.  As indicated in Table 4,  information on facility design and
       influent flow and quality are needed in order to estimate effluent flow and
       quality.
Table 4
Data Requirements for Predicting Contaminant Losses During
Hydraulic Filling1
Data Required
Dredge inflow
Influent solids concentration
Influent total contaminant concentrations
Average ponding depth
Hydraulic efficiency factor
Effluent suspended solids concentration
Contaminant dissolved concentrations in
effluent
Fraction of contaminant in effluent sus-
pended solids
Source of Data
Project information, site design
Project information
Bulk chemical analysis of in situ sediment
Project information, site design
Dye tracer study or theoretical retention time
Column settling tests
Modified elutriate test
Modified elutriate test
1 From USAGE (1987).
          Influent characteristics.  The initial step in any dredging activity is to
       estimate the in situ volume of sediment to be dredged.  Sediment quantities
       are usually determined from  channel surveys.  Field sampling is required to
       characterize the sediment and provide material for laboratory testing.  Impor-
       tant sediment  characteristics  that should be determined include water content,
       grain-size distribution, Atterberg limits, organic content, specific gravity,
       Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) classification, and bulk chemical
       concentrations.  Although some of this information is not explicitly used to
       estimate contaminant losses,  prediction of effluent quality is based on facility
       design; most of this information is needed to design a primary settling facility.
       Palermo, Montgomery, and Poindexter (1978) and USAGE (1987) provide
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              37

-------
              guidance on designing primary settling facilities and the data required for
              design.  Guidance on the collection of sediment samples is provided in the
              "ARCS Assessment Guidance Document" (USEPA 1994b).

                 Influent flow is based on dredge production rates.  This type of informa-
              tion is usually available in Corps of Engineers District records of dredging
              activities. If no data are available, hydraulic pipeline dredge production rates
              can be estimated from relationships among solids output, dredge size, pipeline
              length, and dredging depth (Palermo, Montgomery, and Poindexter 1978;
              USAGE  1987).  Figure 5 shows solids production rates for selected pipeline
              dredge sizes, pipeline lengths, and dredging depths.  For hopper dredges,
              disposal rate must be estimated from hopper or barge pump-out rate and travel
              time  involved.  Site-specific records of previous dredging  activities are the
              best sources for this  type of information.

                 Influent solids concentration will vary with type and size of dredge(s)  and
              in situ sediment concentration.  If data from Corps of Engineers dredging
              records are not available, an influent solids concentration of 145 g/f  (13 per-
              cent by weight) for hydraulic pipeline dredging can be used (Palermo, Mont-
              gomery,  and Poindexter 1978).  This number is based on a number  of field
              investigations conducted under the DMRP.

                 Chemical concentrations in the influent can be estimated from bulk chemi-
              cal analysis  of the in situ sediment and solids concentration of the influent.
              Because site water quality has little effect on influent quality, influent contami-
              nant  concentrations usually reflect dilution of in situ sediment bulk chemical
              concentrations.  It is sometimes informative to compare site water quality and
              effluent quality, but site water quality data are not required for prediction of
              effluent quality.

                 Effluent flow. Effluent flow is approximately equal to influent flow dur-
              ing hydraulic filling  of sedimentation basins.  Initially, there may be some
              storage of water in facilities with overflow weirs; however, after the  head  on
              the weir stabilizes, effluent flow is approximately equal to influent flow.

                 Effluent quality.  Effluent quality during hydraulic filling is predicted  on
              the basis of data from column settling and modified elutriate tests and sedi-
              mentation basin design.  The modified elutriate test was developed as part of
              the LEDO research program to simulate the physicochemical conditions in
              CDFs during hydraulic disposal  and involves measurement of both dissolved
              and total concentrations of contaminants in the elutriate (Palermo 1986).  A
              separate column settling test is used to predict suspended solids  concentration
              in effluent for a specific facility design and set of operational conditions.
              Results from the modified elutriate and settling column tests are then com-
              bined to predict total and dissolved contaminant concentrations in effluent
              during hydraulic disposal.

                 The modified elutriate and companion settling tests when used as described
              by Palermo (1986) account for both dissolved and paniculate bound

38
                                                       Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              O
              V)
              a
                   0     4     8     12    16    20
                     PIPELINE LENGTH, FEET x 1,000
                      a. DREDGING DEPTH OF 20 FT
                    0      4      8    12    16    20
                      PIPELINE LENGTH, FEETx 1,000
                       c. DREDGING DEPTH OF 40 FT
                                                                       8     12    16     20
   PIPELINE LENGTH, FEETx 1,000
    b. DREDGING DEPTH OF 30 FT
                                                         24
                                                         20
                                                         16
                                                         12
                  DREDGE SIZE   -
                                                                     30"
                                                                     24"
                                                                    18"
                                                                                    I
0     4     8     12    16    20
   PIPELINE LENGTH, FEETx 1,000
    d. DREDING DEPTH OF 50 FT
       Figure 5.   Solids output for selected pipeline dredge sizes, pipeline lengths, and dredging
                   depths (from U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 1987)
       contaminants and the geochemical changes affecting contaminant distribution
       between aqueous and dissolved phases during active disposal operations.  The
       column settling test and facility-specific conditions (surface area, ponding
       depth, influent flow, and hydraulic efficiency) are essential parameters for
       using the modified elutriate test to predict effluent quality.  A flowchart illus-
       trating how modified elutriate and column settling tests are used to predict
       dissolved and paniculate bound contaminant concentrations in CDF effluent is
       shown in Figure 6.
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              39

-------
                                 EVALUATE PERTINENT PROJECT DATA
                                   ON DREDGE AND DISPOSAL AREA
                                      SAMPLE DREDGING SITE
                                       SEDIMENT AND WATER
               PERFORM MODIFIED
                ELUTRIATE TESTS
     PERFORM COLUMN
      SETTLING TESTS
       ESTIMATE DISSOLVED CONCENTRATION
         OF CONTAMINANTS AND FRACTION
              IN SUSPENDED SOLIDS
ESTIMATE SUSPENDED SOLIDS
 IN DISPOSAL AREA EFFLUENT
                          ESTIMATE TOTAL CONCENTRATION OF CONTAMINANTS
                                    IN DISPOSAL AREA EFFLUENT
                                EVALUATE MIXING ZONE AND COMPARE
                                   WITH STANDARDS OR CRITERIA
Figure 6.   Steps for predicting effluent quality during hydraulic filling
                 The procedures shown in Figure 6 have undergone extensive research and
              development including field trials.  Field studies on maintenance dredging
              projects confirmed that the procedures are reliable and usually provide conser-
              vative estimates of heavy metal concentrations in effluent (Palermo 1988;
              Palermo and Thackston 1988a).  Field data for organic contaminants are not
40
                                                      Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
       as extensive as that for metals, but the available field data indicate that the
       procedures are also good predictors of organic contaminant concentrations in
       CDF effluent during hydraulic filling (Palermo  1986; Palermo 1988; Myers
       1991).  The modified elutriate and column settling tests are briefly described
       below.

          The modified elutriate test consists of the following steps (Figure 7):

          a.   Mixing dredging  site sediment and water to the solids concentration
              expected in the influent to  the facility (discharge from the dredge).

          b.   Aerating the mixture for 1  hr to simulate the oxidizing conditions
              present in primary settling  facilities.

          c.   Settling the mixture  for a time equal to the expected or measured mean
              retention time of the facility, up to a maximum  of 24 hr.

          d.   Collecting  a sample of supernatant for chemical analysis of dissolved
              and total contaminant concentrations.

       The dissolved concentrations from the test are the predicted dissolved concen-
       trations in the effluent.  The contaminant concentrations associated with sus-
       pended  solids are  the differences between total contaminant concentrations in
       whole water samples and dissolved contaminant concentrations in the filtered
       water samples (Equation 20).

                     r    - c
               c  =   mal     w                                               (20)
       where

            Q = solid phase contaminant concentration, mg/kg

          Ctotal = whole water contaminant concentration, mg/f

            Cw = dissolved contaminant concentration, mg/f

            C = suspended solids concentration, kg/£

       It should be noted that Cw and Cs in Equation 20 are not necessarily equilib-
       rium concentrations. They could be equilibrium concentrations, but equilib-
       rium is not a necessary condition in the modified elutriate test.

          The column settling test consists of the following steps:

          a.  Mixing the dredging site sediment and water to the slurry concentration
              expected in the influent to the pretreatment or confined disposal
              facility.

                                                                                              41
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              WATER FROM
             DREDGING SITE
               SEDIMENT FROM
               DREDGING SITE
                                              MIX SEDIMENT AND WATER TO
                                           EXPECTED INFLUENT CONCENTRATION
                                            ( AERATE IN 4 - L CYLINDER
                                            \       FOR 1 HR
       CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
      TOTAL CONCENTRATION
                                           /  SETTLE FOR EXPECTED MEAN FIELD
                                           \ RETENTION TIME UP TO 24 HR MAXIMUM
                                            EXTRACT SUPERNATANT
                                              SAMPLE AND SPLIT
                                                                    f CENTRIFUGATION OR
                                                                    \ 0.45-pm FILTRATION
SUSPENDED SOLIDS
  DETERMINATION
   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
DISSOLVED CONCENTRATION
Figure 7.    Modified elutriate test procedure
                  b.  Placing the slurry into an 8-in. (20.3-cm) diameter settling column and
                      allowing it to settle.

                  c.  Taking samples of supernatant water above the sediment-water inter-
                      face at various time intervals.

                  d.  Analyzing the samples for suspended solids concentrations.

               Effluent suspended solids concentration is predicted using the following steps:

                  a.  Developing a relationship of column supernatant suspended  solids
                      concentration versus settling time (Figure 8).

                  b.  Selecting a column supernatant suspended solids concentration corre-
                      sponding to the expected mean field retention time.
42
                                                         Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
                150
                120
                90
             o
             W
                60
                30
                                  FIELD MEAN RETENTION = 53 HR:
                                  SS
                                                      I
                              60
                                         120
   180
TIME, HOURS
                                                                 240
                                                                             300
                                                                                         360
       Figure 8.   Typical plot of supernatant suspended solids concentration versus time for col-
                  umn settling test (from Palermo and Thackston 1989)
          c.   Estimating a predicted effluent suspended solids value by adjusting the
              value selected in the above step for wind and turbulence under field
              conditions using a settling efficiency adjustment factor.

       Predicted total contaminant concentrations in effluent during hydraulic filling
       are estimated using the following equation:

                        =  C... +  C. C.                                         (21)
       where CEFFTOT is the total concentration of contaminant in effluent, mg/l.

          Detailed information on the development of modified elutriate and column
       settling tests including example calculations are provided by Montgomery
       (1978); Montgomery, Thackston, and Parker (1983); Palermo (1986); USAGE
       (1987); Palermo (1988); Palermo and Thackston (1988a); Palermo and Thack-
       ston (1988b); Palermo and Thackston (1988c); Palermo and Thackston (1989);
       and Averett, Palermo, and Wade (1988).  For a specific dredging project,
       hydraulic dredge, and facility design, these procedures have been shown to
       reliably predict effluent suspended solids, total contaminant, and dissolved
       contaminant concentrations.

          When column settling and modified elutriate data are not available, a priori
       techniques for estimating effluent quality and mass releases during hydraulic
       placement in pretreatment facilities can be used.  A priori estimation tech-
       niques, by definition, do not require site-specific data.  As a result, a priori
       estimates are not as reliable as estimates based on site-specific test data.
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              43

-------
                 Total mass concentration (particulate + dissolved) in effluent during
              hydraulic filling can be estimated using the following equation (Myers et al.
              1993):


                     CEFF,TOT = CINF,TOT C1  ~ CEF)


              where

                 CEFFJOT = tota^ concentration of contaminant in effluent, mg/f

                 CINF.TOT = total concentration of contaminant in influent, mg/f

                    CEF = contaminant containment efficiency factor for effluent pathway,
                           dimensionless

              The containment efficiency factor (Myers 1991; Myers et al. 1993) is a simple
              measure  of contaminant mass retention. Palermo (1988) measured CEFs at
              five CDFs.  The five-site average CEF for metals was 0.986 (98.6-percent
              retention). The one  site at which PCBs were monitored showed a CEF of
              0.99 (99-percent retention) for PCBs. Operation and management of pretreat-
              ment  facilities for remediation of sediments in the Great Lakes will likely
              result in  contaminant retention that is at least as good as and probably better
              than that measured by Palermo (1988) at CDFs designed and operated for
              disposal  of dredged materials from maintenance dredging projects.

                 Dissolved organic contaminant concentrations in effluent can be estimated
              using equilibrium partitioning equations described previously in the section on
              losses during dredging (Equation 13).  Equilibrium partitioning equations
              should not be used to estimate dissolved metal concentrations in effluent.
              Applications and limitations of equilibrium partitioning equations are discussed
              in the next section on leachate losses and in Appendix B.


              Effluent-mechanical placement

                 Influent characteristics.  For mechanical dredging and placement, the in
              situ water content is  a good estimator of the  solids content of the dredged
              material  influent, and bulk chemical analysis of the sediment is a good estima-
              tor of influent contaminant concentrations. Influent flow can only be judged
              from  previous operating records since many  site-specific conditions affect the
              disposal  rate when mechanical dredging and  disposal  methods are used.   For
              example, during a 1986 maintenance dredging project in the Chicago River,
              dredging was conducted at night. Night work was necessary to minimize
              interference with bridge traffic on the many drawbridges that cross the
              Chicago  River in downtown Chicago. Two barges each containing approxi-
              mately 760 m3 (1,000 cu yds) were loaded by a clamshell dredge during  the
              night and unloaded the following day by clamshell dredge. It took approxi-
              mately 3 to 4 hr to unload a barge.

44
                                                      Chapter 4   Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          Effluent quality. In an upland facility, there should be little or no effluent
       during mechanical dredging and placement.  The small amount of water that
       may seep to the surface will have pore water quality.  During mechanical
       placement of dredged material in nearshore and in-water facilities, water in
       the facility before disposal operations begin will be displaced by the dredged
       material resulting in a discharge of effluent.  Predictive techniques for effluent
       quality  during mechanical placement of dredged material in nearshore and
       in-water facilities that  contain water prior to placement of dredged material
       are currently unavailable.
       Leachate

          When contaminated dredged material is placed in a pretreatment facility,
       contaminants may be mobilized and transported beyond the facility boundary
       by leaching. Leachate is contaminated pore water, and  leaching is the combi-
       nation of interphase transfer of contaminants from dredged material solids to
       pore water and movement of contaminated pore water.  Thus, leaching is a
       coupling of chemistry and fluid mechanics.  Techniques for estimating leach-
       ate flow and quality are discussed in this section.

          Leachate flow.  Leachate flow from dredged material placed in primary
       settling facilities and CDFs is produced by four potential water sources:

          a.  Interstitial  water left after primary settling.

          b.  Rainwater  and snowmelt.

          c.  Offsite groundwater.

          d.  For in-water facilities, surface water  outside the facility.

       The  predictive technique for estimating leachate flow discussed in this section
       accounts for leachate generation associated with the first two water sources.
       Application of groundwater models to facilities with leachate generated by
       offsite groundwater inflow and techniques  for estimating leachate generation
       by fluctuating water levels outside a nearshore or in-water facility are dis-
       cussed in Losses From Confined Disposal  Facilities on CDFs.

          After filling is  completed, dredged material in a primary settling facility is
       initially in a saturated condition (all voids  are filled with water). As  evapora-
       tion  and seepage remove water from the voids in the  dredged material,  the
       amount of water stored in the voids and available for gravity drainage
       decreases. After some time, usually several years, a  quasi-equilibrium  is
       reached in which water that seeps or evaporates is replenished by infiltration
       through the surface.  It is not likely that dredged material will be held in
       pretreatment facilities long enough  for establishment of a quasi-equilibrium.
       Leachate flow from primary settling facilities will  be time varying and highly
       dependent on local climatology, dredged material properties, and facility

                                                                                              45
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              design factors.  To predict time-varying leachate flow, all these factors must
              be considered.

                 Preproject estimation of leachate flow, therefore, requires coupled simula-
              tion of local weather patterns and surface and subsurface processes governing
              leachate generation.  The local groundwater regime can be important in evalu-
              ating long-term leaching trends at pretreatment facilities.  Depending on local
              geohydrology, hydraulic conductivity of the dredged material, size of the
              facility,  and other site-specific factors, such as liners, groundwater flow may
              tend to go beneath a pretreatment facility, diverge and spread around it, or
              even discharge into it.  In most cases, however, leachate flow from a pretreat-
              ment facility is governed by the initially saturated condition of the dredged
              material, the amount of pore water initially available for gravity drainage, and
              the replenishment of water that seeps from the site by rain and snow.  In
              short, leachate generation at pretreatment facilities is governed by the initial
              condition of the dredged material and surface hydrology.

                 Important climatic parameters include precipitation (rain and snow), tem-
              perature, and humidity. Important surface processes include snowmelt,  infil-
              tration,  surface runoff, and evaporation.  Important subsurface processes
              include  evaporation from dredged material voids and flow in vadose and
              saturated zones in the dredged material.  Important  facility design factors
              include  hydraulic properties of the foundation soils, type of liner (if any),  and
              type of  leachate collection system (if any).  Due to the complexity of the
              interactions among climatic  events, surface hydrologic processes, and subsur-
              face hydraulics, there is no one laboratory test capable of predicting leachate
              flow.

                 There is, however,  a simulation model available that couples climatic
              events,  surface hydrologic processes, and subsurface hydraulics that is applica-
              ble to dredged material in an upland containment  facility. This model is the
              Hydrologic Evaluation of Landfill Performance (HELP) computer program
              (Schroeder et al. 1988).  HELP is a  hydrologic water budget model that
              accounts for the effects of surface storage,  runoff, infiltration, percolation,
              evapotranspiration, soil moisture storage, lateral drainage to leachate collec-
              tion systems, and percolation through synthetic liners, soil liners, and
              composite  liners.  Local climatology is one of the important components of
              hydrologic modeling that the HELP  model simulates on a daily basis.

                 The  HELP model was developed by the USEPA to predict the amounts of
              seepage, drainage to leachate collection systems, at  sanitary landfills.  The
              model is used in a preproject mode by designers and permits writers to evalu-
              ate landfill designs.  HELP model features that are particularly useful for
              estimating leachate flow are summarized in Table 5. Limitations that apply
              when using the HELP model to estimate leachate  flow are also summarized in
              Table 5,

                 The HELP model simulates flow through as many as 12 layers with vary-
              ing hydraulic properties.  The first layer is usually a cap, and  the bottom layer

46
                                                       Chapter 4 Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
         Table 5
         HELP Model Major Features
         Advantages
         Time varying.
         Simulates site-specific climatology on a daily basis using user-supplied data, default data
         for 102 cities in the U.S., or a synthetic climatology generator.
         Couples vegetative growth, evapotranspiration, surface runoff, unsaturated flow, saturated
         flow, and soil moisture storage.
         Layers of differing hydraulic properties simulated, including caps, liners, and leachate col-
         lection systems.
          Includes default climatological and soil property data.
          Interactive and runs on desktop computers.
          Documented.
         Coupling of surface, vadose, and saturated flows experimentally verified (Schroeder and
         Peyton 1987).
         Limitations
         One-dimensional (vertical percolation) except for leachate collection systems.
         Assumes bottom is free draining.
        is usually a low-permeability barrier soil,  although these are not model
        requirements.  The model is quasi-two-dimensional in that layers can be
        defined as lateral drainage or vertical percolation layers.  Lateral drainage
        layers are appropriate for designs that include a leachate collection system.
        Without lateral drainage layers, subsurface flow calculations in the HELP
        model are one-dimensional simulations of vertical percolation.

           A definition sketch for application of the HELP model to recently filled
        primary settling facilities is  shown in Figure 9.  As shown in Figure 9, the
        dikes should be impermeable relative to the hydraulic conductivity of the
        dredged material. These conditions are not always met, but when they are,
        flow into  the foundation soils is primarily vertical. In this case, the physical
        system closely matches the HELP model  assumptions so that there are few if
        any limitations to application of the HELP model.

           The general simulation parameters (user-supplied inputs) are listed in
        Table 6.  The user must specify the number and thickness of each layer.
        There are three types  of layers in the HELP model as follows:  vertical perco-
        lation layers, lateral drainage layers, and  barrier soil liners.  Vertical
        percolation layers are layers without a leachate collection system. The
        dredged material in a  primary settling facility would be classified as a vertical
        percolation layer. If there are dredged material layers with different proper-
        ties, such as hydraulic conductivity, dredged material layers as needed could
        be specified as vertical percolation layers as long as the total number of layers
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                                  47

-------
                   PRECIPITATION
                                           EVAPOTRANSPIRATION

                                                    i \
                                      DREDGED MATERIAL
                                  .  •  .  .  .  LEACHATE COLLECTION .   .
                      • FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE LINER
                    •'.••'•'.•'.••'•'•''•'•'  .LEACHATE COLLECTION- .  • .' •
                      FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE LINER
Figure 9.    Definition sketch for application of HELP model to primary settling facilities for
            dredged material

               does not exceed 12.  Lateral drainage layers are layers designed to collect
               leachate by lateral drainage to collection pipes.  Both vertical and lateral
               drainage are simulated by the HELP model in lateral drainage layers.  A layer
               of material design to inhibit percolation is classified as a barrier soil liner.  A
               layer covered by a flexible membrane liner (FML) is classified as barrier soil
               liner with  an FML. In addition, the user can select the "active"  or "closed"
               options. The "active" option will not allow runoff to occur.  Excess
48
                                                         Chapter 4 Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          Table 6
          General  Simulation Parameters for the HELP Model
          Facility Design Parameters
          Number of layers (1 to 12)
          Layer classification as vertical percolation, lateral drainage, or barrier soil liner
          Thickness of each layer
          Liner presence (yes/no) for barrier soil liners
          Open or closed site
          Surface area
          Climatological Database Choices
          Default database (4-year record) for 102 U.S. cities
          User supplied database
          Synthetic weather generator for 139 U.S. cities
          Soil and Dredged Material Properties
          Default soil option (yes/no)
          Manual soil option
           Porosity
           Field capacity
           Wilting point
           Initial water content
           Saturated hydraulic conductivity
          Other
          Evaporative zone depth
          Type of vegetative cover
          Simulation period (1 to 20 years, depending on climatological database)
          Type of output
           Daily
           Monthly averages
           Annual totals
        precipitation will pond on the dredged material surface. The "closed" option
        will allow runoff.

           The user has the choice of using a default climatological database, user-
        supplied  database, or a synthetic weather generator. The default climatologi-
        cal database is a 5-year record (1974 through 1978) for 104 U.S.  cities.  The
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                                        49

-------
              user can choose to input a climatological database consisting of daily tempera-
              ture, precipitation, solar radiation, and other parameters.  The HELP model
              synthetic weather generator is applicable to 139 U.S. cities.  The default soil
              database in the HELP model  is based on the USCS.  The user specifies the
              type of soil according to one  of 15 possible USCS classifications.  There are
              also default soil data for two  types of barrier soils that may be further speci-
              fied as compacted or uncompacted.  The user can also specify soil and
              dredged material properties for each layer as follows:  wilting point,  porosity,
              saturated hydraulic conductivity, initial water content, and field capacity.

                 Other model inputs include evaporative zone depth, leaf area index, simu-
              lation period, and type of output. The evaporative zone depth is the depth
              beginning at the soil cover (or dredged material) surface affected by evapora-
              tive drying.  The leaf area index is zero for a primary settling facility since
              the dredged material will be removed for treatment before vegetation has a
              chance to establish.  The maximum simulation  period is 20 years and depends
              on the length of record in the climatological database. Longer periods can be
              simulated by  restarting the HELP model using  water budget information from
              the last output.

                 The types of output data provided by the HELP model when the user
              specifies daily output are listed below:

                 Julian date
                 Precipitation, inches
                 Runoff, inches
                 Evapotranspiration, inches
                 Head on barrier soil liners,  inches
                 Percolation through barrier soil liners, inches
                 Lateral drainage from surface of any barrier soil, inches
                 Water content in evaporative zone, dimensionless

                 The following types of output are provided when the user specifies monthly
              totals:

                 Precipitation, inches
                 Runoff, inches
                 Evapotranspiration,  inches
                 For each layer:
                     Percolation, inches
                     Lateral drainage, inches
                     Monthly average daily head, inches
                     Monthly standard deviation of daily heads, inches

                 Annual totals for the parameters listed below are presented for both daily
              and monthly output options in three types of units:  inches, cubic feet, and
              percentage of annual precipitation:
50
                                                       Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          Precipitation
          Runoff
          For each layer
              Percolation
              Lateral drainage
          Soil water in storage at beginning of year
          Soil water in storage at end of year
          Snow water in storage at beginning of year
          Snow water in storage at end of year
          Annual change in total water storage

          Leachate quality.  Techniques for predicting leachate quality in primary
       settling facilities and CDFs are  discussed in this section.  Two types of predic-
       tive techniques for leachate quality are discussed. The first technique is an
       a priori technique, and the second technique involves laboratory leach tests.
       Both techniques are  based on equilibrium partitioning theory.  Application of
       this theory to dredged material leaching is described by Hill,  Myers, and
       Brannon (1988); Myers, Brannon, and Price (1992), Brannon, Myers, and
       Tardy  (1994).

          Equilibrium partitioning as used in this report is a simple representation of
       a variety of contaminant interphase transfer processes.  The complexity of the
       problem is shown in Figure 10. As shown in Figure 10, interphase contami-
       nant transfer is a complicated interaction of many elementary  processes and
       factors affecting these processes.  A complete description of all these pro-
       cesses, their interactions, and factors affecting these processes is not presently
       possible.  Instead, a lumped parameter, the equilibrium distribution coeffi-
       cient, is used to describe the distribution of contaminant between aqueous  and
       solid phases.

          At equilibrium, the net  transfer of contaminant across the solids-water
       interface is zero, and the mass of contaminant in each phase is constant, but
       not necessarily equal.  Thus, only the relative distribution of contaminant
       between solid and aqueous phases is needed to predict leachate quality. This
       distribution of contaminant  mass between solid and aqueous phases is repre-
       sented by the equilibrium distribution coefficient defined as follows:
              K  -    L                                                     (23)
                                                                                              51
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
             SEDIMENT SOLIDS
          GEOCHEMICAL PROCESSES

            ELEMENTAL PARTITIONING
         INTRAPARTICLE PORE PHENOMENA
     FACTORS AFFECTING INTERPHASE TRANSFER

       REDOX POTENTIAL

       IONIC STRENGTH

       HYDROGEN ION CONCENTRATION

       SEDIMENT ORGANIC CARBON

       PORE WATER VELOCITY
                       PORE WATER
                                                 -*-  DISSOLUTION
                                                      PRECIPITATION
                       ADSORPTION
                                                      DESORPTION
                                                      SURFACE COMPLEXATION
                                                 •*-  SOLUBLE COMPLEXATION
                                                     COLLOID
                                                     FLOCCULATION/
                                                     DEFLOCCULATION
                     CONVECTION
         DISPERSION
                      PROCESSES OCCURRING IN BOTH PHASES
       BIODEGRADATION
       BIOTRANSFORMATION
CHEMODEGRADATION
CHEMOTRANSFORMATION
REDOX REACTIONS
ACID-BASE REACTIONS
Figure 10.  Interphase transfer processes and factors affecting interphase transfer processes
           (from Myers, Brannon, and Price 1992)
52
                                                    Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
       where

           Kd = contaminant-specific equilibrium distribution coefficient,
                 dimensionless

          Mcs = mass of contaminant in solid phase, kg

           Ms = mass of solids, kg

          M^ = mass of contaminant in aqueous phase, kg

          Mw = mass of water, kg

       The mass fractions in Equation 23 can be replaced with phase contaminant
       concentrations without any loss of generality so that Equation 23 becomes
                                                                              (24)
       where

          Kd = contaminant-specific equilibrium distribution coefficient, *7kg

          Q = contaminant concentration in sediment at equilibrium, mg/kg

          Cw = aqueous phase concentration at equilibrium, mg/£

          Equations 23 and 24 describe the equilibrium distribution of a single con-
       taminant in dredged material; that is, equilibrium distribution coefficients are
       contaminant and dredged material specific.  In addition, the distribution of
       contaminant mass is affected by various factors, such as pH, ionic strength,
       redox potential, and sediment organic carbon.  Varying these factors during
       leaching can shift the equilibrium position of the system and change Kd.

          The local equilibrium concept is illustrated in Figure 1 1 .  When the rate at
       which water moves is slow relative to  the rate at which equilibrium  is
       approached, a local chemical equilibrium exists between the pore water and
       the sediment solids.  Thus, the local equilibrium assumption implies that as a
       parcel of water passes a parcel of dredged material solids,  the water and solids
       come to chemical equilibrium before the parcel of water moves to contact the
       next parcel of dredged material solids.  Thus, leachate quality at the surface
       can differ from leachate quality at the bottom of a primary settling facility,
       while leachate in both locations will be in equilibrium with the dredged mate-
       rial solids.

          Application of the equilibrium assumption to prediction of leachate quality
       in dredged material is based on two arguments:  (a) the argument that the
       interphase  transfer rates affecting leachate quality  are fast relative to the

                                                                                              53
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
             INCREMENT
C1=(V,/Kd1
             INCREMENT
C2 -
             INCREMENT
   = csn/Kdn
                                      PORE WATER
          THE PORE WATER IN EACH INCREMENT COMES TO EQUILIBRIUM
          WITH THE SEDIMENT SOLIDS IN THAT INCREMENT
          BEFORE MOVING INTO THE NEXT INCREMENT
Figure 11.  Illustration of local equilibrium assumption for leaching in a pretreatment facility
              volumetric flux of water and (b) the argument that equilibrium-controlled
              desorption provides conservative predictions of leachate quality. These argu-
              ments are discussed below.

                 The equilibrium assumption is valid when the seepage velocity is slow
              relative to the rate at which contaminants desorb from dredged material solids.
              This is a realistic assumption for fine-grain dredged material because seepage
              velocities are usually very low due to the low hydraulic conductivity of fine-
              grain dredged material. The hydraulic conductivity of fine-grain dredged
              material is usually in the range of 10"8 to 10~5 cm/sec.  In primary settling
              facilities  and CDFs, the hydraulic gradient is usually about one, so that pore
              water velocities are usually in the range of 10~8 to 10"5 m/sec. Some soil
              column studies have indicated that the local equilibrium assumption is valid
              for pore water velocities as high as 10"5 cm/sec (Valocchi 1985).  Theoreti-
              cally, equilibrium-controlled desorption requires an infinitely fast desorption
              rate.  However, if the  critical interphase transfer rates are sufficiently  fast, the
              equilibrium assumption can yield results indistinguishable from full kinetic
              modeling (Jennings and Kirkner 1984; Valocchi 1985; Bahr and Rubin 1987).
 54
                                                     Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          In addition to being a good approximation, the assumption of equilibrium-
       controlled desorption is conservative; that is, predictions based on the equilib-
       rium assumption will overestimate leachate contaminant concentrations if pore
       water velocities are too high for local equilibria to become established.  The
       equilibrium assumption is conservative because interphase transfer is from the
       dredged material solids to the pore water, and equilibrium means that all of
       the desorption that can occur has occurred.  Thus, for clean water entering
       dredged material, pore water contaminant concentrations cannot be higher than
       the equilibrium  value.

          Rearrangement of Equation 24 yields


               Cw = -&                                                      (25-a)
       Equation 25-a uses the bulk sediment contaminant concentration, Cs, and a
       contaminant-specific distribution coefficient, Kd, to predict dissolved leachate
       contaminant concentration.

          Organic contaminants sorb to the humic and fluvic acids that make up
       dissolved organic carbon.  Since dissolved organic carbon is mobile, dissolved
       organic carbon enhances advective transport of contaminants. Equation 25-b
       includes a factor to account for facilitated transport by colloidal-bound
       contaminant.
                              Kc Cc)  -  C*(l *KcCc)                     (25-b)
       where

          Cpw — Pore water contaminant concentration, mg/£

           Cc = dissolved organic carbon, kg/I

           Kc = equilibrium distribution coefficient for partitioning of contaminant
                 between dissolved organic carbon and water, £/kg

          Empirical equations  that relate distribution coefficients to sediment organic
       carbon and octanol-water partitioning coefficients are available (Karickhoff,
       Brown, and Scott 1979; Means et al. 1980; Karickhoff 1981; Schwarzenbach
       and Westall 1981; Chiou, Porter, and Schedding 1983; Lyman, Reehl, and
       Rosenblatt 1990). These relationships were developed mainly through batch
       adsorption tests using soils, sediments, and aquifer materials.  The generality
       of these relationships for desorption of contaminants from dredged material is
       uncertain, but the basic technique is widely accepted.  A priori estimation of

                                                                                             55
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              distribution coefficients is described in Appendix B. Caution should be exer-
              cised when choosing and using Kd values. If Kd is estimated from empirical
              relationships based on sediment organic carbon content and octanol-water
              partitioning coefficients, Equation 25-b is recommended.  Equation 25-a is
              valid, but facilitated transport will not be included.  If Kd is determined using
              the sequential batch leach test discussed later, Equation 25-a should be used
              because the Kd obtained from this test included  facilitated transport.  Equa-
              tion 25-b should not be used in this case.

                 An example a priori prediction of organic chemical concentrations in
              dredged material leachate is presented in Table  7.  The estimates provided in
              Table 7 are sediment and contaminant specific.  The predictions are sediment
              specific because the Cs values used in the predictions are for a sediment from
              Norfolk, VA, and the Kd values are based, in part, on the organic carbon
              content of  that sediment.  The predictions are contaminant specific because the
              octanol-water partitioning coefficients used to calculate Kd values are contami-
              nant specific.
Table 7
A Priori Prediction of Selected Organic Chemical Concentrations in
Dredged Material Leachate From Norfolk, VA
Organic Contaminant
p,p-DDD
p,p-DDE
p.p-DDT
Heptachlor
Dieldrin
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Endrin Aldehyde
Heptachlor Epoxide
Methoxychlor
C,. mg/kg
0.0004
0.0022
0.0012
0.0022
0.0007
0.0014
0.0003
0.001 1
0.0007
0.0017
Cw. A/g/f
7.2 E-07
6.9 E-06
6.8 E-05
0.0025
0.0057
0.0571
0.0004
7.9 E-06
0.0440
0.0003
Kd, tlkg
55,770
3.2 E + 05
17,600
869
123
24.5
807
1.4 E + 05
15.9
5,794
Note: From Palermo et at. (1993).
                  Equilibrium partitioning theory with some modification can also be used to
               develop a priori predictions of metal concentrations in dredged material  leach-
               ate (Palermo et al. 1993).  The theoretical and experimental basis for a priori
               estimation of metal pore water concentrations is not as well developed as that
               for organic contaminants.  The basic approach for metals is the same as the
               approach for organic contaminants except that Equation 25-a as stated is not
               applicable to metals.  Equation 25-a is not applicable because the total metal
               concentration in the dredged material  solids is not leachable (Environmental
               Laboratory 1987).
56
                                                        Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
       A significant fraction of the total metal concentration in sediments is in geo-
       chemical phases that are not mobilized by aqueous extraction (Brannon et al.
       1976; Steneker, Van Der Sloot, and Das 1988).

          Modification of Equation 25-a for the leachable metal concentration pro-
       vides a method for estimating pore water metal concentrations. Assuming a
       modification of the equilibrium approach discussed previously applies, metal
       pore water concentration is given by
              r  -
                w
(26)
       where CsL is the leachable metal concentration in the dredged material solids
       (mg/kg).

          Empirical relationships for estimating the water leachable concentration,
       CsL  and the distribution coefficient, Kd, for metals are not available. These
       parameters are sediment specific, as well as metal specific.  They are affected
       by a variety of factors including oxidation-reduction potential, pH, and
       organic carbon, sulfur, iron, and salt contents of the sediment.  For these
       reasons, Kd and CsL are difficult to estimate a priori.

          Data from Brannon et al. (1976), Environmental Laboratory (1987),
       Brannon, Myers, and Price (1992) on leachable metal  fractions in three fresh-
       water sediments are presented in Table 8.  As indicated in Table 8, between
Table 8
Percent Leachable Metal Concentrations in Selected Sediments
Metal
Arsenic
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Nickel
Lead
Zinc
Sediment
1
0.34
<0.01
*
<0.01
<0.01
*
0.87
2
6.5
5.2
*
0.55
2.4
1.3
3.0
3
1.37
0.40
0.17
*
*
0.33
0.27
1 Ashtabula Harbor, Ohio; sum of interstitial and exchangeable phases, from Brannon et al.
(1976).
2 Hamlet City Lake, North Carolina; total extracted in anaerobic sequential batch leach
test, from Brannon, Myers, and Price (1992).
3 Indiana Harbor, Indiana; total extracted in anaerobic sequential batch leach test, from
Environmental Laboratory (1987).
* No data.
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              57

-------
             about 0.3 and 7 percent of the total arsenic, about 0.01 and 6 percent of the
             total  cadmium, and 0.2 and 3 percent of the total zinc in these freshwater
             sediments were leachable. These ranges in leachable metal  fractions can be
             used  to estimate ranges of CsL for metals in freshwater sediments. The leach-
             able concentration is given by multiplying the bulk sediment metal concentra-
             tion by the  percent leachable divided by 100.

                 Data on other metals is too limited to provide guidance on estimating
             leachable fractions in sediments.  Mercury was investigated by Environmental
             Laboratory (1987) and Palermo et al. (1989), but detectable amounts did not
             leach in sequential batch leach tests.  Other studies have also shown that very
             little of the mercury  in sediments is mobile (Brannon, Plumb, and Smith
              1980).

                 Distribution coefficients are also needed to estimate pore water metal con-
             centrations. Anaerobic sequential batch leach data from Environmental Labo-
             ratory (1987), Palermo et al.  (1989),  and Myers and Brannon (1988) indicated
             Kd values for metals range from 2 to  90 t/kg, depending on the  metal and the
             sediment.   Conservative estimates are obtained when high values of Kd are
             avoided, that is, the  lower end of the range in expected Kd values is used.
             For conservative estimation of metal pore water concentrations,  a range of Kd
             values between 3 and 10 £/kg is recommended.

                 Since specific values for the variables Csl and Kd are not known a priori, a
              range of metal pore water concentrations should be estimated. Figure 12 is an
              example of the type of concentration envelope that can be developed using a
              range of values for CsL and Kd.  In  Figure 12, arsenic concentrations in
              leachate for various CsL and Kd values are shown as  a concentration envelope
              bounded by 3 <  Kd < 10 and 0.005 < leachable fraction < 0.1, where the
              leachable fraction  (CsL/Cs) is  the percent leachable divided by 100.  This fig-
              ure is not a generic figure since CsL is required in order to calculate a leachate
              concentration.  Figure 12 is specifically for Cs = 4.2 mg/kg.

                 Predictions with less uncertainty than the a priori predictions discussed
              above can be made if process descriptors, such as distribution coefficients, are
              determined experimentally.  Currently, USAGE has  a research activity within
              the LEDO  program at WES that is  developing laboratory  procedures for
              investigating interphase transfer processes, testing alternative formulations of
              interphase  process mathematics, and quantification of interphase process
              descriptors.  The basic approach of the LEDO leachate research is a semi-
              empirical approach that uses  a theoretical  framework based on mass transport
              theory (Figure 13) to guide experimental design and data interpretation (Hill,
              Myers, and Brannon 1988).  The theoretical framework couples  mass trans-
              port theory with both batch and column testing in an integrated approach
              (Figure 14) (Louisiana Water Resources Research Institute 1990). In the
              integrated  approach, process descriptors from batch  tests, such as distribution
              coefficients, are used to predict column elution curves. If predicted and
              observed elution histories agree, the conclusion may be reached  that the pro-
              cesses governing transfer of contaminants from dredged material solids to
CO
                                                       Chapter 4   Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              0.20
                              002
                                          0.04          0.06
                                               LEACHABLE FRACTION
                                                                 008
                                                                             0.10
                                                                                         0.12
       Figure 12.  Predicted arsenic concentration in leachate for Cs  = 4.2 mg/kg and 31 /kg  <
                   Kd < 10f/kg and 0.005  < CsL/Cs < 0.1 (DWL = drinking water limit)
       water have been adequately described. Once interphase transfer has been
       adequately described, contaminant migration by leaching can be evaluated for
       the flow conditions that apply in the field.

          Laboratory procedures for both batch and column tests are under develop-
       ment (Myers, Brannon, and Price 1992).  The batch test involves sequential
       leaching of sediment solids in a quick and relatively easy procedure that pro-
       vides quantitative interphase  transfer process descriptors.

       The sequential batch leach procedure used to investigate sediments and
       dredged material (Myers and Brannon 1988) is presented below:

          STEP 1:  Load  sediment  into appropriate centrifuge tubes and add suffi-
                    cient deoxygenated distilled-deionized water to each tube to bring
                    final water-to-sediment ratio to 4:1 by weight (dry sediment
                    solids).  All operations should be conducted in a glove box
                    under a nitrogen atmosphere.

          STEP 2:  Shake or tumble tubes for 24 hr.

          STEP 3:  Centrifuge for 30 min at 6500 x  g for organics and 9000  x g
                    for metals.
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                             59

-------
                       UASS FLUX
                           IH
                        UASS FLUX
                          our
                            a?
5 =  - If
        e
                                                                                 (27)
                                                                                 (28)
               where
                 Dp = dispersion coefficient, cm2/sec
                   z = distance along main axis of flow, cm
                   v = average pore water velocity, cm/sec
                 Cw = aqueous phase contaminant concentration, mg/f
                   5 = interphase contaminant transfer, mg/£ sec
                   t = time, sec
                  pb = bulk density, kg/f
                   e = porosity, dimensionless
                  Cs = solid phase contaminant concentration, mg/kg
Figure 13.    Mathematical model of dredged material leaching (from Hill, Myers, and
             Brannon 1988)
                  STEP 4:  Filter leachate through 0.45-u.m membrane filters for metals.
                           Filter leachate through a Whatman GD/F glass-fiber prefilter
                           followed by a Gelman AE glass-fiber filter of 1.0-^m nominal
                           pore size for organics.

                  STEP 5:  Preserve and store samples in the dark at 4 °C until analyzed.

                  STEP 6:  Return to Step 2 after replacing leachate removed in Step 4 with
                           fresh deoxygenated distilled-deionized water.  Repeat the entire
                           procedure desired number of complete cycles.

                  Research to date has included investigations of factors affecting leachate
               quality, such as liquid-solids ratio and the shake time required to reach
60
                                                        Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
                  CONDUCT
              SEQUENTIAL BATCH
                LEACH TESTS
   CONDUCT
STANDARD SOILS
    TESTS
       CONDUCT
CONTINUOUS-FLOW COLUMN
     LEACH TESTS
                 FORMULATE
              SOURCE TERM FOR
              EACH CONTAMINANT
                OF INTEREST
                                       OBTAIN TRACE OF
                                  CONTAMINANT CONCENTRATION
                                      VERSUS VOLUME OF
                                      LEACHATE PRODUCED
                         PREDICT EFFLUENT CONCENTRATIONS
                         FROM CONTINUOUS-FLOW COLUMN BY
                         SUBTITUTING FLOW AND CHEMISTRY
                                  PARAMETERS
                                       COMPARE PREDICTED
                                       CURVE TO OBSERVED
                                            CURVE
       Figure 14.  Integrated approach for examining interphase mass transfer (from Louisiana
                   Water Resources Research Institute 1990)

       steady-state leachate concentrations. Results indicate that a four-to-one ratio
       of water-to-solids by weight (dry sediment solids) is best, and 24 hr of shak-
       ing time is sufficient to achieve steady-state conditions during batch leaching
       of sediments (Brannon et al. 1989;  Brannon, Myers, and Price 1990; Myers,
       Brannon, and Price 1992).

          Sequential batch leach tests were used in three major dredged material
       disposal alternative evaluations (Environmental Laboratory  1987; Myers and
       Brannon 1988; Palermo et al.  1989) to determine how the equilibrium solid
       phase contaminant concentration (Cs) was related to the equilibrium aqueous
       phase contaminant concentration (Cw) during leaching.  A relationship between
       Cs and Cw is needed in order to evaluate the source term S in Equation 27.
       The source term 5 is obtained from the chain rule as follows:
Chapter 4 Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                               61

-------
         c _ _   "    s -  _  o     s     w                           ("29)
                T ~aT ~    T  ac^  ~aT
Sequential batch leach tests provide the information needed to evaluate
8Cs/dCw.

   By sequentially leaching an aliquot of sediment, a table of solid phase
contaminant concentration (Cs) versus aqueous phase contaminant concentra-
tion can be developed and plotted (successive batches have differing  Cs and Cw
concentrations). A plot of Cs versus Cw yields a desorption isotherm, the
shape of which indicates the type of desorption.  Several types of desorption
isotherms have been observed in sequential batch leaching of sediments  (Envi-
ronmental Laboratory 1987; Myers and Brannon 1988; Palermo et al. 1989;
Myers, Brannon, and Price 1992).

   The desorption isotherms  shown in Figure 15 are typical for metals in
freshwater sediments.  A key feature of these desorption isotherms is the
constant  slope. The slope is  the distribution coefficient, Kd, and it can be
shown that dCs/dCw = Kd. As previously discussed, Kd's obtained from
sequential batch leach tests do not need an adjustment to account for facilitated
transport. In this case, the source term formulation developed using Equa-
tion 29 is relatively simple, and when Equation 27 is solved, predicted metal
concentrations  in the leachate decrease as the dredged material solids are
leached by percolating rainwater.  This monotonic decrease in aqueous phase
contaminant concentration as the solid phase contaminant concentration
decreases is a characteristic of classical desorption processes.

    A commonly observed feature of desorption isotherms for metals  in fresh-
water sediments is that the isotherm does not go through the origin.  The
intercept is the amount of metal in geochemical phases that is resistant to
aqueous  leaching.  The difference between Cs and the intercept is equivalent to
the CsL discussed previously.  Accurate measurement of CsL is important
because the initial metal pore water concentration needed to set the initial
condition for Equation 27 is  calculated using Equation 25(a or b) for organics
and Equation 26 for metals.

    Progress in developing a column leach test as a laboratory-scale physical
model of contaminant leaching from dredged material has been slower than
the development of sequential batch leach tests (Myers, Gambrell,  and Tittle-
baum 1991; Myers, Brannon, and Price, 1992).  Problems with the time
required to run column leach tests and the potential for sample deterioration
during extended sample collection periods have been encountered.  An
improved column leaching apparatus has been designed (Figure 16) and is
being used in current column leaching studies (Myers, Brannon, and Price
 1992).  The new column design increases the number of pore volumes that
can be eluted in a given period of time, minimizes wall effects, and provides
improvements  in flow delivery and control.

                                         Chapter 4 Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
                4130
                4125
              g 4120
              g
              tc
                 4115
                                             ZINC
"  4110
o     0
o
t-
                            0.25      0.50      0.75      1.00
                                               1.25      1.50
              o
              Ul
              V)
              Ul
              5
              in

              5
              LJ
              Ul
              O

                 20.1
20.0
                 19.9
                 19.8
                 19.7
             I         I         I
                           CADMIUM
                                                       LEGEND
                                                     ANAEROBIC LEACHING
    0      0.002    0.004     0.006     0.008    0.010
      AVERAGE STEADY  STATE LEACHATE CONCENTRATION,
                                                                        0.012
       Figure 15.  Desorption isotherms for zinc and cadmium in Indiana Harbor
                   sediment (Environmental Laboratory 1987)
          Elution curves obtained from column leach tests generally follow the trends
       indicated in sequential batch leach tests, although the sequential batch leach
       test usually overpredicts contaminant concentrations in column leachates
       (Environmental Laboratory 1987;  Myers and Brannon 1988; Palermo et al.
       1989).  An example is shown in Figure 17. Several explanations for differ-
       ences in predicted and observed contaminant concentrations in column leachate
       are possible, but  no single explanation satisfactorily explains all the informa-
       tion available (Myers and Brannon 1988).  Four explanations that have been
       considered are listed below:
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              63

-------
                     WATER
                      FROM
                   RESERVOIR
                                         '/<" STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (OUTLET)

                                               i/2"x '/4" COMPRESSION FITTING

                                                         3/g"NUT

                                                           %"ALL THREAD ROD



                                                              TOP PLATE
                                 STAINLESS STEEL
                                   TUBING (INLET)
                                                            0-R1NG SEAL
                                                            SINTERED STAINLESS
                                                            STEEL DISTRIBUTION
                                                           DISK (OJ875"x 10" 01 AM)

                                                            SEDIMENT CHAMBER
                                                            SINTERED STAINLESS
                                                            STEEL DISTRIBUTION
                                                           DISK (OJ875"X IO"DIAM)
                                                            0-RING SEAL
                                                               BASE PLATE
              Figure 16.  Schematic of improved column leaching apparatus for sediments
                         and dredged material
64
                                                      Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
     0.0006



     0.0005



^    0.0004

E
              3   0.0003
                  0.0002
                  0.0001
                                                  •PREDICTED
                                                   W/DESORPT10H
                                            PREDICTED
                                            W/0 DESORPTION
                               PERUEAUETER N0.4

                                PERUEAUETERS
                                    AND 6
                                   PERUEAUETER H0.4
                                              PERUEAUETER N0.6

                                             PERUEAUETER N0.5

                                   t		I
                                             PORE VOLUME
       Figure 17.  Total PCB concentrations in anaerobic column leachate for
                   Indiana Harbor sediment (from Environmental Laboratory 1987)
          a.  Short-circuiting in the columns dilutes leachate with clean water.

          b.  Desorption in the columns is not equilibrium controlled.

          c.  Contaminant losses are not properly accounted for in collection vessels.

          d.  Particle disaggregation in batch tests leads to underestimation of distri-
              bution coefficients.

       Research aimed at determining the cause or causes for the tendency of batch
       data to overpredict column data is continuing.

          Because the equilibrium assumption used in designing the sequential batch
       leach test is a conservative assumption for contaminant desorption, and there
       are data  from three studies indicating the sequential batch leach test to be a
       conservative predictor, the sequential batch leach procedure discussed is the
       recommended laboratory leach test for predicting dredged material leachate
       quality for freshwater sediments.  Until  the sequential batch leach test is fully
       developed  and verified, column leaching and application of the integrated
       approach is also recommended.  Additional discussion of dredged material
       leachate  quality prediction including review of available field data is presented
       in Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities in the section on leachate.
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                              65

-------
              Runoff

                 Runoff is not likely to be a significant contaminant loss pathway during
              pretreatment in primary settling facilities and flow equalization facilities that
              include engineering controls for runoff.  During filling operations, water
              added by precipitation will become a minor component of the effluent flow.
              Contaminant losses associated with effluent have been previously discussed.
              After filling and while dredged material is  being held for treatment or dis-
              posal, runoff will be a stochastic event that is low volume relative to  effluent
              during hydraulic filling (a steady event). Runoff can be controlled by ponding
              water and allowing it to evaporate. It is, therefore, anticipated that engineer-
              ing controls for containment of runoff will  be implemented.  If, however,
              pretreatment facilities are designed and operated such that runoff is not  con-
              trolled, runoff will carry contaminants  out  of the facility.  If necessary,  the
              techniques discussed in Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities in the sec-
              tion on runoff can be applied to estimate contaminant losses in runoff during
              pretreatment.
              Volatilization

                 Volatilization is the movement of a chemical into the air from a liquid
              surface.  Volatilization from dredged material solids involves desorption
              through a water film covering the solids and then from the water to the air.
              Because chemicals must enter the water phase before they can volatilize from
              dredged material, the tendency of a chemical to volatilize from dredged mate-
              rial can be generally related to the Henry's constant.  Henry's constant is the
              equilibrium distribution of a volatile chemical between air and water if true
              solutions exists in both phases (Thibodeaux 1979).  There are various ways to
              express Henry's constant (Thibodeaux 1979).  Two commonly used definitions
              that yield dimensionless Henry's constants are given below.
                      H =   L                                                    (30)
                                                                                   (31)
              where

                  Ca = dissolved concentration of chemical A in air, g/cm3

                  Cw = dissolved concentration of chemical A in water, g/cm3

                   H = Henry's constant, dimensionless

66
                                                       Chapter 4 Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
         MA = molecular weight of chemical A, g/mole

         p*A = pure component vapor pressure of chemical A, atm

           R = universal gas constant, 82.1 atm cm3/mol K

           T = temperature, K

           C = solubility of chemical A in water, g/cm3

         Henry's constant and, therefore, volatilization tendency depend on aqueous
       solubility, vapor pressure, and molecular weight.  Chemicals with high
       Henry's constant will tend to volatilize while chemicals with low Henry's
       constant will tend to dissolve in water.  As indicated by Equation 30, Henry's
       constant is directly proportional to vapor pressure and inversely proportional
       to aqueous solubility. Chemicals with similar vapor pressures but different
       aqueous solubilities will have different volatilization tendencies.  For example,
       the vapor pressures for lindane and Aroclor 1260 are 1.2  x 10"8 and 5.3  x
       10"8 atm, respectively; but the Henry's constant for lindane is only 2.2 x
       10'8, while the Henry's constant for Aroclor 1260 is 0.3 (Thomas 1990a).
       Although the vapor pressures for both chemicals are very low,  the Henry's
       constants differ by four orders of magnitude due to differences  in aqueous
       solubility.  The aqueous solubility of lindane and Aroclor 1260 are 7.3 and
       2.7  x 10"3 g/cm3, respectively (Thomas 1990a).  This example shows that
       vapor pressure is not a good indicator of volatilization tendency from water.
       The actual direction of chemical movement across the air-water interface
       depends on chemical concentrations in aqueous and air phases and Henry's
       constant.  The transfer rate (absorption for transfer to water and volatilization
       for transfer to air) depends on wind-induced turbulence at the air-water
       interface.

          Theoretical chemodynamic models for volatile emission rates from dredged
       material  were described by Thibodeaux  (1989).  Thibodeaux (1989) identified
       four emission locals, each with its own sources and external factors affecting
       emission rates. These four locales were as follows:

          a.  Dredged material transportation devices.

          b.  Ponded dredged material.

          c.  Exposed sediment.

          d.  Vegetation covered dredged material.

       Locales b through d are shown in Figure 18.  The first locale, volatile losses
       during transportation, was discussed previously.  The last locale is not appli-
       cable to  pretreatment facilities because it is anticipated that dredged material
       will be removed for treatment or disposal before vegetation can be established.
       This section, therefore, discusses volatile losses from two pretreatment

                                                                                             67
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
                   PLANT-COVERED
                      SEDIMENT
                                                           PONDED
                                                           WATER
                                                                               WEIR
                                                                           EFFLUENT
Figure 18.  Volatilization locales for a CDF
               volatilization locales, losses from ponded dredged material and exposed
               dredged material solids.

                  Locale b - ponded dredged material. Dredged material slurries pumped
               to primary settling facilities or CDFs undergo sedimentation, resulting in a
               thickened deposit of settled material overlain by clarified supernatant (Fig-
               ure 4a).  Thus, the ponded dredged material locale is characterized by water
               containing contaminated suspended solids and a thickened bottom deposit of
               dredged material.  The volatilization pathway in this case involves desorption
               from the contaminated suspended solids followed by transport through the air-
               water interface.

                  The bottom deposit is not part of the pathway because suspended solids
               control dissolved contaminant concentrations, and it  is dissolved chemicals
               that volatilize. While bottom deposits can contribute to dissolved contaminant
               concentrations, the contribution  from bottom deposits is not important until
               the suspended solids concentration becomes negligible.  In a primary settling
               facility, there is a continuous  flux of suspended solids through the water col-
               umn while dredged material is being pumped  in.  Diffusion from bottom
               deposits  is, therefore, unimportant relative to desorption from suspended
               solids  in controlling dissolved contaminant concentrations in primary settling
               facilities.

                   The model equation for volatilization from the ponded dredged material
               locale is given below (Thibodeaux  1989)
                        AL  = K.
                               OL
- C)
                                                                                    (32)
 68
                                                         Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
       where

           Nw  = flux through air-water interface, g/cm2 sec

          KOL  = overall liquid phase mass transfer coefficient, cm/sec

           Cw  = dissolved contaminant concentration, g/cm3

          C*w  = hypothetical dissolved chemical concentration in equilibrium with
                 background air, g/cm3

       The dissolved contaminant concentration, Cw, can be estimated using Equa-
       tion 25-a, or data on dissolved contaminant concentrations from the modified
       elutriate test can be used.  The facilitated transport factor (Equation 25-b)
       should not be included because contaminants sorbed to colloidal organic mat-
       ter must desorb before they can volatilize. For primary settling facilities, the
       ponded  water area is known and the suspended  solids can be predicted using
       the column settling tests previously discussed on losses for the effluent path-
       way.  Equation 32  is applicable when the dissolved contaminant concentration
       is  constant.  Since volatilization continuously removes chemical mass from the
       dissolved  phase, there is an implicit assumption for application of Equation 32
       that either volatilization is so small that it does  not affect dissolved chemical
       concentrations or there is a source(s) of chemical that replenishes the dissolved
       chemical mass as fast  as it volatilizes. The effect that volatilization has on
       dissolved  chemical  concentrations depends on physical and chemical properties
       of the chemical of interest and site conditions.  For these reasons, the relative
       significance of volatilization as a process  affecting dissolved concentrations
       cannot be evaluated without applying a fate and transport model that simulates
       all the important processes. In primary settling facilities, however,  there are
       two sources that can replenish chemical mass lost through volatilization.
       First, chemical is being continuously added in dissolved form by disposal
       operations.  Second, there is a continuous solids flux through the water col-
       umn that through partitioning processes tends to maintain constant dissolved
       chemical concentrations.  For these reasons,  the assumption of a constant
       dissolved  chemical  concentration is probably a good approximation of the field
       condition.   It is also a conservative assumption  since the gradient driving the
       volatilization process is not allowed to decrease.

          Equation 32 has not been field verified for dredged material in pretreat-
       ment facilities or CDFs.  The equation is, however, widely accepted and has
       been verified for volatile chemical emissions from various water bodies and
       waste impoundments (Liss and Slater 1974; Billing 1977; Thibodeaux 1979;
       Thibodeaux, Parker, and Heck 1984). Probably the largest source of error in
       Equation 32 is estimation of the overall liquid phase mass transfer coefficient.

          The  overall liquid phase mass transfer coefficient depends on a variety of
       variable environmental and hydrodynamic factors that are difficult to quantify.
       Lunney, Springer, and Thibodeaux (1985) correlated overall liquid phase mass
                                                                                              69
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
transfer coefficients to wind speed and molecular diffusivity in water.  Their
correlation is presented below.
        KOL -  19.6  V?3 DA661                                       (33)
where

   KOL = over-all liquid phase mass transfer coefficient, cm/hr

     Vx = wind speed, mph

    DA = molecular diffusivity of chemical A in water, cm2/sec

Other empirical equations are available for estimating KOL, but the Lunney,
Springer, and Thibodeaux (1985) equation is one of the most widely used
equations.  If the molecular diffusivity in water is not known, it can be esti-
mated using Oldham's law as follows (Thibodeaux 1979):
DA
DB
                      0.6
                                                                     (34)
                 M
                   A
where

     A = chemical of unknown molecular diffusivity

     B = model chemical of known molecular diffusivity

    DA = molecular diffusivity of chemical A in water, cm2/sec

    DB = molecular diffusivity of chemical B in water, cm2/sec

    MB = molecular weight of chemical B, g/mole

    MA = molecular weight of chemical A, g/mole

 Equation 33 is an empirical model  that lumps chemical property and environ-
 mental variables into just two parameters, wind speed and aqueous diffusivity.
 Since there are no field verification data for Equation 33 at dredged material
 pretreatment and disposal facilities, the range of error is not known.  It is
 estimated that Equation 33 provides KOL values within an order of magnitude.
 Part of the potential error is associated with selecting an average wind speed
 to  represent a range of wind speeds over some period of time.
                                         Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          Thomas (1990a) describes some alternative techniques for estimating the
       overall liquid phase mass transfer coefficient that are based on two-resistance
       theory as follows (Liss and Slater 1974; Thibodeaux 1979):
                K.
                  OL
K,
HKr
                                                                             (35)
       where
          KL = liquid-side mass transfer coefficient, cm/sec

          KG = gas-side mass transfer coefficient, cm/sec

       Although Equation 35 is a theoretical equation, estimation of KG and KL is
       highly empirical. Thomas (1990a) suggests using Southworth's correlations
       for volatilization of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons to estimate KG and KL
       as follows:
               KG - 0.32  (Vx +  Vcurr)
                                                     (36)
       where

            KG = cm/sec

            Vx = wind speed, m/sec

          Vcun = water velocity, m/sec

       For wind speeds less than 1.9 m/sec, KL in cm/sec in given by
               KL = 0.0065
                               ^0.969
                               'curr
                               Z0.673
                  32
                                            (37)
       where Z is water depth in meters, KL in cm/sec.  For wind speeds greater than
       1.9 m/sec and less than 5 m/sec,
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                             71

-------
                       KL  = 0.0065
yO.969
 curr
£0.673
32    o.526(v;")
(38)
                 \Vhen there exists no mean advective current in a CDF, wind-driven cur-
               rents are of the order of 3 percent of wind speed, assuming continuity of shear
               stresses  at the air-water interface.  Thus, Vcurr in Equations 36-38 can be
               replaced with 3 percent of the wind speed.

                 There are numerous empirical equations from stream reaeration studies that
               could also be adapted for estimating  volatile emissions.  Since the only con-
               sensus about these equations is that no one equation is superior for modeling
               reaeration, these equations are not discussed.  It is recognized, however, that
               there are other estimation techniques available for mass  transfer coefficients
               and  that most of these techniques give approximately equivalent results.

                 Thomas (1990a) also discusses using rule-of-thumb values for  KG and KL
               when making the type of a priori estimates discussed in this report.  These
               rule-of-thumb values are presented in Table 9.
Table 9
Rule-of-Thumb Values for Liquid- and Gas-Side Mass Transfer
Coefficients (cm/hr)

Vx < 3 m/sec
3 m/sec < Vx < 10 m/sec
Vx > 1 0 m/sec
Sea Surface Conditions
V
3
5-30
<70

*• 2
"o
—
-
--
Kc = 3,000 (18/M,,)1'2
Note: Vx = Windspeed; MA = Molecular weight of contaminant.
1 From Cohen, Cocchio, and Mackay (1978) as cited by Thomas (1990a).
2 Thomas (1990a).
               The recommended estimation technique for KOL is Equation 33 followed by a
               check against Equation 35 using values from Table 9 for KG and KL. If the
               value predicted by Equation 33 is substantially lower than the value predicted
               by Equation 35 using data from Table 9,  an estimate should be made using
               Equations 35-38.  If the value predicted by Equation 33 is within a factor of 3
               of the value predicted by Equations 35-38, either value is appropriate.  If the
               two predictions differ by more than a factor of 3, judgment has to be used.
               The alternatives are as  follows: (a) select the one that seems most appropri-
               ate, (b) select the highest value (conservative approach), (c) use the value
               predicted by Equation 35 using data from Table 9, or (d) take the average of
               all the estimates.
72
                                                        Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
          In view of the lack of field data on volatilization from dredged material
       pretreatment and disposal facilities, it is not possible to determine which tech-
       nique is the most accurate for estimating mass transfer coefficients.  The
       correlations in Equations 36-38  were developed, however, for very similar
       situations of evaporation from surface impondments.  For this reason, alterna-
       tive predictive techniques including a rule-of-thumb approach were described
       above.  The information from the literature suggests that the techniques dis-
       cussed in this report should be accurate to within an order of magnitude
       (Thomas 1990a).

          Locale C - exposed sediment.  This volatilization locale is characterized
       by sediment that is exposed directly to air and void of vegetative or other
       cover.  Exposed sediment is probably the most significant of the four volatil-
       ization locales as a source of volatile emissions (Thibodeaux 1989).  Exposed
       sediment will be a source of volatile emissions during various  stages of pre-
       treatment and flow equalization  as follows:

          a.  The delta formed during primary settling of dredged material slurries
              (Figure 4a).

          b.  The dredged material in  filled primary settling facilities after ponded
              water is drawn off (Figure 4b).

          c.  The delta formed during mechanical placement of dredged material in
              in-water  or nearshore flow equalization facilities.

          d.  The dredged material in  upland flow equalization facilities for mechani-
              cally dredged material.

          The rate at which chemicals  volatilize from exposed sediment is affected by
       many factors. Geotechnical properties such as porosity and water content,
       chemical factors such as water and air diffusivities, and environmental factors
       such as wind speed and relative humidity all affect volatilization  rates.  In
       addition, processes such as  air-water-solids chemical partitioning, diffusion of
       thermal energy, evaporation of water, and desiccation cracking of the sedi-
       ment can have pronounced impacts on volatile emission rates for exposed
       sediment.  Complete mathematical coupling of all these processes and the
       factors affecting these processes into a model  equation(s) would lead to a very
       complex model  requiring site-specific data that are usually unavailable.  For
       this  reason, the  vignette models proposed by Thibodeaux (1989)  are recom-
       mended for a priori prediction.

          Dredged material begins evaporative drying and volatile chemical emission
       as soon as it is exposed to air.   Initially, the chemical emission rate is affected
       by gas-side resistance.  The top microlayer quickly becomes depleted of vola-
       tile chemicals (and water), so that, continuing losses of volatile chemicals
       come from the pore spaces  within the dredged material.  At this point, the
       emission process is transient and changes from being gas-side resistance
                                                                                              73
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
              controlled to dredged material-side vapor diffusion controlled. The overall
              process is modeled by Equation 39 below (Thibodeaux 1989).
                                   1000
                                     7T t
                               D
                                a3
                                      e  +
                                           Pb
                                                                      (39)
74
where

    ne = instantaneous flux of chemical A through the dredged material-air
          interface at time t, mg/cm2 sec

    H = Henry's constant, dimensionless

    Kd = contaminant specific equilibrium distribution coefficient, cm3/g

    Cm = background concentration of chemical A in air at dredged material-
          air interface, mg/cm3

     TT = 3.14159  ....

      t = time since initial exposure, sec

   DA3 = effective diffusivity of chemical A in the dredged material pores,
          cm2/sec

    €j = air-filled porosity, dimensionless

    pb = bulk density, g/cm3

    KG = gas side mass transfer  coefficient,  cm/sec

   Equation 39 is an idealized diffusion model that describes chemical move-
ment  in the unsaturated zone near the air-dredged material  interface.  The
emission pathways  modeled include surface depletion,  desorption from particle
surfaces  into a water film surrounding the particle surfaces (hence, the appear-
ance of Kd), desorption from the  water film into the pore gas (hence, the
appearance of H), and vapor phase diffusion in the dredged material pore
spaces (hence,  the appearance of DA3, e1?  and pb).

   The instantaneous flux predicted by Equation 39 decreases with time as
shown in Figure  19.  Decreasing flux with time is a characteristic of

                                         Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
                    40 -
                                         40        60
                                           TIME, days
       Figure 19.  Predicted Aroclor 1242 flux from exposed New Bedford Harbor
                   Superfund sediment
       contaminant volatilization from soils that is often observed in controlled labo-
       ratory studies (Mayer, Letey, and Farmer 1974).  The total mass loss is the
       area under the curve multiplied by the surface area of exposed sediment.  The
       area under the curve is the integral of Equation 39 with respect to time. A
       number that is useful for estimating mass loss is the average flux over some
       time t' given by
      rt'
«  =  Jo  n°
                             dt
                         '' dt
                                                                            (40)
       Simple numerical techniques can be used to perform the integrations indicated
       in Equation 40.  If the top microlayer depletion is neglected, the Kg term
       disappears from Equation 39. For this simplification, performing the indi-
       cated integrations yields the approximate solution
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                             75

-------
                      na  = 2 na                                                    (41)
              Thus, the average volatile flux over some time t is just twice the instantaneous
              flux at time t.  Average flux multiplied by the area of exposed sediment and
              the exposure time yields the total volatile loss.

                 The diffusion equation on which Equation 39 is based is well established
              for pesticide volatilization from soil surfaces (Hamaker 1972; Mayer,  Letey,
              and Farmer 1974; Thomas 1990b) and has been successfully applied to model-
              ing emissions from landfarming operations (Thibodeaux and Hwang 1982) and
              hazardous waste impoundments (Dupont 1986).  Solutions to the diffusion
              equation involving different boundary conditions than those used in deriving
              Equation 39 are available (Carslaw and Jaeger 1959) and have been applied to
              modeling volatilization of pesticides from soil (Thomas 1990b).

                 Extrapolation of models  for soils to dredged  material has not, however,
              been verified, and there are aspects of the simple model previously discussed
              that need further development.  For example, the effects of water content and
              water evaporation on volatilization rates are not included in Equation 39. The
              effective diffusion coefficient DA3 can be estimated by
                                   10/3

              where

                 DAl  = air diffusivity of compound

                   el  = air-filled porosity

                    e  = total dredged material porosity

              This relationship shows that the effective diffusion coefficient is very sensitive
              to changes in the water content and porosity of the dredged material. Fully
              saturated dredged material exhibits a very low diffusion coefficient.  The
              effects of desiccation and the subsequent reduction of porosity on volatile
              emissions from dredged material have not been systematically investigated.
              Since porosity is an important parameter, the assumption of constant porosity
              could lead to substantial errors in volatile emission estimated from exposed
              dredged material.

                 Thibodeaux (1989) and Taylor and Glotfelty (1988) discuss the importance
              of water content  and evaporation of water as factors and processes affecting
              volatilization.  Major differences in diurnal volatilization rates have  been

76
                                                        Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
      observed that are related to water content.  Volatilization rates decrease during
      the day as the soil surface dries and increase at night as soil moisture losses
      during the day are replaced by subsurface soil moisture.  Volatilization rates
      have also been observed to increase significantly following rainfall.  The
      effect is probably due to competitive adsorption between water molecules and
      contaminant molecules for sorption sites on soil particles.

         Evaporation induces an upward movement of water that results in convec-
      tive flow of the bulk pore gas.  Thibodeaux (1989) presented an enhancement
      factor approach to account for evaporation that simplifies coupling convective
      movement of water  and diffusive movement of volatile chemicals.  Convective
      movement of water, however, distorts diffusive gradients, and evaporation is
      not a continuously steady process.  Evaporation varies greatly under field
      condition and may cease at high relative humidity.

         Thibodeaux  (1989) also recognized desiccation cracking of the dredged
      material surface as a process likely to affect volatilization and suggested some
      approaches to developing volatile emission  models that include the effects of
      desiccation cracking.  Figure 20 shows the  type of desiccation cracking that
      takes place in fine-grain dredged material.  Such cracks can encompass up to
      20 percent of the volume of the surface crust  that develops by evaporative
      drying  (Haliburton  1978).
       Figure 20.  Desiccation cracking of exposed dredged material
          Volatile emission summary.  Predictive techniques for the ponded dredged
       material and the exposed sediment volatilization locales were described.  The
       predictive techniques, however, are based on simple models that in some cases
       do not account for important factors and/or processes.  Development of
Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment
                                                                                             77

-------
              predictive models that take into account water content, water evaporation, and
              desiccation cracking is a critical need for estimating volatilization losses from
              exposed dredged material.  Laboratory and field testing is needed to build a
              higher degree of confidence in the predictive capability of the available volatil-
              ization models.
78
                                                         Chapter 4  Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment

-------
               Losses  From  Confined
               Disposal  Facilities
      Background

         Confined disposal facilities1 are often used in the Great Lakes for disposal
      of dredged materials that are unsuitable for open-water disposal.  When con-
      taminated dredged material is placed in a CDF, contaminants may be mobi-
      lized and transported away from the CDF by a variety of physical, chemical,
      and biological processes.  Release rates vary depending on the chemical and
      engineering properties of the dredged material, the method of dredging and
      dredged material placement, CDF location, stage of filling, and CDF design,
      operation, and management.

         Pathways involving movement of large masses  of water, such as CDF
      effluent, have the greatest potential for moving significant quantities of con-
      taminants out of CDFs (Brannon et al. 1990).  Other water-related migration
      pathways include ponded water seepage through permeable dikes, seepage of
      leachate through permeable dikes, seepage of leachate through foundation
      soils, and surface runoff.  Pathways such as volatilization may also result in
      movement of substantial amounts of volatile organic chemicals at certain
      stages in the filling of a CDF. Internal contaminant cycling  can also be
      important in the long-term mass balance for CDFs (Brannon et al. 1990).

         This section begins with an overview of CDF disposal technology, fol-
      lowed by a review of the literature on contaminant losses from CDFs.  Predic-
      tive techniques  for effluent, leachate,  and volatile losses, major contaminant
      loss pathways for pretreatment facilities and CDFs, were discussed in Contam-
      inant  Losses During Pretreatment.  CDFs have additional contaminant loss
      pathways that must be considered—losses associated with runoff and dike
      seepage.  Predictive techniques for runoff and dike seepage losses are dis-
      cussed in this section.
       1  The terms confined disposal facility, confined disposal area, confined disposal site, diked
       disposal area, containment area, and diked dredged material containment area are used inter-
       changeably in the literature.

                                                                                      79
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
             Overview of Confined Disposal  Facility  Technology

                Contaminant releases from CDFs depend on a number of factors including
             CDF design, operation, and management, nature and level of contamination in
             the dredged material, and the physicochemical environment of the disposal
             site.  Factors related to site location and CDF design, operation, and manage-
             ment are discussed in this section.
             CDF siting locales

                CDFs can be located in three disposal environments:  upland, nearshore,
             and in-water (Figure 21).  Upland CDFs may be formed by construction of
             earthen dikes or the use of existing pits or depressions.  Nearshore and
             in-water CDFs may be constructed with soil, stone, or combination soil and
             stone-filled dikes.  There are numerous modifications of these dike design
             themes such as back-filling with stone on either side of sheet piling, cellular
             sheet pile construction, placement of grout-filled fabric mattresses on
             rock-filled dikes, use of geotextiles in soft foundation soils, and the use of
             sand blankets and/or clay cores in the dike design.
          DREDGED
          MATERIAL
          DISPOSAL
                                                         UPLAND
          IN-WATER
                                                NEAR-SHORE
Figure 21.  Three general locales for siting CDFs

80
                                                     Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
          CDFs are rarely cited far away from the waterway for which the CDF
       serves as a dredged material disposal site.  Transportation costs for remote
       sites are frequently a prohibitive factor as is the difficulty of finding suitable
       remote sites.  For these reasons, CDFs are usually located near or in the
       waterway. Upland CDFs are generally located adjacent to the waterway for
       which the CDF serves as a dredged material disposal site, with one side
       usually bordering the waterway.  Nearshore CDFs are located along a shore-
       line with three sides bounded by water. In-water CDFs are surrounded on all
       sides  by water.

          Physicochemical conditions.  Contaminant mobilization is regulated to a
       large  extent by physicochemical conditions (oxidation-reduction potential, pH,
       and salinity) in the sediment or dredged material (Gambrell, Khalid, and
       Patrick 1978).  In situ sediments normally encountered in highly industrialized
       ports  are fine grained, anaerobic, and near neutral pH. A thin surface layer,
       usually 1 cm or less thick, may be oxidized.  Beneath this surface layer,
       microbial activity results in a depletion of oxygen, nitrate, and oxidized forms
       of iron and manganese and accumulation of ammonia nitrogen and reduced
       forms of iron and manganese. When hydraulic dredging occurs, the sediment
       is vigorously mixed with overlying site water.  The resulting influent to a
       CDF  is a mixture of reduced sediment and oxic  site water.  Field studies
       indicate that influents have little or no dissolved oxygen (Hoeppel, Myers, and
       Engler 1978), probably because the high biochemical oxygen demand of
       dredged material rapidly depletes the dissolved oxygen in the site water
       entrained during hydraulic dredging.

          Because of the oxygen demand imposed by microbial metabolism, the
       settled solids in a CDF quickly revert to the anaerobic, near neutral pH condi-
       tions  previously existing  in the in situ sediment and remain anaerobic and near
       neutrality as long as the dredged material is flooded or saturated.  Contami-
       nants  in dredged material are generally less mobile under anoxic (flooded)
       conditions than under oxidized (dewatered) conditions (Peddicord 1988).

          Since the physicochemical conditions in a CDF depend on site locale and
       management, there are some important differences in the long-term mobility
       of some chemicals in CDFs.  The basic difference between physicochemical
       conditions in an upland CDF and those in nearshore and in-water CDFs is the
       extent of the penetration  of oxic  (dewatered) conditions. Disposal in an
       unlined upland CDF with permeable foundation soils results  in dewatering and
       oxidation of the upper portion of the dredged material profile.  Complete
       dewatering and oxidation is rarely achieved except with sandy sediments
       placed above the water table.  Upland disposal of dredged material high in
       sulfur (e.g., pyrites) can  result in mobilization of metals in the surface crust as
       the dredged material becomes oxic (dewatered) and the pH drops due to sulfur
       oxidation. These conditions are  not common in CDFs containing freshwater
       dredged material.  Since  a major portion of the dredged material profile in
       most  CDFs remains saturated (anoxic, neutral pH), metal mobilization is
       minimized and is less significant relative to the fully drained condition
       (Peddicord 1988).
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
                  Groundwater interactions.  The three CDF siting locales differ signifi-
              cantly in their interaction with groundwater (Yu et al. 1978).  Figure 22 is a
              generalized sketch of groundwater-CDF interactions for the three CDF siting
              locales shown in Figure 21.  In the upland locale, the hydraulic gradient
              between inside and outside of the CDF tends to drain the CDF and create oxic
              conditions in a portion of the dredged material profile.  The hydraulic gradient
              is much smaller in the nearshore and in-water locales, so that saturated condi-
              tions are more likely to persist in the dredged material profile.  For upland
              and nearshore sites, groundwater impacts are possible depending on site con-
              ditions.  For an in-water site, groundwater, except in unusual cases,  is not
              significantly impacted.
                  UNSATURATED
                              —  \7  —
UPLAND: CDF IS SEPARATED FROM
GROUNDWATER BY VADOSE ZONE;
FLOW IS INTO FOUNDATION SOILS AND
TOWARD GROUNDWATER.
         	=—SATURATED		 —

                                                   NEARSHORE- CDF IS PARTALLY SITED
                                                   IN SATURATED ZONE; WATER TABLE IS
                                                   SEASONALLY DEPENDENT AND FLOW IS
                                                   THROUGH SITE.
                                               V7

      IN-WATER: CDF IS SITED "IN-GRADIENT";
      FLOW OCCURS WHEN OUTSIDE WATER
      ELEVATION CHANGES
Figure 22.  Groundwater-CDF interactions
82
                                                        Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
          CDFs are not usually located in groundwater recharge zones.  This is
       because CDFs are cited along waterways, and most waterways receive some
       groundwater discharge.  The impacts of groundwater discharge contaminant
       losses at CDFs have not been studied extensively because contaminant losses
       at CDFs are primarily governed by surface hydrology (rainfall, etc.), dredged
       material properties, and CDF design.
       Placement methods

          Dredged material is placed in CDFs hydraulically by pipeline dredge,
       hopper dredge, or scow pumpout and mechanically by bucket dredges.
       Hydraulic disposal operations involve pumping dredged material into the CDF
       as a slurry that is 10- to 20-percent solids by weight.  Solids settle (Figure 4)
       and consolidate, and water is discharged through an outlet structure or perme-
       able dikes or both to make room for additional dredged material. Mechanical
       dredging usually involves dredging and transfer of material to a scow using a
       bucket.  Dredged material may then be transferred from the scow to the CDF
       by hydraulic or mechanical methods. Because mechanical disposal does not
       use water for conveyance, the volume of water introduced into  a CDF that
       must later be discharged is significantly reduced when mechanical dredging
       and disposal methods are used compared with hydraulic dredging and
       disposal.
       Design and operation

          CDFs are built by raising dikes around a prescribed area and are designed
       to retain dredged  material solids while allowing the carrier water and/or water
       initially present in the CDF to be released as the CDF fills with solids.  The
       primary design objectives are as follows:  (a) provide adequate  storage capac-
       ity to meet dredging requirements,  and (b) attain the highest possible effi-
       ciency in retaining solids during filling operations (Palermo, Montgomery,
       and Poindexter 1978; USAGE 1987).

          Solids retention. Solids retention is important because the major fraction
       of the contaminants in dredged material is bound to sediment solids (Burks
       and Engler 1978). During hydraulic disposal, water and solids  separate  in the
       CDF by gravity sedimentation, and the clarified water is the effluent  that
       potentially  impacts surface water quality.  The design fundamentals for solids
       retention during hydraulic filling of CDFs were developed by Montgomery
       (1978) and refined by Shields et al. (1987).  Verification studies of CDF
       design procedures for solids retention were conducted by Averett, Palermo,
       and Wade (1988).  The settling characteristics of dredged material depend on
       many variables and must be determined experimentally in laboratory  settling
       tests for each dredging project (Montgomery  1978; Palermo, Montgomery,
       and Poindexter 1978; Palermo 1986; USAGE 1987).  Based on  the settling
       characteristics determined in laboratory tests, the residence time required for
                                                                                           83
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              clarification to a target effluent suspended solids concentration can be deter-
              mined.  This information is used to size CDFs.

                Water release.  Release of the water that must be discharged during filling
              operations is accomplished in three basic ways.  Effluent may be released
              through an outlet structure(s), pervious dikes, or both.  There are many ways
              that these basic methods  for water release are implemented, some simple and
              some complicated.  Outlet structures include simple overflow weirs, sand-
              filled weirs, and multimedia filter cells.  Pervious dikes are rock-filled
              structures that can be built with sand blankets, sheet pile crowns, and other
              modifications designed to control flow and/or quality of the water released.
              Outlet structures and pervious dikes are not mutually exclusive,  that is, a CDF
              can  be designed to release water through  pervious dikes for a period of time,
              typically until the dikes clog with dredged material solids.  After that, water is
              released through an outlet structure.
              Literature on  Effluent  Losses During Hydraulic
              Disposal

                 As previously discussed, influent and effluent flows are approximately
              equal during hydraulic disposal in most CDFs.  During active disposal opera-
              tions at upland, nearshore, and in-water CDFs, effluent is probably the most
              significant pathway through which contaminant losses occur. Assuming
              inflow equals outflow and losses associated with pathways other than effluent
              are negligible, the containment efficiency equation is


                     CEFEFF = CINFJOT "  CEFF-TOT                                 (43)
                                     CINF,TOT

              where

                 CEFEFF = containment efficiency based on effluent pathway only

                 CINF.TOT — tota'  concentration of contaminants in influent, mg/l

                 CEFF TOT = total  concentration of contaminants in effluent, mg/f

              Equation 43 has been applied in several field studies to individual contami-
              nants.  The data are reported as contaminant-specific removal efficiencies in
              percent.  This literature is reviewed below.


              Hoeppel, Myers, and Engler (1978)

                 Influent and effluent samples from nine confined disposal sites collected
              during hydraulic disposal were studied by Hoeppel, Myers,  and Engler

84
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       (1978).  The nine sites investigated included four on the Atlantic coast, two on
       the Gulf coast, one on the Pacific coast, one in the Great Lakes, and one
       inland site.  Field measurements included salinity, conductivity, dissolved
       oxygen, and pH.  Laboratory measurements included particle size, solids,
       alkalinity, combined nitrogen (organic nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate
       nitrogen, and nitrite nitrogen), total and ortho-phosphate phosphorous, total
       and inorganic carbon, selected pesticides (DDT, DDE, DDD, dieldrin, aldrin,
       lindane, heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and chlordane), PCBs, oil and
       grease, sulfides, major ions (calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, chlo-
       ride, and sulfate), and trace metals (iron, manganese, zinc, copper, cadmium,
       lead, nickel, chromium, mercury, arsenic, vanadium, selenium, and titanium).
       This study showed that most chemical constituents in dredged material were
       associated with the solids fraction, and the efficiency of contaminant contain-
       ment during filling operations was directly related to the efficiency of solids
       retention.

          Application of Equation 43 to influent and effluent data for eight of the
       nine sites  is summarized in Figure 23. Reduction in total  metal concentrations
       for iron, zinc, cadmium, copper, nickel, arsenic, vanadium, and lead closely
       followed total solids removal (96 percent).  The metals that showed average
       retention efficiencies of less than 90 percent included titanium (89 percent),
       manganese (88 percent), potassium (78 percent), and mercury (46 percent).

          Most total nutrient concentrations (total organic carbon, organic nitrogen,
       and total phosphorus) showed retention efficiencies approximating total solids
       removal (96 percent). Total ammonia-nitrogen removal was only 57 percent.

          Oil and grease, most pesticides, and PCBs showed very efficient removal
       when adequate solids retention was maintained.  Almost all of the oil and
       grease, pesticide, and PCB was associated with solids in both the influent and
       effluent samples.  Although oil and grease were efficiently removed during
       dredged material containment,  sediments with high contents of petroleum
       residues seemed to settle more slowly, often forming an oil-water-sediment
       layer near the bottom of ponded  areas in the CDF.
       Luetal.  (1978)

          Lu et al. (1978) carried out studies similar to those conducted by Hoeppel,
       Myers,  and Engler (1978) at two sites, one in Mobile, AL (Pinto Island), and
       one in Detroit, MI (Grassy Island).  This study placed major emphasis on size
       fractionation of influent and effluent suspended paniculate matter. The results
       showed that most trace metals, oil and grease,  chlorinated pesticides, and
       PCBs were almost totally associated with settleable solids (> 8 /^m) in influent
       and effluent samples.  A significant fraction of total calcium, magnesium,
       sodium, potassium, ammonia-nitrogen, total carbon, and organic carbon was
       associated with the dissolved phase (<0.05 /xm).  Containment efficiencies for
       these parameters were low relative to the solids retention  efficiency.
                                                                                            85
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
% DECREASE % INCREASE
1 00 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 1 0 0 1 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 00



I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


•••^•^^ ORGANIC -C, <0.45 p,m
















CALCIUM. <045 |Xm ••••§
•• MAGNESIUM, <0.45 (0. m
POTASSIUM, <045 M-m •
•• SODIUM, <0.45 Urn
••• SODIUM, TOTAL



ZINC, <045 (im «^H
mtmmmmmm CADMIUM, <0 45 \Lm
COPPER. <0.45 Urn "•"
••••• NICKEL, <0.45 \i m
LEAD, <045 Hm
MERCURY, <045 \lm
CHROMIUM, <045 M-m ^^"
^ TITANIUM, <045 ^m
mmm^ VANADIUM. <0 45 \lm


•i CHLORIDE
• EXCHANGEABLE AMMONIUM - N + <0 45 ^m AMMONIUM - N

Figure 23.  Contaminant containment efficiencies for eight CDFs (Hoeppel, Myers, and
           Engler 1978 as cited by Palermo 1988)
86
                                                       Chapter 5 Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
          The Grassy Island CDF is located in the Detroit River and discharges to
       the Detroit River.  Sampling was conducted during hopper dredging and
       disposal of material from the Rouge River in Detroit, MI.  Retention efficien-
       cies for most trace metals, oil and grease, chlorinated pesticides, and PCBs
       were very close to the total solids retention (99.7 percent) at the Grassy Island
       CDF.  Parameters with retention efficiencies  less than 90 percent included
       ammonia nitrogen (83 percent), total organic  carbon (62 percent), potassium
       (61 percent), total carbon (55 percent), calcium (44 percent), and magnesium
       (10 percent).

          The Pinto Island CDF is located in Mobile Bay, Alabama.  Sampling was
       conducted during hydraulic dredging and direct pipeline disposal.  The reten-
       tion efficiencies at the Pinto Island CDF were generally lower than those at
       the Grassy Island  CDF for trace metals (cadmium, 18 percent; copper, 52 per-
       cent; mercury, 35 percent; nickel, 67 percent; lead, 35 percent; selenium,
       39 percent; and zinc, 35 percent).  Retention  efficiencies for organics were
       much better than for metals at Pinto Island.  PCB retention efficiencies for
       Aroclors  1242,  1254, and  1260 were 96, 97,  and 99 percent, respectively.
       Palermo (1988)

          Palermo (1988) evaluated the predictive capability of the modified elutriate
       and companion settling tests for effluent quality during hydraulic filling of
       CDFs.  Field data from five sites, four on the Atlantic coast and one on the
       Gulf coast,  were compared with predictions made on the basis of laboratory
       data.  Average containment efficiencies (for all sites) for most contaminants
       were very close to the total solids retention (99.91 percent). The average
       containment efficiency for metals for the five sites was 98.56.  Results for
       nutrients were generally similar to those for metals at most sites.  PCBs were
       measured at only one site, and the containment efficiency for PCBs at this site
       was 99 percent.

          For  all five sites, the laboratory tests adequately predicted the dissolved
       concentration of contaminants and the contaminant fractions of the  total sus-
       pended solids in the effluent.  The predictions were within a factor of 1.5 of
       the field data for a total of 64 of the 84 parameters measured.  The modified
       elutriate test was also a generally conservative predictor, that is, predictions of
       effluent contaminant concentrations were generally higher than the  measured
       field results.

          Palermo (1988) obtained detailed statistical data on the predictive capability
       of the modified elutriate and companion settling tests for sites studied.
       Results for  both the laboratory predictions and the field data are shown in
       Figures 24  and 25.  In most cases, the mean of the modified elutriate was
       within the standard deviation for the field data.  These data provide the scien-
       tific basis for recommending the modified  elutriate test and companion  settling
       tests as the  predictive techniques for estimating contaminant losses  associated
                                                                                              87
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------



LE HARBOR
m
O
1 SAVANNAH HARBOR
| NORFOLK HARBOR

PARAMETERS
TOTAL ORGANIC
CARBON
AMMONIA
NITROGEN
COPPER
IRON
MANGANESE
COPPER
IRON
LEAD
NICKEL
ZINC
TOTAL ORGANIC
CARBON
CADMIUM
CHROMIUM
COPPER
IRON
LEAD
MANGANESE
ZINC

UNITS
X10 *
mg/l
X101
mg/l
X10'1
mg/l
x10°
mg/1
X101
mg/l
X10'1
mg/l
xioo
mg/l
X10'3
mg/l
X10-2
mg/l
X10 -2
mg/l
X101
mg/l
XNT2
mg/l
1 234 5678 9
I I | «l | I I I I I I
w
n
r
I • I
I 	 • 	 1
h- •— I
•
•I
•* 	 1
I — • — I
\—m-\
I .... m |
i,_ 	 , • 	 	 	 _i

i A. i
WH
1 	 • 	 1
1 	 • 	 1
M
H«H

r*H
X10'1 |-»-|
mg/l jgj
X10-2
mg/l
X10°
mg/l
X10 -1
mg/l
1- • i
H-H ' '
h^H
i ^ i

X10° I m
mg/l ||
X1CT2
mg/l

1 A , 	 ,_]
f-»H
LEGEND
(— • — | MODIFIED ELUTRIATE DATE
| M 1 FIELD DATA
BARS INDICATE STANDARD DEVIATION







Figure 24.  Means and standard deviations of predicted and observed effluent quality at
           Mobile Harbor, Savannah Harbor, and Norfolk Harbor CDFs
88
                                                        Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------






BLACK ROCK HARBOR
1 HART MILLER ISLAND
PARAMETERS
TOTAL
PHOSPHORUS
AMMONIA
NITROGEN
TOTAL ORGANIC
CARBON
CHROMIUM
COPPER
IRON
LEAD
MANGANESE
NICKEL
TOTAL
PCB
CADMIUM
CHROMIUM
COPPER
LEAD
SELENIUM
BARIUM
IRON
UNITS
mg/l
mg/l
x10
mg/l
X10
mg/l
X10"3
mg/l
mg/l
X10
mg/l
mg/l
X10'3
mg/l
xicr3
mg/l
X10'2
mg/l
X10'3
mg/I
X1(T3
mg/l
X10'2
mg/l
XlO'3
mg/I
X10-2
mg/I
x10'2
mg/l
x10°

RELATIVE VALUE
12345678 9
1 , U | 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 • 1
1 •<-<•!
In ... •"
1 •
1 — 1
1 • 	 |

1 a 	 1
1 M 	 	 1

W
• *

r^l
1 • 1
h*H
L 	 A.. , 1
1 •<• (

1 _^ 	 1
• 1

I ^ 	 |
I-W
^^

III

W«

1 "• 1

*~^ 1 • 1

I m 1 ' 	
1 • 1 l_ 	 	 m 	 1
r — • 	 1
1 	 • 	 1
*
LEGEND
|— • 	 1 MODIFIED ELUTRIATE DATA
1 	 • — 1 FIELD DATA
BARS INDICATE STANDARD DEVIATION








       Figure 25.  Means and standard deviations of predicted and observed effluent quality at
                   Black Rock Harbor and Hart Miller Island CDFs
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal-Facilities
                                                                                               89

-------
             with effluent.  The data, however, are primarily nutrients, dissolved oxygen,
             pH, organic carbon, and metals concentrations in effluent. The dissolved and
             total organic carbon estimates provided by the laboratory tests were in good
             agreement with the field data.  The modified elutriate and companion settling
             tests should, therefore, be a good predictor of dissolved  and total organic
             chemical concentrations in effluent. Sediment from one  site, Black Rock
             Harbor, Connecticut, contained high enough concentrations of PCBs
             (14.3 mg/kg total PCB) for PCBs to be found in the effluent during disposal
             operations.  The mean  total PCB concentration in effluent from the Black
             Rock Harbor CDF was 0.0099 mg/f, versus a predicted  value of 0.013 mg/f.
             Thackston and Palermo (1990)

                Thackston and Palermo (1990) applied the modified elutriate and compan-
             ion settling tests to prediction of effluent quality from a CDF for the Houston
             Ship Channel, Texas, during hydraulic filling. This study was designed to fill
             data gaps on freshwater sediments and organic contaminants.  Additional
             information on effluent quality during disposal of a freshwater sediment was
             obtained, but the organic chemical contamination of the sediment was too low
             to obtain information on the predictive capability of the modified elutriate and
             companion settling test for organic contaminants  in CDF effluent. In this
             study, the mean ratios of predicted to observed effluent nutrient and metals
             concentrations was near 1.0, and the range in predicted total to observed total
             effluent contaminant concentrations  was 0.2 to 2.6.  Total ammonia-nitrogen
             concentration was  underpredicted (ratio of predicted to observed  = 0.2), and
             total chromium was  overpredicted (ratio of predicted to observed = 2.6).  On
             balance, the  data set obtained again  showed that the modified elutriate and
             companion settling tests comprise a useful and reasonably accurate predictive
             technique.
              Thackston and Palermo (1992)

                 Additional verification work on PCBs was conducted by Thackston and
              Palermo (1992) at the New Bedford Harbor Superfund Demonstration CDF,
              New Bedford, MA.  The PCB concentrations in sediments from the site
              ranged from a few milligrams per kilogram to over a gram per kilogram
              (Averett 1988).  A demonstration-scale CDF for hydraulic dredging and dis-
              posal of 1,680 m3 of contaminated sediment was constructed as part of a pilot
              study of dredging and disposal alternatives.  The total PCB concentration in
              the composite sample used for modified elutriate testing was 2.2 g/kg. The
              predicted value for dissolved PCB (0.0075 mg/f) was very close to the
              observed mean value for dissolved PCB in the CDF effluent  (0.0045 mg/f )•
90
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       Myers (1991)

          Myers (1991) measured PCB congener concentrations in influent and pond
       water in the Saginaw CDF, Saginaw, MI. Sampling was conducted during
       hopper dredging and disposal of material from the Saginaw River near
       Saginaw, MI.  The perimeter dike at the Saginaw CDF was designed to be
       permeable.  Effluent monitoring was not practical because  the discharge
       through permeable dikes is diffuse and is quickly diluted to background con-
       centrations.  Based on PCB congener concentrations in pond water collected
       on the inside face of the perimeter dike, the containment efficiency  of the
       Saginaw CDF for PCBs was 99.82 percent.  This estimate  neglects  filtration
       and sorption in the dike and assumes that the dike is transparent to both dis-
       solved and paniculate PCB.

          Myers (1991) also compared PCB congener concentrations in the modified
       elutriate test with observed pond water PCB  congener concentrations during
       disposal operations.  The results of this study were consistent with the verifi-
       cation studies of Palermo (1988) and Thackston and Palermo (1992), which
       involved  sediments with higher contamination levels and used total PCB as the
       model parameter.  Of the 60 PCB congeners analyzed, 16 were detected in the
       unfiltered modified elutriates, compared  with 13 detected in unfiltered pond
       water samples.  The predicted total concentrations for 4,4'-dichlorobiphenyl
       and 2,2',5,5'-tetrachlorobiphenyl, the two most abundant PCB congeners in
       the dredged  material  influent, were 0.02 and 0.07 ng/f, respectively,  com-
       pared with observed concentrations in the CDF pond water of about 0.05 and
       0.003 fj.g/1 for 4,4'-dichlorobiphenyl and 2,2',5,5'-tetrachlorobiphenyl,
       respectively. Dissolved PCB congener concentrations were generally below or
       just above the chemical analytical detection limit (0.01 ng/t) in both the modi-
       fied elutriate test and CDF pond water.
       Krizek, Gallagher, and Karadi (1976)

          Krizek, Gallagher, and Karadi (1976) studied influent and effluent samples
       collected during hydraulic filling of the Perm 7 CDF in Toledo, OH. The
       experimental design was similar to that used by Hoeppel, Myers, and Engler
       (1978) and Lu et al. (1978) in that numerous influent and effluent samples
       were collected. Samples were analyzed for metals, nutrients, chemical oxygen
       demand (COD), and biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).

          Containment efficiencies for most parameters were very close to the total
       solids retention (99.7 percent).  Average retention efficiencies were as fol-
       lows:  iron (99.8 percent), COD (99.1 percent), potassium (98.8 percent),
       total phosphate (98.7), BOD (98.4 percent), calcium  (97.5 percent),  manga-
       nese (96.7 percent), zinc (95.9 percent), sodium (87.5 percent), cadmium
       (63.5 percent), copper (45.0 percent), and lead (45.0 percent).  Effluent
       nitrate-nitrogen showed  a 10-fold increase over influent nitrate-nitrogen.  The
       authors attributed this increase to nitrification of nitrogenous compounds in the
       CDF.

                                                                                           91
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              MacKnight and MacLellan (1984)

                MacKnight and MacLellan (1984) described disposal of PCB-contaminated
              sediment at Petit-de-Grat, Nova Scotia, Canada.  Sediment containing 2- to
              25-mg/kg PCB was hydraulically dredged and disposed in a CDF.  A cationic
              polymer was used to improve solids removal in the CDF.  Samples collected
              and  analyzed for suspended solids and PCBs showed that the effluent met
              effluent water quality guidelines of less than 300-mg/f suspended solids and
              less  than 0.05-^g/f PCBs.  The authors concluded  that hydraulic disposal in a
              CDF is an economically and  environmentally acceptable method of disposal.
              Khan and Gross! (1984)

                 Khan and Grossi (1984) presented results from a single round of effluent
              quality tests conducted during hydraulic disposal of contaminated sediment
              from Hamilton Harbor, Ontario, Canada.  During this disposal operation,
              dredged material was pumped into a primary sedimentation cell.  The superna-
              tant from the primary cell traveled through three more cells before discharge
              to Hamilton Harbor.  The results showed solids retention of 98.5 percent and
              effluent water quality comparable with ambient water conditions outside the
              CDF.
              Effluent Losses During Mechanical Disposal

                 Predictive techniques for effluent quality during mechanical disposal of
              dredged material are currently unavailable. Mechanical placement of dredged
              material in a CDF differs from hydraulic placement, not only  in the way
              placement is accomplished, but also in the way dredged material behaves once
              it is in the CDF. Mechanically dredged and disposed sediments have a mark-
              edly different character from hydraulically dredged sediment due to the fact
              that they have not been slurried with water as part of the dredging process.
              Since  placement is at a much higher solids concentration, there is less efflu-
              ent. In many instances, fine-grain mechanically dredged sediments have a
              paste-like cohesive character.  In the mechanical placement process, dredged
              material primarily stays where it is initially placed, and only a very small
              proportion of the solids are actually released to water that may have been in
              the CDF prior to filling operations. It is therefore  inappropriate to use a test
              like the modified-elutriate test, which involves slurrying sediment and water to
              estimate contaminant release during mechanical disposal.

                 Dredged material mechanically placed in upland CDFs should generate
              little to no effluent for discharge.  Mechanical placement of dredged material
              in nearshore and in-water CDFs will displace the water initially present as
              filling proceeds. Because mechanical disposal rates are much  lower than
              hydraulic disposal rates and most of the material  stays where it is initially
              placed, only weak currents from placement point to discharge  point are

92
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       generated.  The advective velocity imparted by mechanical disposal operations
       is essentially negligible when the discharge point is a long distance from the
       placement point.

          There are three primary mechanisms by which pollutants in mechanically
       placed dredged material are released to ponded water in nearshore and
       in-water CDFs.  These are diffusion, release of pore water by consolidation,
       and resuspension of fine solids. Probably the most important process is wind-
       induced resuspension.  Wind-induced currents resuspend sediment solids and
       disperse contaminants  released by diffusion and pore water released by consol-
       idation. Without wind-induced currents, migration of contaminant to an efflu-
       ent discharge point is extremely slow.

          Jones and Lee (1978) proposed development of a plop test for estimating
       contaminant release during mechanical disposal of dredged material.  A plop
       test has never been developed,  and the amount of testing conducted by Jones
       and Lee (1978) was limited.  Some Corps of Engineers Districts have esti-
       mated effluent quality  during mechanical disposal in an in-water  CDF as
       dilution of pore water  by ponded water in the CDF. This method is  maybe
       better than no method  at all; but since resuspension is  not accounted  for, this
       method underestimates pollutant releases.

          Basically, there are two approaches to developing a predictive test, and the
       approach taken significantly affects test design and the basis for extrapolating
       laboratory  data to the field.   One approach is strictly empirical.   It uses statis-
       tical analysis to establish correlation between laboratory and field data.  The
       other approach is deterministic. In the deterministic approach, a mathematical
       model is derived  from the physical-chemical laws that  govern important pro-
       cesses. The mathematical model will require some parameter estimation and
       is therefore not purely deterministic.  Most predictive  techniques embody a
       combination of approaches with one being the primary basis for experimental
       design.

          In the case of an empirical approach,  a laboratory test should  simulate the
       placement  process, release of pollutants,  and transport to the discharge point.
       In general, a laboratory test can never fully simulate all the minutia of field
       phenomena.  With sufficient laboratory and field  data,  however, correlation
       functions can be developed that provide a basis for prediction.  The cost of
       obtaining enough reliable data  is a disadvantage of the empirical approach.
       Another disadvantage is that unless the laboratory test  simulates important
       processes,  the correlation functions may be too statistically weak to be of
       practical value.

          The deterministic approach  involves describing the  pollutant release-
       transport-discharge process mathematically, assigning coefficients or variables
       to each part of the overall process, and estimating the magnitude of each
       coefficient or variable. The  entire process may never be experimentally simu-
       lated as a whole, but,  instead,  each step is simulated or analyzed separately;
       the steps are then combined logically and/or mathematically.   In order to

                                                                                              93
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              successfully implement this type of approach, the overall process must be
              understood well enough so that it can be broken down into a small number of
              steps that can be isolated and measured in a laboratory test.  The feasibility of
              this type of approach is enhanced if the overall process depends primarily on
              one or two mechanisms such that other mechanisms are  unimportant or they
              have a range of variability so low that they can be assumed to be constant.

                 Development of the procedures for predicting effluent quality during
              hydraulic disposal previously discussed is an example of a successful combina-
              tion of empirical and deterministic approaches.  Several  factors contributed to
              the successful development of these procedures. First, hydraulic dredging
              tends to homogenize variations in sediment chemical and physical properties
              so that the use of average values is  consistent with the physics of the process.
              In addition, many of the variables affecting contaminant  release during
              hydraulic filling are understood  because of considerable  experience with
              hydraulic dredging. Flocculation and sedimentation have been studied for
              many years so that there was a large knowledge base from which to initiate
              test development.  Further, the time scale of the flocculation-sedimentation
              process is large relative to the time required for many individual  chemical or
              physical reactions so that minor errors in variable estimation are  not critical.

                 The above discussion describes technical  aspects of developing a predictive
              technique for effluent quality during mechanical disposal.  The problem is not
              sufficiently understood to determine which of the two approaches discussed
              should be recommended.  Since mechanical dredging and disposal is an alter-
              native that is sometimes selected for contaminated sediments, development of
              a predictive technique for effluent quality during mechanical disposal in near-
              shore and in-water CDFs is needed to fully evaluate this  alternative.
              Seepage Through  Permeable  Dikes:
              Nearshore and In-Water CDFs

              Pond water seepage through dikes

                 Some nearshore and in-water CDFs use permeable dikes to release the
              carrier water used in hydraulic dredging.  Figure 26 is a typical cross section
              of the perimeter dike at the Saginaw CDF, Saginaw, MI.  Dredged material
              solids clog permeable dikes as CDFs fill so that an outlet structure(s) is
              usually necessary for release of carrier water in the latter stages of filling.

                 During disposal operations, the flow through the dike is the volumetric
              influent flow if the influent flow is continuous.  In between disposal opera-
              tions and when influent flow is not continuous, there is a potential for lake
              water to move through the dike into the CDF and then back out again as
              lakeside water levels fluctuate.  The direction of flow depends on water eleva-
              tions inside and outside the CDF.  Flow through the dike can be estimated
              using Dupuit's equation, Equation 44.

94
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
                                     TOP OF DIKE
           S'-O"
                               NEATLINE
                         COVER STONE
             UNDER LAYER STONE
                  LW.D. 0.0'
                                    PREPARED
                                   LIMESTONE	v
                                   PLASTIC FILTER CLOTH
                          PLASTIC FILTER CLOTH
                          	I	
r-T RIPRAP STONE
(f-4" TO r-8")
 BOTTOM ELEV. VARIES
                               • MATTRESS STONE
                                                                 • EXISTING LAKE BOTTOM (ELEVATION VARIES)
                                                TYPICAL DIKE DETAIL
       Figure 26.  Cross section of perimeter dike at Saginaw CDF
               q =
K (hf -
                                                                                (44)

       where

           q = discharge per unit length of dike, m2/sec

           K = hydraulic conductivity of dike, m/sec

          A! = pond water elevation above base of dike, m

          H2 = outside water elevation above base of dike, m

           L = horizontal distance separating surface of pond and surface of
                outside water body, m

       A definition sketch for Dupuit's equation is given in Figure 27.  The assump-
       tions on which Equation 44 is based are discussed by Harr (1962).

          To use Dupuit's equation, water level fluctuations outside the CDF are
       needed. These data are not easily obtained for preproject analysis of contami-
       nant losses.  There may be several ways of dealing with this problem.  Two
       are briefly mentioned as follows: use historical data or develop a synthetic
       water level generator based on historical data.  In either case, the time scale
       for the lakeside water elevations must properly represent the dispersion effect
       that changing water elevations in the lake have on contaminant movement
       from the pond water through the dike.  There are, however, no data on con-
       taminant movement through permeable dikes due to fluctuating lake levels that
       can be  used as guidance.  Engineering judgment in the selection and use of
       water level data is therefore required.
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities
                                                                                               95

-------
            CDF POND
                      S«»^

Figure 27.  Definition sketch for application of Dupuit's equation
                  To estimate the mass of contaminant released, predicted flows must be
               coupled with estimates of pond water contaminant concentrations.  If pond
               water contaminant concentrations are assumed to be constant and equal to the
               concentrations predicted by the modified elutriate test, then the mass of con-
               taminant released is total flow out of the CDF times the contaminant concen-
               trations predicted by the modified elutriate test.  This type of estimate is
               probably a crude overestimate of contaminant losses. Simple techniques for
               predicting the time dependency of pond water contaminant concentrations are
               not available.

                  Prediction of contaminant  losses due to changing lake levels can also be
               developed by modeling the dispersive effect of water moving in and out of the
               CDF as a  diffusion process.  This approach is well established in estuary
               modeling where the overall flow is out to sea but there  is substantial mixing
               by tidal effects.  Martin, Ambrose, and McCutcheon (1988) incorporated
               algorithms into the Water  Analysis Simulation Program, Version 4 (WASP4)
               that parameterized the dispersive effects of changing water level elevations in
               a dispersion coefficient. This model  does not require time-dependent lake
               elevations as input and can simulate some of the processes affecting contami-
               nant concentrations in pond water.  There are, however, no data on the dis-
               persion effects of fluctuating water levels in permeable  dike CDFs on which to
               base estimation of dispersion  coefficients, nor are data available on processes
               affecting contaminant concentrations in pond water.  Application of WASP4
               and similar models, therefore, requires engineering judgment in the selection
               of dispersion and other transport process coefficients.
               Leachate seepage through dikes

                  As previously mentioned, some nearshore and in-water CDFs use perme-
               able dikes to release the conveyance water used in hydraulic dredging.  Once
               the CDF is filled above the high-water datum,  exchange of water between the
               CDF and the outside water body is restricted by the dredged material that fills
 96
                                                        Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       the voids in the inside face of permeable dikes.  The HELP model previously
       discussed provides an estimate of the total seepage likely to occur but does not
       indicate the fraction that seeps through dikes.  HELP model leachate flow
       predictions have been interpreted to represent the total leachate released
       through all boundaries of the CDF without implying that leachate only  flows
       vertically (Averett et al. 1988).  However,  when flow is two- or three-
       dimensional, caution must be  exercised when using a one-dimensional tool
       such as the HELP model to estimate flow.  If a barrier soil with a hydraulic
       conductivity lower than that of the dredged material is constructed, leachate
       flow into the foundation soils  can be reduced.  However, flow through  the
       dikes may be increased, depending on the hydraulic conductivity of the dikes.
       The HELP model is an appropriate tool for predicting total leachate flow and
       evaluating the effectiveness of a barrier soil to reduce flow into the foundation
       soils, but it is not designed to provide information on potential flow through
       the dikes.

          Unconfined-saturated flow  groundwater  models are available that could be
       used to model dike seepage.  Such models require substantial  site-specific data
       on local hydrogeology.  Although not described in this report, two- and possi-
       bly three-dimensional models  may be needed to fully describe dike seepage at
       CDFs.  Simplified models could also be developed for comparison with HELP
       model estimates.  An example of the type of simple seepage models that could
       be developed is described below.

          At some point in time, the amount of water entering the dredged material
       as percolation and the amount leaving as leachate flow will tend to balance so
       that a quasi-equilibrium  exists.  When a quasi-equilibrium exists, flow aver-
       aged over an extended time  scale is steady and, under certain conditions, is
       parallel to the bottom of the CDF. Definition sketches for horizontal-steady
       flow in upland and in-water CDFs are given in Figure 28. For homogeneous,
       isotropic, circular CDFs, flow is radially symmetric. Radially symmetric,
       steady flow in homogeneous and isotropic media is given by the following
       equation (Glover 1974; McWhorter and Sunada 1977):
              Q  = 7T __
                           '   ~                                           (45)
                         In
       where

           •K = 3.1459...

          Hl = head at crown of water table mound (Figure 27), cm

          H2 = head outside CDF (Figure 28), cm
                                                                                          97
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
                                   WATER TABLE PLATEAU

                                 WATER TABLE PLATEAU
            r\
-T\
                                       jfl

Figure 28.  Definition sketches for horizontal-steady flow in CDFs


                 R2  = distance from center of CDF to dike, cm

                 Rl  = distance from center of CDF to edge of water table crown, cm

              Application of Equation 44 involves the following assumptions:

                 a.  Isotropic and homogeneous medium.

                 b.  Piezometric plateau in center of CDF.

                 c.  Time invariant piezometric surface.

                 d.  Time invariant dredged material  hydraulic properties.

                 e.  Radial symmetry with the center of symmetry coincident with the
                     center of the CDF.

                 /.  Dikes with infinite permeability relative to the permeability of the
                     dredged material.

                 g.  Dupuit-Forchheimer assumptions:
98
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              (1)  Equipotential lines perpendicular to the bottom of the CDF.

              (2)  Hydraulic gradient is equal to slope of the free piezometric sur-
                  face and invariant with depth.

       These conditions are not always  met, but when they are, flow is horizontal
       and modeled by Equation 45.

          It is anticipated that leachate flow estimates provided by Equation 45 will
       be substantially less than leachate flow estimates provided by the HELP
       model.  The differences are primarily due to differences in hydraulic
       gradients.  Horizontal hydraulic  gradients as indicated in Figure 28 are
       roughly a factor of 100 times lower than the vertical hydraulic gradients in the
       HELP model. Because site conditions that provide  horizontal-steady flow
       minimize hydraulic gradients, estimates provided by Equation 45 are probably
       lower bounds on leachate flow.

          The analysis of horizontal-steady flow discussed  above assumes an equilib-
       rium between surface recharge and seepage. Such conditions are rarely estab-
       lished, as there are seasonal as well as daily fluctuations in the piezometric
       surface in a CDF.  Equation 45 is, therefore, limited to estimation of annual
       average flow in relatively old CDFs for which there is  relevant site-specific
       information.

          The flow domain  and boundary conditions at many CDFs are such that
       leachate flow is not primarily vertical or steady-horizontal. Two- and three-
       dimensional flow in the  subsurface environment has been considered in detail
       by many researchers (Harr 1962; McWhorter and Sunada  1977; Freeze and
       Cherry 1979; Bear and Verruijt 1987; Strack 1989;  National Research Council
       1990). The literature contains many different two- and three-dimensional
       numerical models of subsurface flow that could be used to analyze more com-
       plicated seepage conditions in CDFs.

          The main difficulty with applying these models to CDFs is that local clima-
       tology and surface hydrology are not explicitly modeled.  Infiltration is
       usually treated as an external input requirement without accounting for the
       stochastic character of rainfall events and resulting infiltration.  As previously
       discussed,  local climatology and surface hydrology are  important because the
       water budget in a CDF is surface driven.  Percolation to the saturated zone
       and the depth of the saturated zone depend on infiltration,  which depends  on
       the amounts of rainfall, runoff, and antecedent soil water.  Since infiltration is
       the long-term source of water for leachate generation, climatologic and surface
       hydrologic modeling such as provided by the HELP model is  a necessary
       component if the analysis of leachate flow is to be complete.

          A careful scientific investigation calls for the complete use of the most
       up-to-date theoretical formulation and modeling tools.  Preproject estimation
       of contaminant losses for planning level assessments sometimes  may indicate
       the need for careful investigation of losses along some pathways. Losses

                                                                                            99
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
through permeable dikes is a contaminant loss pathway where the simple
equations previously discussed are likely to be inadequate. As an alternative,
the two-dimensional, finite element model, SEEPU, is available (Kuppusamy
1991) for estimating flow through dikes.  This model has preprocessors  and
postprocessors to facilitate data input and output and runs on MS-DOS based
personal computers.

   Complex models are generally expected to have a greater predictive capa-
bility than simple models and increase the range of situations that can be
described.  Complex models require proper input information,  as obtained
from detailed  field measurement.  These measurements are usually quite
extensive especially if a three-dimensional model is used.

   In addition, the many models  available differ from one another as a result
of different objectives of the modeling effort.  For this reason,  a model should
not be applied unless the objectives, model structure, type of output, and
model precision are commensurate with the information needs and site condi-
tions for a particular problem.  For these reasons, development of predictive
techniques for complicated flow problems in  CDFs is not a search for one
correct and completely general set of equations.

   Estimation of contaminant losses associated with leachate seepage through
dikes will involve coupling  flow  with leachate quality.   Techniques for pre-
dicting leachate quality were discussed in Contaminant Losses During Pre-
treatment.  These techniques are  applicable to seepage  from the anaerobic
zone, that is,  the saturated zone.  Techniques are also available for predicting
leachate quality from unsaturated, oxic dredged material crusts  that develop in
CDFs during  evaporative drying  (Environmental Laboratory 1987; Myers and
Brannon 1988). These techniques can provide the leachate quality information
needed to estimate losses during  rainfall  events that produce horizontal, satu-
rated flow in  the surface crust. These events must be short term in order for
the aerobic leachate quality  estimates to be applicable.  The procedures for
estimating leachate quality from aerobic  dredged material are not discussed in
this report because techniques for predicting the companion flow needed  for
contaminant loss estimation are not available.
 Contaminant attenuation in permeable dikes

    A parcel of water moving through a permeable dike takes a tortuous path
 before finally exiting the dike. The contaminants in such a hypothetical parcel
 of water are not likely to be conservatively transported.  There are at least
 four processes that can attenuate transport of contaminants through dikes.
 These are filtration, adsorption, bioabsorption, and biodegradation.   Filtration
 of solids  is generally recognized as the primary removal  process in permeable
 dikes.  If dikes did not remove solids, permeable dike CDFs could not be
 filled.  Adsorption can remove dissolved contaminants left after solids
 removal, but permeable dikes (sand and stone) have low  sorption properties.
 Adsorption is probably insignificant in permeable dikes.

                                          Chapter 5  Losses Fiom Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
          Bioabsorption and biodegradation are potentially significant removal pro-
       cesses that have not been investigated in permeable dikes.  Ponded water in
       CDFs contains  bacteria, protozoa, and other microscopic organisms that are
       also probably present in the dikes.  Because filling operations are often inter-
       mittent, there is a potential for development of biofilms on dike materials.
       Biofilms in dikes potentially bioabsorb (remove) and degrade (treat) dissolved
       chemicals in pass-through water. Bioadsorption and biodegradation in perme-
       able dikes have not been investigated. Consequently, removal and treatment
       of pollutants by biofilms in dikes have been generally ignored. Models, such
       as WASP4, that already have algorithms accounting for these processes need
       field data on process descriptors to improve their application to CDFs.
       Literature  on Leachate  Losses From CDFs

          There have been relatively few studies of the impacts of dredged material
       disposal in a CDF on groundwater and underlying soils.  Some field and
       laboratory work was accomplished under the DMRP, but this research was
       limited in the number of sites investigated, duration of study, and number of
       chemical parameters studied.  Recently, research toward development of
       predictive techniques for leachate quality in CDFs has been initiated under the
       LEDO program.  This work,  which involves both theoretical and laboratory
       studies, is still developmental. Some limited field data on leachate generation
       in a CDF have been reported  by the U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo.
       The available information is reviewed  below with emphasis on information for
       the Great Lakes.
       Field studies

          Yu et al. (1978).  Yu et al. (1978) conducted field investigations of leach-
       ate impacts at four sites as follows:  Sayerville, NJ; Houston, TX; Mobile,
       AL;  and Grand Haven, MI.  At each of the four sites, dredged material and
       soil samples were obtained from locations that would indicate lateral and
       vertical migration of contaminants.  Groundwater samples were obtained from
       within the sites and directly below the sites, as well as from upgradient and
       downgradient locations. Groundwater samples were collected four times in
       9 months; soil and dredged material samples were collected during the first
       sampling visit.  Groundwater samples were filtered  (0.45 fim) prior to
       analysis.

          The general  findings of Yu et al. (1978) indicated that leachate quality is a
       function of the physical and chemical nature of the dredged material, site-
       specific hydrogeological patterns, and environmental conditions  of the area
       surrounding the site (e.g., physical and chemical nature of the adjacent soils).
       The study showed degradation of groundwater quality due to dredged material
       disposal in CDFs.  Significant increases in chloride, potassium,  sodium, cal-
       cium, magnesium,  total organic carbon (TOC), alkalinity, iron,  and manga-
       nese concentrations were measured in some downgradient groundwaters.  Iron

Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              and manganese appeared to be produced by localized environmental condi-
              tions, and their mobility was not considered directly related to dredged
              material disposal activities. Concentrations of chlorinated hydrocarbons,
              cadmium, copper, mercury, lead, zinc, phosphate, and nickel in CDF leachate
              were generally very low and did not appear to pose groundwater quality prob-
              lems. Heavy metals were mostly in the parts-per-billion or subparts-per-
              billion range.  No soluble chlorinated hydrocarbons were observed in
              groundwater.

                 Analysis of onsite dredged material and offsite soils failed to show system-
              atic changes in chemical constituents.  For most parameters,  both increases
              and decreases  in values occurred in different locations as well as at different
              depths.  Total  chlorinated  hydrocarbons were  higher in the dredged material
              than in offsite  samples.  The upper soil samples generally contained higher
              concentrations of chlorinated hydrocarbons than the samples obtained  a few
              feet below.  There was no evidence of chlorinated hydrocarbon migration
              from CDFs.

                 The Grand  Haven CDF studied by Yu et al. (1978) is the same CDF stud-
              ied by Hoeppel, Myers, and Engler (1978). This CDF is located on the bank
              of the Grand River, Michigan.  Prior to filling, the site was used for disposal
              of construction debris.  Onsite and offsite borings indicated that the foundation
              consists of fine to coarse sands contiguous to a depth  of 6.1  m where  a dense
              clay stratum (tens of meters thick) is encountered. Groundwater levels
              measured on four different dates at nine locations in and around the CDF indi-
              cated a gentle  groundwater gradient through the site and toward the Grand
              River. Figure 29 shows groundwater contours and directions of flow  for a
              typical survey. As shown in Figure 29, groundwater flows through the CDF
              from east to southwest.

                 There was no evidence of chloride, sodium, calcium, phosphate, mag-
              nesium, iron, manganese,  mercury, lead, or zinc leaching from the Grand
              Haven CDF.  Alkalinity was higher in the dredged material leachate than in
              downgradient samples.  Comparison of samples collected beneath the site with
              upgradient samples showed that the average values were in decreasing order
              as follows:  undersite, downgradient, and upgradient.   This concentration
              gradient indicates an alkalinity plume beneath  the CDF that is diluted as it
              moved downgradient. TOC was highly correlated with alkalinity in this
              study. At the  Grand Haven site, TOC showed a concentration gradient simi-
              lar to that for alkalinity, indicating leaching of TOC along with alkalinity from
              the CDF.

                 Downgradient cadmium concentrations were higher than in the dredged
              material leachate.   The difference, 0.0006 mg/t, was statistically significant,
              but such a small difference is  probably not environmentally significant. The
              mean upgradient and downgradient cadmium concentrations were the same
              (0.0014 mg/f), indicating  no impact by the CDF. Copper was higher in the
              dredged material leachate (0.019 mg/f) than in the downgradient samples
              (0.010 mg/f).   Upgradient copper concentrations were similar in copper

102
                                                      Chapter 5   Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
                                                   OH. TANKS
                                                                                  DRAINAGE
                                                                                  DITCH
                                                                     VERPLANK
                                                                 COAL AND DOCK CO.
                                                           95' — GROUNDWATER CONTOURS
                                                                DIRECTION OF FLOW
                                                                                  300 FT
       Figure 29.  Water level contours at Grand Haven CDF (from Yu et al. 1978}
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities
                                                                                             103

-------
             concentration to samples collected beneath the site, suggesting that copper was
             not leaching from the CDF.

                A concentration gradient for nickel from the dredged material leachate to
             downgradient monitoring wells was found, indicating a potential for migra-
             tion.  Average  nickel concentrations were higher in the dredged material
             leachate (0.127 mg/f) than in the groundwater beneath the site (0.065 mg/t)
             and the downgradient groundwater (0.027 mg/f).  However, because the
             average nickel  concentrations in the upgradient wells (0.170 mg/l) were
             higher than in the CDF leachate, the CDF may not be the primary source for
             nickel beneath  the site and downgradient.

                Leonard (1988). Leonard (1988)  reported significant heavy metal and
             organic contamination in pore water in dredged material in the Times Beach
             CDF, Buffalo,  NY. The Times Beach CDF is located on Lake Erie and was
             used  for confined disposal of contaminated dredged material from the Buffalo
             River, the Buffalo Harbor, and the Black Rock Channel from 1972 to 1976.
             The site is underlain by fine sands, glacial till, and limestone.  Upgradient
             monitoring wells showed evidence of arsenic, cadmium, and lead contamina-
             tion.  Groundwater beneath the site showed little evidence of contamination.

                Krizek, Gallagher, and Karadi (1976). The field investigation conducted
             by Krizek, Gallagher,  and Karadi (1976),  previously  discussed in the section
             on effluent losses, included some limited groundwater sampling within the
             vicinity of the  Perm 7 CDF in Toledo, OH.  The quality of the groundwater
             was found to be slightly worse than either the river water or the CDF efflu-
             ent.  Seepage from the CDF into the underlying soil was  thought to be small
             due to the low  permeability of the dredged material and the upper strata of the
             foundation soils.
              Laboratory studies

                 Mang et al. (1978).  Mang et al. (1978) investigated the generation of
              leachate from 16 large plexiglass lysimeters under various environmental con-
              ditions.  The study used dredged material from five different locations and
              two native soils from California. Various leaching solutions were used includ-
              ing distilled water (rainwater leach), distilled water acidified to pH 4.5 with
              sulfur dioxide (acid rainfall leach), hard water buffered with bicarbonate
              (alkaline groundwater leach), and leachate obtained from a solid waste land-
              fill.  Parameters analyzed included major cations and anions, trace metals,
              PCBs, chlorinated pesticides, nutrients, and gross physicochemical parameters
              (Eh, pH, alkalinity, and conductivity).

                 The results showed that no single mechanism governs contaminant leaching
              from dredged material.  During leaching some parameters increased (Eh, pH,
              TOC, alkalinity, and manganese), some remained relatively constant (phos-
              phorus and magnesium), some decreased (organic and ammonia nitrogen,
              copper,  calcium, sodium, and potassium), some parameters were highly

104
                                                      Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       variable (cadmium and zinc), and some were consistently below detection
       limits (PCBs and chlorinated pesticides).  This work showed that alkalinity,
       iron, manganese, zinc, and lead posed the greatest potential for dredged
       material disposal in a CDF to adversely impact groundwaters.

          Soils placed beneath the dredged material tended to regulate pH, TOC,  and
       alkalinity and serve as a source for iron, manganese, calcium, potassium,
       nitrate-nitrogen, and total Kjeldhal nitrogen. Adsorption onto soil solids
       seemed to be an important mechanism for attenuation of ammonia nitrogen,
       cadmium, copper, mercury, and lead.

          Environmental Laboratory (1987).  In this comprehensive study of dredg-
       ing and disposal alternatives for PCB-contaminated sediment in Indiana Har-
       bor, Indiana, batch and column leaching studies were conducted. The results
       showed that the metal and organic contaminants in Indiana Harbor sediment
       were tightly bound to the sediment solids.  Less than 1 percent of the bulk
       metal concentrations were leachable in sequential batch leach tests.   The over-
       all batch equilibrium distribution coefficients for PCBs was very high,
       256,000 £/kg,  indicating a low potential for leaching.  Integration of batch
       and column test data using  a mass transport equation showed that contaminant
       interphase transfer could be modeled using classical  partitioning theory.  Total
       PCB concentrations in leachate from a CDF containing Indiana Harbor
       dredged material were predicted to not exceed  0.0005 mg/f. Metals were
       predicted to be near detection limits in leachate from CDFs filled with Indiana
       Harbor dredged material.  The results also showed significant mobilization of
       metals in sediment that had been treated to simulate  physicochemical condi-
       tions in the oxic crust that develops  during evaporative drying.

          Myers and Brannon (1988).  Myers and Brannon (1988) conducted batch
       and column leach tests on New Bedford Harbor Superfund Site sediment.
       Desorption of PCBs and metals did not follow  classical partitioning theory.
       Anaerobic desorption isotherms showed nonconstant partitioning for PCBs and
       metal during sequential leaching.  Nonconstant partitioning in this sediment
       was due to salinity dependent release of sediment organic carbon (Brannon  et
       al.  1991).  Observed and predicted column elution curves qualitatively agreed,
       but quantitative agreement was not good.   Predictions based on batch tests
       generally overpredicted observed column  leachate  contaminant concentrations.
       Salinity-dependent nonconstant partitioning is not expected to occur in the
       freshwater sediments and dredged materials in  the Great Lakes.

          Palermo et al. (1989).  Palermo et al. (1989) conducted batch and column
       leach tests on sediment from Everett, WA.  The contaminant levels  in this
       sediment were low relative to those in Indiana  Harbor and New Bedford Har-
       bor sediments.  Many contaminants  leached in  amounts below or near the
       chemical analytical detection limits.   Results for contaminants that leached in
       amounts that could be reliably quantified were  similar to those from New Bed-
       ford Harbor sediment. Salinity-dependent nonconstant partitioning was  again
       observed.
                                                                                          105
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
             Literature on  Volatile Losses  From  CDFs

                There are very few field data on volatile emissions from CDFs in the
             literature. Semmler (1990) did a desktop evaluation of the relative signifi-
             cance of PCB volatile losses from an upland and an in-water CDF filled with
             dredged material from Indiana Harbor, Indiana.  This analysis indicated that
             volatile PCB losses from an upland CDF were approximately four times the
             volatile PCB losses from an in-water CDF.  This analysis also indicated that
             volatile PCB losses from both disposal locales were three orders of magnitude
             higher than the PCB losses associated with leaching and four orders of magni-
             tude higher than PCB losses associated with dike seepage.  Semmler (1993)
             conducted field studies at a CDF in which PCB concentrations in sediment,
             water, and air compartments were monitored.  The field  results showed that
             the volatile pathway accounted for the majority of PCB mass loss from May
             to October.  The studies of Semmler (1990)  and Semmler (1993) serve notice
             that the volatile emission migration pathway could be of major significance for
             PCBs and other hydrophobic organic chemicals in CDFs.

                EBASCO Services Incorporated  (1990) conducted  an ambient air monitor-
             ing program for the New Bedford Harbor  Superfund pilot CDF.   This study
             showed some of the pitfalls of attempting to measure  emission rates by ambi-
             ent air monitoring.  PCB concentrations in ambient air around the site before,
             during, and after dredging  and disposal activities were indistinguishable.
             These data should not be construed to imply that PCBs were not released to
             the air during  dredging and disposal.  Changing meteorological conditions,
             specifically wind velocities, generate turbulence that transports chemicals in
             all directions on a local scale.  The-result is  a large and confusing data set
             when surface samplers are placed around a site with a large emission surface
             area and significant potential for high background levels.  The upgradient and
             downgradient  concepts applicable to groundwater and surface water monitor-
             ing are difficult to apply to air monitoring on a local  scale.
              Literature  and  Predictive Techniques for Runoff
              Losses

                As previously discussed, when dredged material is placed in CDFs, physi-
              cochemical changes associated with evaporative drying affect contaminant
              mobility,  including surface runoff quality. This section discusses techniques
              for predicting runoff quality from dredged material.  Surface runoff flow
              predictions from CDFs can be obtained using the HELP model previously
              discussed.

                Newly dredged sediment is generally anaerobic with near neutral pH and
              has high water  content.  During the wet, anaerobic stage, the transport of
              contaminants in surface runoff is mainly through the transport of suspended
              solids.  As the  material dries and oxidizes, the pH can decrease to sometimes

1 OR
                                                     Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       as low as 4 when high concentrations of sulfides are present.  During the wet,
       anaerobic stage, metals tend to be bound as low solubility metal sulfides.  As
       the dredged material oxidizes, some of these metals may increase in solubility
       and be released during storm events.
       WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System

          The WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System (RSLS) combines a rainfall
       simulator with a lysimeter bed containing dredged material (Figure 30).  With
       the WES RSLS, runoff samples can be collected for analysis during simulation
       of selected storm events.  By allowing the material placed in the lysimeters to
       age, changes in runoff quality as dredged material dries can be determined.
                                          RAINFALL SIMULATOR
                                                                           LYSIMETER UNIT2
                    LYSIMETER UNIT 1
                                                               ^^r^      *-*=*
                                                                    N	VARIABLE SLOPE AND
                                                                        DEPTH SOIL LYSIMETER
                                     • RUNOFF QUANTITY AND
                                      QUALITY MONITORING
       Figure 30.  Schematic of WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System (from Skogerboe et al.
                   1987)
          The rainfall simulator is a modified version of a rotating disk rainfall simu-
       lator originally developed at the University of Arizona (Morin, Goldberg,  and
       Seginer 1967). Until the rotating disk-type simulator was developed, rainfall
       simulators were unable to simulate the kinetic energy of natural rainfall
       (Morin, Cluff, and Powers 1970).  The rainfall simulator used in the WES
       RSLS  is equipped with several important design modifications, including a
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities
                                                                                            107

-------
             programmable slit disk opening that can instantly change rainfall intensity
             (Westerdahl and Skogerboe 1982).  The WES rainfall simulator has been
             tested and calibrated to optimize drop-size distribution, terminal drop velocity,
             and rainfall intensity distribution (Skogerboe et al. 1987).

                The lysimeters used in the WES RSLS are constructed of aluminum with
             surface dimensions of 4.6 by 1.2 m.  Depth is adjustable in 15-cm increments
             to 1.2  m, and slope can be varied from 0 to 20 percent.
             Runoff quality studies using WES Rainfall Simulator-Lysimeter System

                Verification studies. A series of field verification tests were conducted by
             Peters, Lee, and Bates (1981) and Lee and Skogerboe (1984) that showed that
             the WES RSLS could accurately simulate surface runoff from natural storm
             events under a variety of conditions.  The effect of plant biomass on runoff
             suspended  solids concentrations was a major focus of these studies.

                Skogerboe et al. (1987).  Skogerboe et al.  (1987) evaluated surface runoff
             water quality impacts from an upland dredged material disposal site at Black
             Rock Harbor, Bridgeport, CT, using the WES RSLS.  This work was con-
             ducted as part of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers/U.S. Environmental
             Protection  Agency Interagency Field Verification of Testing and  Predictive
             Methodologies for Dredged Material Disposal Alternative Program (Field
             Verification Program (FVP)). Sediment  was collected  from Black Rock Har-
             bor and tested at WES to predict surface runoff water quality. Similar  mate-
             rial was also dredged from Black Rock Harbor and disposed in an upland
             disposal site.  Laboratory and field  results showed significant increases in the
             mobilities  of cadmium, copper, nickel, zinc, and manganese as the dredged
             material aged.   Statistical analysis of observed and predicted runoff quality
             showed no significant differences.  Results of this study, therefore, demon-
             strated that the WES RSLS can simulate  the physicochemical changes and
             resulting changes in runoff quality that take place when contaminated dredged
             material is placed in upland environments.

                 Environmental  Laboratory (1987).  In the comprehensive study of dredg-
             ing and disposal alternatives for PCB-contaminated sediment in Indiana Har-
             bor, Indiana (Environmental Laboratory  1987), the WES RSLS was used to
             evaluate potential runoff water quality impacts. The results showed that dur-
              ing the early, wet,  anaerobic stages, contaminants were primarily bound to the
             suspended solids in runoff. Filtered concentrations during this period were
              low compared with unfiltered concentrations, but were still of concern when
              compared  with the  USEPA Maximum Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic
              Life.  As the sediment  dried, the suspended solids concentrations decreased,
              thereby decreasing  the unfiltered contaminant concentrations.

                 After the sediment dried and aged for 6 months, water quality constituents
              in runoff changed.  Organic contaminants were no longer  a concern because
              most of these compounds had been lost by volatilization and/or

1 08
                                                       Chapter 5  Losses From  Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
       biodegradation. No PCBs were detected in runoff from dry, oxidized sedi-
       ment. Heavy metals concentrations also decreased; however, many became
       more soluble.  Filtered concentrations of cadmium, copper, nickel, zinc,
       manganese, and lead were not significantly different from unfiltered concen-
       trations, indicating that these metals were primarily present in soluble form.
       Filtered concentrations of cadmium, copper, zinc, and lead were greater than
       or equal to the USEPA Maximum Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic Life.

         Palermo et al. (1989).  In the evaluation of dredged material disposal
       alternatives at Everett, WA (Palermo et al. 1989), the WES RSLS was used to
       evaluate potential runoff water quality impacts.  The results showed that dur-
       ing the early, wet,  anaerobic stages, contaminants were primarily bound to the
       suspended solids in runoff. All filtered metal concentrations were signifi-
       cantly less than the USEPA Maximum Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic
       Life and were not considered a problem as long as the dredged material
       remained wet and anaerobic.  Organic contaminant concentrations were  also
       low,  especially in filtered samples.   PCBs were below the detection limits in
       both unfiltered and filtered samples.

         After 6 months  of drying and aging, the sediment did not form the hard
       crust with large cracks typical of many sediments. The material remained
       light and fluffy and was highly susceptible to erosion with suspended  solids in
       runoff averaging 1,000 mg/£.  The sediment pH also remained  high.  Heavy
       metal concentrations  in filtered samples were significantly lower than  concen-
       trations  in unfiltered  samples, indicating that the major fraction was in particu-
       late form. However, filtered concentrations  of some metals were high.  Fil-
       tered concentrations of cadmium were significantly greater than the USEPA
       Maximum Criteria for the  Protection of Aquatic Life, and filtered concentra-
       tions of copper and zinc were not significantly different from the criteria.
       Unfiltered and filtered concentrations of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
       (PAHs)  were very low, and PCBs were below the detection limit.

         In addition to providing information on runoff quality, Palermo et  al.
       (1989) made estimates of yearly mass release for an upland CDF.  These
       predictions were calculated using the Universal Soil Loss Equation
       (Wischmeier, Johnson, and Cross 1971).  Annual losses for cadmium, copper,
       zinc, and lead were estimated to be 6.2, 2.4, 115, and 0.7 kg/ha,  respectively.
       The estimates involve using a soil erodibility factor obtained from the RSLS
       tests and a site-specific rainfall erodibility factor in the Universal Soil  Loss
       Equation.

          Skogerboe, Price, and Brandon (1988).  Skogerboe,  Price, and Brandon
       (1988) conducted surface runoff tests on New Bedford Harbor Superfund Site
       sediment with  PCB concentrations of 100 mg/kg or less using the WES RSLS.
       Results  of the surface runoff tests conducted  immediately after placement of
       sediment in the lysimeter showed that contaminants were primarily in  the
       paniculate phase.   Suspended solids concentrations were high (> 7,000 mg/f),
       resulting in high unfiltered concentrations of contaminants. Copper was the
       only contaminant exceeding the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Acute

                                                                                          109
Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
              Water Quality Criteria for the Protection of Marine Aquatic Life in filtered
              samples.  Filtered PCB concentrations were statistically less than the criteria.

                 After 6 months of drying and aging, a hard crust formed that reduced the
              erosiveness of the sediment.  Results of surface runoff tests conducted
              6 months after drying and aging showed that filtered cadmium, copper, and
              zinc concentrations were not significantly different from unfiltered concentra-
              tions, indicating that these metals were primarily present in soluble forms.
              Filtered copper and zinc  were statistically greater than or equal to the
              U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency Acute Water Quality  Criteria for the
              Protection of Marine Aquatic Life.  Both unfiltered and filtered PCB concen-
              trations decreased in surface runoff after drying and aging.
              Simplified laboratory tests

                 The WES RSLS described previously requires substantial quantities of
              sediment for testing and to properly simulate the physicochemical changes that
              are associated with drying and oxidation, 6 months to complete a test. The
              Indiana Harbor studies (Environmental Laboratory  1987) included investiga-
              tion of laboratory batch extractions for predicting runoff quality from wet,
              anaerobic dredged material and dry, oxidized dredged material.  The tests for
              wet,  anaerobic dredged material involved serial dilution of suspended solids.
              The tests for dry, oxidized dredged material included various short-term dry-
              ing and chemical extraction procedures.  The results for predicting wet, anaer-
              obic  dredged material runoff quality by solids dilution and predicting  dry,
              oxidized  dredged material runoff quality by peroxide oxidation were promis-
              ing.  Additional testing and verification on a number of different sediments
              were recommended.
110
                                                        Chapter 5  Losses From Confined Disposal Facilities

-------
      6     Contaminant Losses for
              In  Situ  Capping and  Capped
              Disposal
      Background

      General

         In situ capping (ISC) is the placement of a covering or cap of clean mate-
      rial over an existing deposit of contaminated sediment.  Capping is also a
      disposal alternative that can be considered when contaminated sediments are
      removed as a cleanup measure. For the case of removal, capping is the con-
      trolled accurate placement of contaminated material at an open-water disposal
      site, followed by a covering or cap of clean material. For purposes of this
      report, the term "contaminated" refers to material that is unacceptable for
      unrestricted open-water disposal and the term "clean" refers to material that is
      acceptable for such open-water disposal.  Level bottom capping (LBC) is the
      placement of a contaminated material on the bottom in a mounded configura-
      tion and the subsequent covering of the mound with clean sediment. Con-
      tained aquatic disposal (CAD) is similar to LBC but with the additional
      provision of some form of lateral confinement (e.g., placement in bottom
      depressions or behind subaqueous berms) to minimize spread of the materials
      on the bottom.

         Capping is considered an appropriate contaminant control measure for
      benthic effects in the Corps dredging regulations (33 CFR 335-338) and sup-
      porting technical guidelines (Francingues et al. 1985). An illustration of ISC,
      LBC, and CAD is shown in Figure 31.

         Capping, a technology for isolating contaminated material, was developed
      as a control measure for contaminant effects on benthic organisms.  The clean
      material in a cap isolates benthic organisms that recolonize a site from the
      contaminants in the material beneath the cap. The release of contaminants
      into the water column is not generally viewed as a significant problem for
      dredged material from most navigation projects.  However, when capping is
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                           CONTAMINATED DREDGED MATERIAL
                                                          (CLEAN SAND, SILT. ETC.)
                            CONTAMINATED DREDGED MATERIAL
Figure 31.  Capping alternatives
112
                                         Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       considered as an alternative for sediment remediation, contaminant release to
       the water column must be considered.
       Design requirements for capping

          Capping should not be viewed merely as a form of restricted open-water
       disposal.  A capping operation is an engineered project with carefully consid-
       ered design, construction, and monitoring.  The basic criterion for a success-
       ful capping operation is simply that the cap thickness required to isolate the
       contaminated material  from the environment be successfully placed and
       maintained.

          Guidelines are available on planning and design concepts (Truitt  1987a, b),
       design requirements (Palermo 1991a),  site selection considerations (Palermo
       1991b), equipment and placement techniques (Palermo  1991c),and monitoring
       (Palermo, Fredette, and Randall 1992) for capping projects.  These guidance
       documents were developed primarily for capping projects associated with
       navigation dredging; however, they are also applicable to capping associated
       with sediment remediation to include ISC, LBC, and CAD projects.  A cap-
       ping guidance document is being prepared specifically for in situ subaqueous
       capping of contaminated sediments that should be consulted when it becomes
       available  (Palermo et al., in preparation).
       Influence  of  Capping Materials,  Site, and
       Operations

          The nature of the material to be capped, the nature of the capping site, and
       the dredging and placement equipment and techniques used will have direct
       influence on the potential contaminant releases associated with capping.  These
       essential components of the design must be examined as a whole with compat-
       ibility in mind.

          A major consideration in compatibility is an acceptable match of equipment
       and placement techniques for contaminated and capping material.  For exam-
       ple, if the contaminated material were mechanically dredged  and released from
       barges, the capping material could be similarly placed or could be placed
       hydraulically.  However, if the contaminated material  were hydraulically
       placed, then only hydraulic placement of the capping material may be appro-
       priate due to the potentially low shear strength of the hydraulically placed
       material.

          Compatible scheduling of the contaminated material placement and capping
       operation is essential.  The exposure of the contaminated material to the envi-
       ronment and need to allow consolidation of the contaminated material to  occur
       prior to cap placement must be balanced  in scheduling both placement opera-
       tions.  Availability of equipment and  funding and the possibility of equipment

                                                                                          113
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses  for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
             breakdowns or other delays should be considered in determining if the capping
             schedule is compatible with the contaminated material placement schedule.
             Mechanisms for  Contaminant Loss During Capping

                For capping projects, the mass release is that total contaminant mass that is
             not initially capped or that does not remain isolated by the cap. This defini-
             tion implies that both short-term losses during contaminated and capping
             material placement and long-term losses following completion of the construc-
             tion of the cap must be considered.

                Mechanisms for contaminant loss associated with capping therefore include
             the following:

                a.   Water column during placement of contaminated material.

                b.   Resuspension during placement of cap.

                c.   Pore water expulsion during cap consolidation.

                d.   Long-term diffusion and advection.

                e.   Long-term bioturbation.

                /.   Long-term erosion.

                For LBC and  CAD, contaminated material is dredged, transported, and
             placed at a capping site; therefore, losses for these components must be con-
             sidered.  It is anticipated that the majority of capping projects for sediment
             remediation will be in situ.  For ISC, there is no dredging or placement of
             contaminated material and, therefore, no  contaminant loss associated with
             contaminated material placement.  Resuspension of the contaminated material
             and associated loss and long-term losses associated with diffusion, advection,
             bioturbation, and erosion processes must  be considered for ISC, LBC, and
             CAD alternatives.


             Water Column  Contaminant  Loss  During  Placement

             Mass release of contaminants

                Prediction of water column losses in terms of mass release for capping
             during placement of the contaminated material for LBC and  CAD alternatives
             can be made using similar approaches as  normally used for prediction of water
             column releases for open-water disposal operations (USEPA/USACE  1992).
             The approach taken is to determine contaminant concentrations associated with
             both dissolved and suspended paniculate  phases by standard elutriate testing.

114
                                     Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       Modeling of the fluid and suspended solids plumes is then used to predict the
       losses.
       Standard elutriate testing

          The prediction of dissolved and particle-associated releases of contaminants
       relies on the standard elutriate test.  This test was developed in the early
       1970s as a regulatory tool, and its utility and accuracy have been extensively
       field verified (Burks and Engler 1978; Brannon 1978; Jones and Lee 1978).
       In normal practice, the test is used as a predictor of dissolved contaminant
       releases resulting from open-water discharge of dredged material for purposes
       of comparison with applicable water quality criteria or standards, and to
       develop an appropriate medium for conducting water column bioassays
       (USEP A/US ACE 1992).  If total concentrations of contaminants are measured
       in the test, the results can be used in conjunction with modeling to calculate
       mass release of contaminants associated with the suspended solids (Palermo
       et al.  1989).

          The standard elutriate test consists of the following steps as illustrated in
       Figure 32:
WATER FROM
DREDGING SITE


SEDIMENT
80% BY VOLUME 20% BY VOLUME

                    (SETTLE FOR \
                        1HR    J
                                                    SHAKE VIGOROUSLY IN
                                                      FLASK FOR 30 MIN.
\
 )
                                                        CENTRIFUGATION OR
                                                        0.45 mm FILTRATION
  )
                                         CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
                                      DISSOLVED CONCENTRATION
       Figure 32.  Standard elutriate test procedure
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal
                                                                                            115

-------
                a.  Mix dredging site sediment and water to a sediment-to- water ratio
                    of 1:4 on a volume basis at room temperature.

                b.  Stir the mixture vigorously for 30 min with a magnetic stirrer.  At
                    10-min intervals the mixture is also stirred manually to ensure com-
                    plete mixing.

                c.  Allow the mixture to settle 1 hr.

                d.  Siphon off the supernatant and centrifuge or filter (0.45 /*m) to remove
                    particulates prior to chemical analysis for dissolved contaminant
                    concentrations.

                e.  If particle-associated concentrations are desired, split the supernatant
                    immediately after siphoning into subsamples for dissolved and total
                    concentrations of contaminants and concentration of total suspended
                    solids.

                The dissolved concentrations from the test are the predicted dissolved
              concentrations in the discharge.  The contaminant concentrations associated
              with suspended solids is the difference between total contaminant concentra-
              tions in whole water samples and dissolved contaminant concentration in the
              filtered water samples (Equation 46 below).

                     r   _ Ctotal  ~ Cw                                             (46)
                         ~ ~~-
              where

                  Cps = suspended solids contaminant concentration, mg/kg

                 Ctotal = whole water contaminant concentration, mg/l

                   Cw = dissolved contaminant concentration, mg/f

                   Cp = suspended solids concentration of elutriate sample,

              It should be noted that Cw and Cs in the above equation are not necessarily
              equilibrium concentrations.  They could be equilibrium concentrations, but
              equilibrium is not a necessary condition in the standard elutriate test.


              Open-water disposal modeling

                 Computer models are available for predicting water column dispersion and
              mixing (USEPA/USACE 1992 and Johnson 1990).  The models also predict
              the amount of material that would be lost to the water column during place-
              ment.  The use and limitations of the models along with theoretical discussions

1 1 R
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
      are presented in detail in Johnson (1990).  If barge release or hopper dredge
      release is used, these models also indicate the initial spread of a single barge
      load. This information is needed for evaluating mounding characteristics for
      the material volume to be placed.

         The models are available as a part of the Automated Dredging and Dis-
      posal Alternatives Management System (ADDAMS) (Schroeder and Palermo
      1990) and can be run on a microcomputer.  ADDAMS is an interactive
      computer-based design and analysis system for dredged material management.
      The general goal of the ADDAMS is to provide state-of-the-art computer-
      based tools that increase the accuracy, reliability,  and cost-effectiveness of
      dredged  material management activities in a timely manner.

         Model descriptions.  The models account for the physical processes deter-
      mining the short-term fate of dredged material disposed at open-water sites.
      The models provide estimates of water column concentrations of suspended
      sediment and contaminant and the initial deposition of material on the bottom.

         Two  of the models were developed by  Brandsma and Divoky (1976) under
      the Corps Dredged Materials Research Program to handle both instantaneous
      dumps and continuous discharges. A third model that utilized features of the
      two earlier models  was constructed later to handle a semicontinuous disposal
      operation from a hopper dredge.  These models are known as DIFID (Dis-
      posal From an Instantaneous Dump), DIFCD (Disposal From a Continuous
      Discharge), and DIFHD (Disposal From a Hopper Dredge).  Collectively, the
      models are known within ADDAMS as the Open-Water Disposal (DUMP)
      Models.

          For evaluation of initial mixing for ocean disposal, the models need only
      be run for the contaminant requiring the greatest dilution  to meet the respec-
      tive water quality criteria. A data analysis routine is contained in the models
      for calculating the required dilutions and determining which contaminant(s)
      should be modeled.

          In all three models, the behavior of the material is assumed to be separated
      into three phases:  convective descent, during which the dump cloud or dis-
      charge jet falls under the influence of gravity and the initial momentum of the
      discharge; dynamic collapse, occurring when the descending cloud or jet
      either impacts the bottom or arrives at a level of neutral buoyancy where
      descent  is retarded and horizontal spreading dominates; and passive transport-
      dispersion,  commencing when the material transport and spreading are deter-
      mined more by ambient currents and turbulence than by the dynamics of the
      disposal operation.

          These models simulate movement of disposed material as it falls through
       the water column, spreads over the bottom, and finally is transported and
       diffused as  suspended sediment by ambient currents.  DIFID is designed  to
       simulate the movement of material from an instantaneous dump that falls as a
       hemispherical cloud. Thus, the total time required for the material to leave

                                                                                          117
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
              the disposal vessel should not be greater than the time required for the mate-
              rial to reach the bottom.  DIFCD is designed to compute the movement of
              material disposed in a continuous fashion at a constant discharge rate. Thus,
              it can be applied to pipeline disposal operations in which the discharge jet is
              below the water surface or discharge of material from a single bin of a hopper
              dredge.  If the initial direction of disposal is vertical, either the disposal
              source must be moving or the ambient current must be strong enough to result
              in a bending of the jet before the bottom is encountered. DIFHD has been
              constructed to simulate the fate of material disposed from stationary hopper
              dredges.  Here,  the normal mode of disposal is to open first one pair of
              doors, then another, until the complete dump is made, which normally takes
              on the order of a few minutes to complete.  DIFHD should not be applied to
              disposal operations that differ significantly from the stationary hopper dredge
              operations described above.

                 DIFID, DIFCD, and DIFHD model disposed dredged material as a dense
              liquid. This model assumption will be satisfied if the material is composed  of
              primarily fine-grained solids. Thus, the  models should not be applied to the
              disposal of sandy material.  A major limitation of these models is the basic
              assumption that  once solid particles are deposited on the bottom,  they remain
              there. Therefore, the models should only be applied over time frames in
              which erosion of the newly deposited material is insignificant.

                 The passive transport and diffusion phase in all three models  is handled by
              allowing material settling from  the descent and collapse phases to be stored  in
              small Gaussian clouds.  These clouds are then diffused and transported at  the
              end of each time step.  Computations on the long-term grid are only made at
              those times when output  is desired.

                 Model input. Input data for the models are grouped into the following
              general areas: (a) description of the disposal operation, (b) description of the
              disposal site, (c) description of the dredged material, (d) model coefficients,
              and (e) controls for input, execution, and output.

                 Ambient conditions include current velocity,  density stratification, and
              water depths over a computational grid.  The dredged material is assumed to
              consist of a number of solid fractions, a fluid component, and a conservative
              contaminant.  Each solid fraction must have a volume concentration, a specific
              gravity, a settling velocity, a void ratio for bottom deposition, and information
              on whether or not the fraction is cohesive.  For initial mixing  calculations,
              information on initial concentration, background concentration, and water
              quality criteria for the constituent to be modeled must be specified.  The
              description of the disposal operations for the DIFID model  includes position
              of the disposal barge on the grid, the barge velocity, and draft, and volume  of
              dredged material to be dumped. Similar descriptions for hopper dredge and
              pipeline operations are required for the DIFCD and DIFHD models.  Coeffi-
              cients are required for the models to accurately specify entrainment, settling,
              drag, dissipation, apparent mass, and density gradient differences. These
              coefficients have default  values that should be used unless other site-specific

118
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       information is available. Appendix C - Table Cl lists the necessary input
       parameters with their corresponding units.  More detailed descriptions and
       guidance for selection of values for many of the parameters is provided
       directly on-line in the system.

          Model output.  The output starts by echoing the input data and then
       optionally presenting the time history of the descent and collapse phases. In
       descent history for the DIFID model, the  location of the cloud centroid,  the
       velocity of the cloud centroid, the radius of the hemispherical cloud, the den-
       sity difference between the cloud and the ambient water, the conservative
       constituent concentration, and the total volume and concentration of each solid
       fraction are provided as functions of time since release of the material.  Like-
       wise, the location of the leading edge of the momentum jet, the center-line
       velocity of the jet, the radius of the jet, the density difference between mate-
       rial in the jet and the ambient water, the contaminant concentration, and the
       flux and concentration of each solid fraction are provided as functions of time
       at the end of the jet  convection phase in DIFCD and DIFHD.

          At the conclusion of the collapse phase in DIFID and DIFHD, time-
       dependent information concerning the size of the collapsing cloud, its density,
       and its centroid location and velocity as well as contaminant and solids con-
       centrations can be requested.  Similar information is provided by DIFCD at
       the conclusion of the jet collapse phase.  These models perform the numerical
       integrations of the governing conservation equations in the descent and col-
       lapse phases with a minimum of user input. Various control parameters  that
       give the user insight into the behavior of these computations are printed before
       the output discussed above is provided.

          At various times, as requested through input data, output concerning sus-
       pended sediment concentrations and solids deposited on the  bottom can be
       obtained from the transport-diffusion computations.  With Gaussian cloud
       transport-diffusion, only concentrations at the  water depths requested are
       provided at each grid point. The volume  of each sediment fraction that has
       been deposited in each grid cell is also provided. At the conclusion of the
       simulation,  the thickness of the deposited  material is given.

          For evaluations of initial mixing for ocean  disposal, results for water col-
       umn concentrations  can be computed in terms  of milligrams per liter of dis-
       solved constituent or in percent of initial dredged material suspended phase
       concentration.  The  maximum concentration within  the grid and the maximum
       concentration at or outside the boundary of the disposal site are tabulated for
       specified time intervals.
       Calculation of mass release

          Estimation of both concentrations and volumes are required to compute
       mass release. Estimation of concentrations using standard elutriate results as
       described above is fairly straightforward.  However, the estimation of fluid

                                                                                            119
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
              and solids fractions released based on the model results requires a definition of
              what is considered a release.

                 The mass release of dissolved contaminants can be determined from the
              dissolved contaminant  concentrations as defined by the standard elutriate test
              and the total volume of water entrained during dredging and released during
              the discharge.  A conservative approach is to assume that the total volume will
              be released (Palermo et al. 1989). The volume of the fluid fraction is depen-
              dent on the in  situ density of the sediment dredged and the volume of water
              entrained during dredging.  This is a conservative approach, especially for
              mechanically dredged material discharged from barges, because a large por-
              tion of the fluid fraction will descend to the bottom as interstitial water with
              the solids and  will be capped.

                 The mass release associated with the particle fraction is more difficult to
              calculate.  Several factors must be considered and several approaches can be
              taken.  The model results include an estimation of the total fraction  of material
              remaining in suspension as a function of space and time.  The "footprint" of
              the deposit of  contaminated material can also be determined from both model
              results for a single discharge and the anticipated evolution of the mound size
              for the total volume of material  to be placed, including the capping material.

                 One approach is to assume that all material remaining in suspension after a
              given time period is released. The appropriate time period used can be deter-
              mined by the frequency of discharges from the barge or  hopper, current con-
              ditions,  and the disposal  site size and anticipated size of the overall capped
              mound or deposit, considering the total volumes placed.   Time periods on the
              order of 30 min have been used for such estimates (Palermo et al. 1989).
              Another approach is to examine the total volume of solids deposited within the
              anticipated footprint of the deposit to be capped and assume that all  solids not
              settling within that footprint will be released. In either case, the results of the
              model should  be  carefully considered in making the estimates. Past field data
              have indicated that only a small fraction (a few percent)  of the total  mass of
              material will not  quickly settle to the bottom and therefore could not be ini-
              tially capped (Truitt 1986).

                 Based on the above considerations, the following steps should be followed
              in calculating  the mass release during placement of contaminated material:

                 a.  From standard elutriate test, determine dissolved and particle-
                     associated concentrations for the open-water discharge.

                 b.  Determine the  volume of the water fraction of the discharge based on
                     predredging  sediment water content and anticipated water entrainment
                     during dredging.

                  c.  Calculate the total mass  release of the dissolved fraction as the product
                     of the  dissolved concentration and the volume of water released (for
1 20
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
             pipeline discharges, the mass release is the product of the concentra-
             tion, flow rate, and time duration of the discharge).

          d.  Determine the total mass of suspended solids considered a release
             based on model results.

          e.  Calculate the mass of contaminants associated with the suspended
             solids as the product of the particle-associated concentration and the
             mass of solids released.

         /.  Calculate the total mass release as  the sum of the dissolved and
             particle-associated releases.
       Water column control measures

          If the total mass release to the water column during placement is unaccept-
       able, control measures could be considered to reduce the potential for water
       column effects or other dredging equipment and placement techniques, or use
       of another capping site could be considered.  Control measures could include
       use of a submerged discharge point, submerged diffuser, tremie pipe,  hopper
       dredge pumpdown, or similar equipment (Truitt 1987b).
       Resuspension During Cap Placement

          Resuspension of contaminated material already on the bottom by impact of
       discharges of capping material is a potential contaminant release mechanism
       for ISC, LBC, and CAD alternatives.  However, the design of caps (Palermo
       1991a) normally requires an excess thickness of capping material to account
       for inaccuracies in the placement process.  The placement technique for the
       cap must be carefully chosen to minimize displacement and mixing of the
       contaminated and capping material.  In general,  the choice of capping mate-
       rials and placement techniques is intended to result in a cap with an initial
       density less than or equal to the deposit of contaminated material.

          Resuspension of contaminated material during cap placement will be
       located near the bottom and highly localized.  Resuspended material should
       settle back to the bottom almost immediately.  The overall size of the deposits
       laid down during capping and the  gradual manner in which capping material is
       placed tend to result  in capping of material displaced in the early stages of the
       capping operation. However, loss of contaminated material during cap place-
       ment  has not been extensively monitored, and there are no techniques avail-
       able for preproject estimation of potential resuspension.
                                                                                          121
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
              Losses During Consolidation

                Contaminant losses during consolidation after cap placement may be impor-
              tant especially for BLC and CAD.  Pore water expressed through the cap will
              result in the release of contaminants to the overlying water unless the cap has
              sufficient sorption capacity to retain the contaminants.  The release of contam-
              inants via the expression of pore water through consolidation can be  modeled
              as a short-term advective process using the methods of the next section. For
              organic contaminants, retention during consolidation is more  likely if the cap
              material contains significant organic matter.
              Long-Term  Contaminant Release Through  Cap

              Determine required cap thickness and exposure time

                The cap must  be designed to chemically and biologically isolate the con-
              taminated material from the aquatic environment.  Determination of the mini-
              mum required cap thickness is dependent on the physical and chemical
              properties of the  contaminated and capping sediments, the potential for biotur-
              bation of the cap  by aquatic organisms, and the potential for consolidation and
              erosion of the cap material.  Laboratory tests have been developed to deter-
              mine the thickness of a capping sediment required to chemically  isolate con-
              taminated sediment from the overlying water column (Sturgis and Gunnison
              1988).  These tests can also be performed in the presence of bioturbating
              organisms (Brannon et al. 1985).  An evaluation of the potential  for coloniza-
              tion of the capped site by bioturbating organisms and the behavior of those
              organisms with respect to intensity and depth of burrowing must be made.
              The minimum required cap thickness is considered the thickness  required for
              chemical isolation plus that thickness of bioturbation associated with organ-
              isms likely to colonize the site in significant numbers.

                The integrity of the cap from the standpoint of physical changes in cap
              thickness and long-term migration of contaminants through the cap should also
              be considered. The potential for a physical reduction in cap thickness due to
              the effects of consolidation and erosion can be evaluated once the overall  size
              and configuration of the capped mound is determined.  The design cap thick-
              ness can then be  adjusted such that the minimum required cap thickness is
              maintained.

                 Most of the consolidation of the contaminated material will occur within a
              few weeks of placement. Cap placement could be delayed an appropriate time
              period to allow the majority of consolidation to occur. Such a delay also
              holds advantage from the standpoint of resistance of the contaminated deposit
              to displacement during cap placement.  However, a delay exposes the  contam-
              inated material to the environment.  An appropriate delay between contami-
              nated material placement and capping must balance environmental exposure


122
                                       Chapter 6 Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       with the engineering requirements of stability and the scheduling constraints of
       the dredging required for capping.

          There is potential for long-term migration of contaminants through the cap
       due to consolidation of the contaminated material and diffusion and advection.
       The techniques for evaluation of consolidation (Poindexter-Rollings 1990) can
       be used to estimate  the cap thickness potentially affected by the movement of
       contaminated pore water.  Theoretical models for evaluation of long-term cap
       releases is discussed in the following section.
        Models for long-term capping releases

          The goal of capping is containment for a sufficiently long period of time
        that natural degradation processes have the opportunity to render the contami-
        nant harmless or to reduce the contaminant flux to levels that are protective of
        ecological and human health.  Due to the uncertainty associated with the rate
        and  existence of natural degradation processes, this discussion will assume no
        irreversible fate processes and focus on the estimation of the undergraded
        contaminant losses through a cap.

          Potential long-term contaminant loss mechanisms for capped sediment are
        essentially identical to the original uncapped sediments.  The pore water trans-
        port processes of diffusion and advection, perhaps  enhanced by the presence
        of colloidal particles  in the pore water, are present. Particulates that remain
        suspended can also enhance the transport of contaminants, but a cap should act
        as an effective filter or scavenger of noncolloidal particulates.  In addition,
        and  especially important for strongly sorbed contaminants, particle movement
        processes such as  erosion and deposition as well as bioturbation occur.

          In the capped system,  the bioturbating organisms at the original sediment-
        water interface are buried, but recolonization of the upper cap layer occurs.
        Over much of the capped depth, pore water processes  such as molecular diffu-
        sion and advection dominate transport processes. Erosion of the cap can
        eliminate resistance to mass transfer provided by the cap by allowing deeper
        penetration of the  bioturbation layer.   In the long-term models discussed in
        this  section, the cap is assumed stable or replaced as necessary to maintain
        sufficient depth to avoid bioturbation of the original sediments.  The effects of
        slow depositional and erosional processes on contaminant transport through
        caps are considered, but the effects of storm events on cap stability are not
        included in the models discussed in this section.  The long-term stability of a
        cap can be assessed via the methods presented by Dortch et al. (1990)  and
        Maynord (1993).

          Despite the similarity of transport processes in the capped and uncapped
        sediment, the cap  serves to reduce the net contaminant transport over the
        uncapped situation as a result of the following:
                                                                                            1 73
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                 a.  Destruction of bioturbating organisms at original sediment-water
                     interface.

                 b.  Increase of diffusion path length or advective path length before con-
                     taminants are transported to the water column.

                 c.  Elimination of erosion at original sediment-water interface, at least
                     until erosion of cap.

                 d.  Introduction of thermodynamic limitations due to elimination of particle
                     transport processes in the contaminated zone.

                 e.  Retardation of pore water processes through the cap due to the pres-
                     ence of unfilled sorption sites.

              In the following sections, processes affecting long-term cap effectiveness will
              be discussed, and a quantitative analysis of these processes will be presented.

                 Molecular diffusion.  Molecular  diffusion is the process of random molec-
              ular motion leading ultimately to equalization of chemical potentials every-
              where within the system. In free water, the diffusive flux is  written as
              proportional to  the concentration gradient in the water
                     NA = -DA2L                                               (47)
                       A        A2
              where

                  NA =  flux of contaminant A in free water, g/m2 sec

                 DA2 =  diffusivity of A in water, m2/sec

                  Cw =  dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

                    z =  distance through water, m

              The diffusion coefficient  is of the order of 10~5 cm2/sec (10"9 m2/sec) in water.
              The minus sign is needed in Equation 47 because contaminants diffuse from
              regions of higher concentrations to regions of lower concentrations by random
              molecular motion.  The random motion of molecules that leads to diffusion
              generally occurs at significant rates only within the pore spaces of the sedi-
              ment or the overlying cap. Therefore, diffusivity must be corrected for the
              available pore space in the media (e = porosity) and the fact that the diffusion
              paths are not straight (T = tortuosity = actual path length/straight-line path
              link).  In a saturated, unconsolidated granular sediment, the tortuosity is
              approximately e'1/3 (Millington and Quirk 1961) suggesting
124
                                         Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
              N  - - D      w  =  - D   e4/3
              NA "     A3 ~           A2
       where

           A^ = flux of contaminant A into cap, g/m2 sec

          DA3 = effective diffusivity of A in sediment, m2/sec

           Cw = water concentration of A, g/m3

             z — distance into sediment or cap, m

          DA2 = diffusivity of A in water, m2/sec

             e = sediment porosity,  m3 voids/m3 total volume

       Flux  is positive when the movement is toward positive z, that is, into the cap
       or sediment.

          Advection. Advection is a process associated with the bulk movement of
       the pore  water in response to  pressure or head gradients  in the sediment.
       Advective processes should be especially important near the banks of rivers,
       shores of lakes, and in estuarine systems subject to significant tidal variations.
       In many  regions, there is insufficient information on the permeability and
       hydraulic gradient to adequately assess the advective contaminant transport.  If
       such  information is available, however, the  advective flux is written as
       follows:

              NA-UCW                                                    (49)


       where

          NA =  flux of contaminant A, g m"2 sec"1

           U =  Darcy water velocity, m/sec

          Cw =  dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

          The Darcy velocity used to define the advective flux is averaged explicitly
       over  the  entire cross-sectional area of the medium and implicitly over some
       volume.  This averaging fails to identify the variations in velocity that occur
       both  within a pore and between  adjacent pores in the medium.  The variation
       in velocities on the microscale results in additional mixing of the contaminant
       above what would result from molecular diffusion alone.  By analogy with
       molecular mixing, microscale dispersive mixing is parameterized as follows:
                                                                                            125
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                                                                                     (50)
              where

                 NA =  flux of contaminant A, gl m"2 sec

                 EA3 =  effective dispersion coefficient in medium, m2/sec

                 Cw =  dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

                   z =  distance through water, m

              Although the effective dispersion coefficient can be estimated from medium
              properties, better estimates are obtained from laboratory contaminant transport
              or tracer experiments that simulate  field conditions.

                 The dispersion coefficient is often taken as approximately proportional to
              the Darcy velocity.  The constant of proportionality, the dispersivity, is
              related to the characteristic size of microscale heterogeneities.  For a homo-
              geneous, granular medium, the dispersion coefficient is expected to be approx-
              imately half of the particle diameter, that is
                     Ea3 = r U = -L  U                                            (5D
              where

                 Ea3 = dispersion coefficient in medium, m2/sec

                   T — dispersivity, m

                   U = Darcy velocity, m/sec

                  dp = particle diameter, m

                 Very low advective velocities can control contaminant transport when
              compared with diffusion. The importance of advection relative to diffusion
              can be quantified by the Peclet number (Pe), which is defined

                     Pe =  U L / DA3                                               (52)
126
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       where

          U = advective velocity

          L = transport length scale

          D = effective diffusion coefficient

       Since capping relies on reducing (by design) contaminant transport to diffu-
       sion, evaluation of the Peclet number is very important.  For example, the
       effective diffusion coefficient in the cap is typically of order 10 cm2/year.
       For a chemical isolation layer of only 10  cm, advection at only 1 cm/year is
       approximately equal in importance to diffusion for transport.  Due to the
       potential importance of advective processes, the prevailing groundwater
       velocities must be ascertained before  confidence can be placed  in the ability of
       a cap to contain contaminants.

          Facilitated transport. Advection, dispersion, and diffusion are pore water
       processes that may be enhanced by the presence of colloidal particles in the
       pore water. Colloidal organic matter in the pore water may be especially
       important.  Due to natural degradation processes, there typically exists col-
       loidal organic carbon, for example, large  molecular weight humic and fulvic
       acids, at concentrations of the order 10 to 100 mg/t .  Hydrophobic organic
       contaminants can effectively sorb to this dissolved organic carbon in  the same
       manner that they sorb to organic carbon on the sediment surface.  Since the
       dissolved organic carbon (DOC) is mobile, however,  the presence of colloidal
       organic matter essentially increases the capacity of pore water to carry con-
       taminants.  The DOC moves at  the velocity of the pore water and with a
       diffusivity  of the same order of magnitude as the free water diffusivity of the
       contaminant.

          If the partition coefficient between pure water and the colloidal species is
       Kc , then the advective and diffusive flux for a contaminant can  be written
              NA = U (1 + KcCc}  Cw - DA2^ (l  + D'KeCe)                 (53)
       where

           NA  = flux of contaminant A is direction of bulk flow, g/m"2 sec

            U = Darcy velocity, m/sec

           Kc = colloid - water partition coefficient of A, m3/g

           Cc = colloid concentration in water, g/m3

           Cw = dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

                                                                                            127
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                 DA2 = diffusivity of A in water, m2/sec

                  D' = ratio of colloidal species diffusivity to DA2, m2/sec

                    e = sediment porosity, m3 voids/m3 total volume

                    z = distance into sediment, m

              For hydrophobic organic  species, Kc should be of the same order as the parti-
              tion coefficient between water and sediment organic carbon, Koc.  In addition,
              Cc should be approximately defined by the DOC for hydrophobic organic
              contaminants if the particulate organic carbon is effectively scavenged by the
              sediment.  Finally, the diffusivity of the colloidal species in water is likely to
              be approximately the same as the diffusivity of the contaminant species, that
              is, D' is approximately equal to one since almost all organic species exhibit a
              water diffusivity of the order of 10~9 m2/sec.  With these assumptions, Equa-
              tion 53 can be written as  follows:


                     "A =  U (1 - KocCdoc) Cw  - DA2S'\l + KCCC) ^            (54)


              where

                  NA = flux of contaminant A is direction of bulk flow, g/m2 sec

                   U = Darcy velocity, m/sec

                  Kc = colloid - water partition coefficient of A, m3/g

                  Cw = dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

                 DA2 = diffusivity of A in water,  m2/sec

                    e = sediment porosity, m3 voids/m3 total volume

                  Cc = colloidal species concentration, g/m3

                    z = distance into sediment, m

              Equation 54 is based on equilibrium partitioning concepts and is, therefore,
              primarily applicable to organic contaminants.  Guidance on applying a modifi-
              cation of equilibrium partitioning to metals is  available in Chapter 4 in the
              section on a priori prediction.  However, there is no guidance available for
              colloidal species that might sorb metallic or elemental species.

                 Slow deposition and erosion. Deposition  and erosion processes move
              contaminants by exposing contaminated pore water and by movement of


128
                                        Chapter 6   Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       contaminants sorbed to the depositing or eroding particles.  For a particle
       deposition velocity Ud, the flux of contaminants by this process can be written

              "A =  UdCs  =  Ud («  +  PbKd + eCcKc)  Cw                      (55)


       where

          AT, =  flux of contaminant A in free water, g/m2 sec

          Ud =  net deposition velocity, m/sec

          Cs =  local sorbed concentration of A, typically concentration of A in cap
                 material  at cap-water interface, g/m3

            e =  local porosity,  m3 voids/m3 total volume

          pb =  local bulk density, g/m3

          Kd =  solids-water partition coefficient, m3/g

          Kc =  colloidal-water partition coefficient, mVg

          Cc =  colloidal species concentration, g/m3

          Cw =  local dissolved water concentration of A, g/m3

       The  first term in parenthesis in Equation 55 is that portion of the flux
       associated with the pore  water movement.  The third term in parenthesis
       represents that portion of the flux associated with the colloidal motion.  The
       second term in parenthesis represents the movement of contaminants sorbed to
       the depositing or eroding particles.

          Bioturbation.  Bioturbation is an effective means of moving dissolved and
       sorbed contaminants near the sediment-water interface.  Bioturbation is proba-
       bly the most significant mechanism for chemical transport from noneroding
       bottom sediments.  For lack of a better estimation method, bioturbation fluxes
       are often  modeled as  an effective diffusion process. For example, it has been
       estimated that bioturbation has  resulted in an effective particle diffusion coeffi-
       cient of about 10 cm2/year in New Bedford Harbor (Thibodeaux 1990).   This
       is approximately a factor of 10 smaller than the estimated molecular diffusiv-
       ity.  Since bioturbation is a particle movement process, however, the ratio of
       bioturbation to molecular diffusion is the order of DJ£JDA-i, for a contami-
       nant with a sediment-water partition coefficient of the order of 104 I/kg (for
       example,  PCBs in Indiana Harbor sediment (Environmental  Laboratory
       1987)), bioturbation in this case is approximately 103 times more rapid than
       molecular diffusion.  The bioturbation flux, assuming that it can be repre-
       sented by a diffusion  model, can  be written as follows:
                                                                                            1 29
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                                                                                     (56)
              where

                 NA = flux of contaminant A out of sediment, g/m2 sec

                 Db = effective bioturbation diffusion coefficient, m2/sec

                 Q = sorbed concentration of A, g/m3

                  z = distance  into sediment, m

                  € = sediment porosity, m3 voids/m3 total volume

                 pb = bulk density, g/m3

                 Kd = sediment- water partition coefficient, m3/g

                 Kc = colloidal-water partition coefficient,m3/g

                 Cc = colloid concentration in water, g/m3

                 Cw = dissolved concentration of A, g/m3

              Elimination of the organisms at the original sediment-water interface is a very
              effective means of reducing the migration of contaminants from the sediment
              into the overlying  water as well as an effective means of isolating the contami-
              nants from bottom-dwelling organisms.  Recolonization of the new sediment-
              water interface,  however, reduces the effective cap thickness.  Bioturbating
              species are limited to the upper sediment, and many  species are limited to
              aerated sediments  in the upper few centimeters.  Some species, however,
              burrow deeply into the sediment, and the occurrence of these organisms may
              require a deeper cap or elimination of the capping alternative in particular
              areas.  Assessment of this problem requires a survey of the type and density
              of the organisms in a particular contaminated sediment area prior to remedia-
              tion planning.

                 Combined process model.  The combination of all of the processes
              discussed above into a dynamic mass balance on the  capped sediment allows
              estimation of the contaminant flux through the cap.   The transient accumula-
              tion of the contaminant includes accumulation in the pore water, on the colloi-
              dal fraction in the pore water, and in the sorption sites in the cap.  If it is
              assumed as before that sediment- water partitioning is reversible, instantaneous
              and linear, the conservation equation for contaminant transport in the cap can
              be written as follows:
130
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       where /  is a retardation factor defined by
                                                                                (57)
              Rf =  1 +        + C^                                         (58)
       and



             e =  sediment porosity, m3 voids/m3 total volume



           Cw =  dissolved concentration of A, g/m3



             t =  time,  sec



           Ud =  net deposition velocity, m/sec



            f/ =  Darcy velocity, m/sec



           £c =  colloid-water partition coefficient, m3/g



           Cc =  colloid concentration in water, g/m3



             z =  distance  into sediment, m



           Db =  effective biotubation diffusion coefficient, m2/sec



           DA2 =  diffusivity of A in water, m2/g



           D' =  ratio of colloidal species diffusivity to DA2, m2/sec



            pb =  bulk density, g/m3



           Kd =  sediment-water partition coefficient, m3/g



       Dividing Equation 57 by Rf gives
                                                                                               131
Chapter 6 Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                       dt
                           +
                                     m
Rf
                                     D   F1/3
                                     UA2 e
dz
                                                                                      (59)
                                                  *f           Rf
              where V is the interstitial velocity, or U/e, and all other terms are as defined
              for Equation 57. The significance of the retardation factor, Rf, in Equation 59
              is evident from  its appearance in the denominator of several terms in the
              equation.  As indicated by Equation 58, Rf is always greater than or equal to
              one.  Thus, retardation reduces the significance of the terms that /fy-appears
              in, and thereby  retards the effective velocity or diffusion of a strongly sorbing
              contaminant.  The effective velocity is the bracketed term on the left-hand side
              of the equation while the effective diffusion coefficient is the bracketed term
              on the right-hand side of the equation.  Equation 59 assumes that the partition
              coefficients and colloid concentration are not spacially dependent.  Solutions
              of Equation 59 can be used to define concentration gradients in caps or,
              through the previously defined flux equations, determine contaminant fluxes at
              any time out of capped material.

                 Use of Equation 59 requires determination of the indicated parameters  and
              an appropriate means of using these parameters to define concentration or
              fluxes as a function of time or position.  Porosity and bulk density are sedi-
              ment or field parameters that are often measured or are  available.  Molecular
              diffusivity is a chemical-specific property that is tabulated or for which esti-
              mation methods are available (Lyman, Rheel, and Rosenblatt 1990; Reid,
              Prausnitz, and Sherwood 1977). Net deposition velocities and effective bio-
              turbation  diffusivities are site specific and difficult to measure since field data
              are often  limited to a small number of samples over short time periods. The
              time evolution of vertical contaminant concentration profiles in sediments  is
              needed before accurate estimates of bioturbation diffusion coefficients can be
              made.  Generally, groundwater gradients and hydraulic conductivities in the
              vicinity of a stream or lake are  not known with sufficient resolution to accu-
              rately predict groundwater flow velocities directly.  In most large lake sys-
              tems,  however, significant convective velocities are likely to be confined to
              the nearshore environment.  Finally, chemical partitioning data are chemical
              and sediment specific, and accurate determination of these terms require labo-
              ratory tests such as batch or continuous leaching tests as discussed in Contami-
              nant Losses During Pretreatment.  In the absence of specific laboratory
              characterization of the contaminant partitioning, estimation techniques can be
              employed for hydrophobic organic chemicals as discussed in Appendix B.

                  As previously indicated, in the absence of direct measurements, Cc and Kc
              are approximated by the dissolved organic carbon concentration and Koc,
              respectively, for hydrophobic organic chemicals.  A priori estimation of Koc is
              discussed in Appendix B.  Dissolved organic carbon concentration is difficult

132
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       to estimate without data from laboratory leach tests.  D', the ratio of the
       colloidal diffusivity to the effective contaminant diffusivity in the medium, can
       be estimated from information on the size of the colloidal matter or assumed
       to be approximately equal to 1. Thus, all of the parameters  in Equation 59
       can be estimated from sediment or cap chemical-physical properties deter-
       mined in laboratory testing or from field data.

          Use of the parameters  as defined by either field, laboratory,  or predictive
       estimation techniques to the estimation of concentrations or fluxes with or
       without a cap requires numerical or analytical solution of Equation 59. Ana-
       lytical solutions will be preferred here recognizing that simple physical sys-
       tems amenable to analytical solution are as sophisticated as can normally be
       justified by  the precision of the input parameters. Consistent with this goal,
       analytical solutions will be described  for the following:

          a.  Advective transport through a cap.

          b.  Steady-state diffusive flux through a capping layer.

          c.  Diffusive flux through capping layer at any time.

          d.  Time to diffusive breakthrough.

          e.  Time to diffusive steady-state flux.

       In each case, a cap is assumed to be placed  on a  contaminated sediment as
       shown in Figure 33.  The result of the capping process is a layer of thickness
       L of initially clean  capping material that isolates the contaminants from the
       bottom dwelling organisms and slows their release back into the water col-
       umn.  The sediments will be assumed to be sufficiently contaminated that the
       contaminant concentrations in the material below the original sediment-water
       interface remains essentially constant.  This assumption provides an  upper
       bound to the actual contaminant release rate.  The total depth, L, of  cap is
       assumed to  be composed of two layers, Leap, a layer in which advection or
       molecular diffusion dominate, and LBio, a layer in which bioturbation is the
       dominant transport process.  As will be indicated later, the rate of contaminant
       transport in the bioturbated layer is likely to be much greater than that through
       the remainder of the cap.  Therefore, the effective thickness of the cap is
       essentially equal to the total cap thickness minus  the bioturbation layer.

          Significant advection is an indication that capping may not be an  appro-
       priate containment  mechanism.  For compounds that can be sorbed by  the
       capping layer, a cap will provide containment for long periods of time, even
       in the presence of advection.  If advection is the dominant transport  process,
       the contaminant migrates  through the cap  at a rate given by U/Rf.  A break-
       through time, or the time until contaminants are observed in the water  above
       the cap, can thus be defined as
                                                                                            1 33
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                             WATER
                             BIOTURBATION
                             LAYER
                                                                              Lcap
                 CAP-C
                             MOLECULAR DIFFUSION
                             CONTROLLED LAYER
                                                                             LBio
                            CONTAMINATED
                            : SEDIMENT
              Figure 33.  Definition sketch for in situ capping losses
                                   R
                      'b,adv
                                 u
                                                                                     (60)
                 For highly sorbing compounds such as PCBs or PAHs, advective transport
              through the cap is still orders of magnitude smaller than the groundwater flow
              velocities as long as the cap retains some sorption capability.  A sand or
              gravel cap, however, will be relatively permeable and will exhibit little or no
              sorption,  resulting in rapid breakthrough if advective transport should occur.
              Caps composed of fine-grained material containing organic carbon will be
              both more sorptive and less permeable.  In addition, the extra resistance to
              flow posed by the presence of the capping layer is likely to divert ground-
              water  flows to  regions other than the capped sediment.  Finally, permeability
              control can always be achieved in particular situations by placement of a low
              permeability layer such as a bentonite-impregnated fiber mat that will reduce
              the expected advective flows to very low levels.  Thus,  it is expected that the
              sites most suitable for capping will have adequately low groundwater
134
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
       velocities or can be modified to reduce groundwater flows.  In these cases,
       molecular diffusion is expected to be the primary transport process in the cap,
       and the subsequent discussion of contaminant losses will focus on that process.

          In the molecular diffusion layer, the effective cap height is Leap and not L.
       Within this  layer of the cap, that is below the bioturbation layer, bioturbation
       is negligible.  In the region Leap, therefore, Equation 58 becomes
               dC,
                  w
                dt
                             ,1/3
Rf
           d2C.
                                                     w
                                        (61)
       The bracketed term on the right-hand side of Equation 61 is the effective
       diffusion coefficient in the cap.  This term accounts for facilitated transport
       and sorption.  As indicated by Equation 61,  the contaminant transport rate
       through the cap is reduced if sorption occurs in the cap, that is, Rf > 1.  For
       hydrophobic organic contaminants, this suggests that a high organic content
       cap should be chosen.

          In the region LBio, bioturbation is expected to be a much more rapid trans-
       port process for sorbing contaminants than molecular diffusion so that molec-
       ular diffusion can be neglected,  and Equation 59 becomes
                                                                              (62)
       Solutions of Equations 61 and 62 can be used to describe concentrations and
       fluxes of contaminants from the cap. Crank (1975) and Carslaw and Jaeger
       (1959) present solutions to equations of the form of Equations 61 and 62
       under a wide variety of boundary and initial conditions. In the sections that
       follow, selected solutions will be presented that describe contaminant flux
       through a cap initially clean of contaminants overlying  a contaminated sedi-
       ment layer of essentially constant concentration.

          The maximum release rate will occur after contaminants have penetrated
       through the entire cap.  Since the amount of contaminant in the original sedi-
       ment is assumed constant, steady-state solutions to Equations  61  and 62 exist
       that represent this upper bound flux. Steady-state forms of Equation 61
       (molecular diffusion layer) are given by
              0 =  DM  e"3 (l + D'C                                      (63-a)


       and for£>' = 1,
                                                                                            135
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                                                                       (63-b)
where


   DA2  = diffusivity of A in water, m2/sec


      e  = porosity, m3 voids/m3 total


    D'  = ratio of colloidal species diffusivity to DA2, m2/sec


    Cc  = colloid concentration in water, g/m3


    Kc  = colloid-water partition coefficient, m3/g


    Cw  = water concentration of A, g/m3


      z  = distance up into cap, m


   Cpw  = pore water concentration of A, including colloidal bound,  g/m3


Under steady conditions, all sorption sites in the cap are filled and no transient
accumulation occurs.  As a result, the retardation factor, which represents this
transient accumulation, does not appear in Equations 63-a  and 63-b.


   Steady-state forms of Equation 62 (bioturbation layer) are given by



                       	                                           (64-a)
        ~    V " - "//   dz2


and
        0 =
                             <* CP»                                    (64-b)
 From Equations 63-b and 64-b, steady-state flux through the cap is given by:
        Nss = Kov (CpW - C *
(65)
 where
                           Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
                           cap
                                              c  Cc)
,1/3
       and
              Kb =  0.036
                             D
                               A2
                                       eRfDb
                !0.8
                   Cl/3
                                                           -i
       and
            Nss  =  steady-state flux, g/m2»s
            Kov  =  overall mass transfer coefficient, m/year
          Cpw°  =  pore water concentration in original sediment, g/m3
            C*  =  background water concentration above cap, g/m3
           DA2  =  diffusivity of A in water, m2/sec
              e  =  porosity, m3 voids/m3 total
            Kc  =  colloid-water partition coefficient, m3/g
            Cc  =  colloid concentration in water, g/m3
            Kb  =  benthic mass transfer coefficient, cm/year
             A  =  surface area of cap, yd2
              v  =  kinematic viscosity of water, cm2/sec
              v  =  current speed above cap, m/sec
            Sc  =  Schmidt  number, dimensionless = v/DM
            hd  =  effective depth of cap,  diffusive layer depth,  m
            hb  =  depth of bioturbation layer, m
       Equation 66 can be simplified by defining a coefficient R such that
                       e Rf
              R =
                                                   (66)
(67)
                         KCCC
                                                  (68)
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal
                                                                                             137

-------
              so that Equation 66 becomes
                                           T
                                           L
                                            Bio
                              DA2 e1'3    R Db    Kb
                                                                                      (69)
              Techniques for predicting the pore water contaminant concentration, Cw,
              below the original sediment-water interface were previously discussed in the
              section on leachate quality.  If a low solubility chemical  is present as a pure
              phase in the original uncapped sediment, Cw is limited by that solubility.  As
              indicated previously, one advantage of the cap is that direct exposure of chem-
              icals in a pure phase is eliminated, and the pore  water processes that control
              are thermodynamically limited in their capacity for contaminant transport.

                 Equation 65 is written with pore water concentration  (dissolved plus col-
              loidally bound) as the input variable.  The dissolved plus colloidally bound
              concentration is operationally defined as the dissolved fraction in that it is the
              concentration that is measured after filtering the  water.  Thus the normally
              available dissolved concentration contains both dissolved and colloidally bound
              contaminant, and Equation 65 is the appropriate  equation to use.  In addition,
              partition coefficients between sediment and water usually are measured by
              employing the operational definition of dissolved.  That is, the water concen-
              tration predicted by such a partition coefficient would be total pore water
              concentration or the sum of the truly dissolved and the colloidal contaminant,
              and again Equation  65 would be the appropriate  equation to use with that
              concentration.

                  An equivalent equation could be written with truly dissolved concentration
              as the input variable and modified definition of the overall  mass transfer coef-
              ficient to include facilitated transport.  If only the truly dissolved concentra-
              tion is used, that is, if empirical relationships from the literature are used to
              estimate distribution coefficients, the pore water concentration is given by


                      Cpw = £  (1 +  KCCC)                                          (70)
              and the retardation coefficient is as previously defined.  As discussed in
              Appendix B, Kd is given by
               and
1 38
                                         Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
              Kd
Kc  K  Koc ~ T-
                                                                              (71-b)
       If K  - Koc and Cc is approximated by DOC, then
                                                                                (72)
       If pore water concentrations are estimated from sequential batch leach tests as
       previously described, then there is no need to adjust for facilitated transport.
       Leachate concentrations provided by this test include colloidally bound con-
       taminant.  Distribution coefficients obtained from sequential batch leach tests
       also include the influence of colloids.  Retardation factors obtained from
       sequential  batch leach tests, therefore,  should not be corrected to account for
       facilitated  transport.  In this case, Equations 63-b or 64-a should be used, and
       the retardation factor in these equations becomes
Rf = 1  +
                                                                               (73)
          The steady-state flux given by Equation 65 is an upper bound to the actual
       release rate. If significant sorption occurs in the cap, the time required to
       reach steady state can be very long.  Solution of the transient flux equation,
       Equation 61, in the molecular diffusion layer of the cap suggests that the ratio
       of the release rate from the top of the cap at any time to the steady-state rate
       is given by (Thoma et al. 1993)
                    (t)
           =  1 + 2
                                       (-1)" exp
                                                         hi
(74)
       where

              RA(t) =  release rate of contaminant, at time t, g/sec

          RA(t-*oo) =  release rate of contaminant, at steady state, g/sec

                D^ =  effective diffusivity, bracketed term Equation 59, m2/sec

                 hd =  effective depth of cap diffusive layer, m

       From this solution, the time required to achieve a breakthrough flux that is
       0.05 percent of the steady-state flux is given by
Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal
                                                                                              139

-------
                     T  =  0.54   _                                                 (75)
                      b
              and the time required to achieve 95 percent of the steady-state diffusive flux
              through the cap without bioturbation is given by
                     r, = 3.69     '                                                (76)
              where TW is the time required for the instantaneous flux to approach the
              maximum value, that is, the steady-state flux given by Equation 74. Since the
              effective diffusivity for a sorbing compound may be of the order of
              10"9 cm2/sec, this suggests that it could take thousands of years to  achieve the
              steady-state release rate defined by Equation 65.  It should be realized that
              even the steady-state release rate is still orders of magnitude lower than the
              release rate from the uncapped contaminated sediment.

                 The model equations presented have received experimental validation in
              small laboratory test cells in which the release rate of trichlorophenol was
              monitored (Wang et al. 1991;  Thoma et al. 1993). Field demonstrations of
              capping have been conducted,  and preliminary evaluations of capping effec-
              tiveness have been published (O'Connor and O'Connor 1983; Brannon et al.
              1985; Truitt 1986b; Brannon et al. 1986).  The information presented in these
              evaluations is insufficient to determine the field validity of the in situ model
              equations, primarily due  to the long time required for measurable contaminant
              migration.  In addition, the model equations discussed for in situ capping
              provide estimates of minimum losses because they do not account for losses
              during placement and cap consolidation and erosion.

                 Long-term capping model summary. The general theoretical  framework
              for modeling long-term capping effectiveness was presented.  The  general
              model  includes the following transport processes: molecular diffusion, advec-
              tion, dispersion associated with advection, low-order deposition/erosion
              (excludes storm events), bioturbation, and sorption by capping material.
              Simple  model equations that neglect deposition/erosion, bioturbation,  advec-
              tion, and dispersion were presented.  These model equations indicate that
              hydrophobic organic chemicals in sediments can be isolated from the overly-
              ing water column as long as the cap is stable, cap thickness is sufficient to
              eliminate bioturbation, and advective transport is less than diffusive transport.
140
                                        Chapter 6  Contaminant Losses for In Situ Capping and Capped Disposal

-------
      7     Contaminant  Losses  During
              Effluent  and  Leachate
              Treatment
      Background

         After contaminated sediment has been removed by dredging, effluent and
      leachate discharges may be generated during pretreatment, treatment, and
      disposal operations. Effluent is generated during pretreatment by dewatering
      processes, during hydraulic disposal in CDFs, during mechanical placement in
      nearshore and in-water CDFs, and as a process waste stream during dredged
      material treatment. Leachate is generated at pretreatment and CDFs as a
      result of consolidation of dredged materials  and infiltration and percolation of
      rainfall.

         Both effluent and leachate may be collected for treatment and/or disposal,
      or may be allowed to dissipate to the surrounding soil and waters. This
      chapter addresses contaminant losses associated with various treatment alterna-
      tives for effluent and leachate and will not address potential losses associated
      with release of untreated effluent and leachate.  Untreated  effluent and leach-
      ate losses can be estimated using the predictive techniques  discussed in
      Chapter 4.

         Leachate and effluent from a single source will contain essentially the same
      contaminants, with the primary differences being the respective volumes gen-
      erated, concentrations of contaminants, oxidation-reduction potential, and pH.
      Assuming the effects of the variable loading conditions can be effectively
      managed, process efficiency data are needed in order to estimate contaminant
      losses for treatment processes applied to effluent and leachate.  Process effi-
      ciency is a function of initial contaminant concentrations, waste stream charac-
      teristics, process design, and unit operation  and maintenance.  At best, ranges
      in process efficiency can be estimated a priori.  Bench- and pilot-scale testing
      is required to determine treatment effectiveness for specific processes and
      waste streams. In most cases, complete destruction of contaminants is not
      feasible, and some contaminant loss will occur in process waste streams.
                                                                                  141
Chapter 7 Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
                The contaminants identified at the areas of concern under the ARCS pro-
             gram include PCBs, heavy metals,  and PAHs.  Other organic priority pollut-
             ants have been identified, but are generally present at concentrations of less
             than 1 mg/kg. Removal of suspended solids, organic contaminants, nutrients,
             ammonia, oxygen-demanding materials, oil and grease, and heavy metals can
             also be of concern for dredged material leachate and effluent.  Three treatment
             technology types may be needed as follows:  organic chemical removal or
             treatment, suspended solids removal, and heavy metals removal.
             Contaminant Loss  Estimation

                Estimation of contaminant losses during effluent and leachate treatment is
             based on a materials balance of the process treatment train.  A process flow-
             chart should identify waste streams through which contaminants can escape
             treatment or control.  An example is shown in Figure 34. Process flowcharts
             can be developed from site-specific bench- or pilot-scale treatability studies or
             from treatability studies conducted on similar wastewaters. Sediment sampling
             and appropriate laboratory tests as described  in Chapter 4 are necessary to
             determine effluent and leachate characteristics and contaminant concentrations.
             Information on effluent and leachate characteristics, anticipated effluent and
             leachate flows, and treatment process efficiencies, is needed before treatment
             process trains and flowcharts can be fully developed.

                Aqueous treatability data are available for many potentially applicable
             treatment technologies that can be used for a priori estimation of contaminant
             losses.  These data, while suitable for planning level assessments, treatment
             process screening, and contaminant loss estimation, are not always suitable for
             site-specific design calculations. For this reason, bench- and/or pilot-scale
             treatability studies are usually needed to fully evaluate candidate  treatment
             technologies.  Treatability studies should be conducted such that  the informa-
             tion needed to estimate contaminant losses is obtained in addition to the infor-
             mation needed for full-scale design.

                Sources of information on treatment efficiency include Cullinane et al.
             (1986), Berger (1987), Corbitt (1989), and Averett et al. (1990).  Emerging
             treatment technologies can be found in the USEPA site technology profiles
             (USEPA  1993b).  In  addition, computerized  databases are available from the
             USEPA Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory (RREL) (USEPA 1992), the
             Vender Information System for Innovative Treatment Technologies (VISITT)
             (USEPA  1993c), and SEDiment Treatment Technologies Database (SEDTEC)
             (Wastewater Technology Centre 1993).  The RREL database contains
              1,166 chemical compounds and over 9,200 sets of treatability data.  It is
             available in diskette form for MS DOS personal computers and is menu driven
              and easy to use.  Table 10 illustrates some of the information available on
              treatment processes available in the RREL database on aqueous waste steams.
              The data listed in Table 10 represent composite results for a variety of wastes
142
                                       Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
                                              DREDGED MATERIAL
                                                                            *- ATMOSPHERE
                                                DISCHARGE
       Figure 34.  Example effluent/leachate treatment process flowchart

       (domestic wastewater, industrial wastewater, synthetic wastewater, etc.),
       scales of treatment (bench, pilot, and full), and contaminant concentrations
       (low,  medium, and high).  Designers and planners should consult the RREL
       database or other sources for more detailed information on specific treatment
       performance. In the remainder of this chapter, selected treatment technologies
       identified by Averett et al. (1990) are briefly examined for process basics and
       information on treatment efficiencies.  These technologies are listed in
       Table 11. The list of treatment technologies in Table  11 is not exhaustive,
       and designers of effluent and leachate treatment systems could consider other
       treatment technologies.
       Organic Treatment Technologies

       Carbon adsorption

          Process description. Carbon adsorption is an effective treatment process
       for soluble organic compounds, and its use typically follows biological
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment
                                                                                         143

-------
Table 10
Selected Removal Efficiencies for Aqueous Waste Streams (From
RREL Treatability Database (USEPA 1992))
Chemical
Arsenic
Cadmium
Copper
Chromium
Lead
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
Acenaphtnene
Benzo(ghi)perylene
Fluoranthene
Treatment Process
CHPT
FIL
CAC
CHPT
FIL
CAC
CHPT
FIL
CAC
CHPT
FIL
CAC
CHPT
FIL
CAC
API
SED
CHOX(CL)
CHOX(OZ)
PACT
CHOX(CL)
CHOX(CL)
CHOX(OZ)
PACT
Percent Removed
30-90 +
17
34-92
38-99 +
25 -49
0-80
27-99
0-75
19-95
0-99 +
47 - 90
19-95
0-99 +
21 -66
39-99
18
52
48
91
90
73
8 -44
99 +
77
Note: Composite information not intended for design calculations.
CHOX(CL): chemical oxidation using chlorine.
CHOX(OZ): chemical oxidation using ozone.
CHPT: chemical precipitation.
FIL: filtration.
CAC: chemically assisted clarification.
API: American Petroleum Institute oil/water separator.
SED: sedimentation.
PACT: powered activated carbon.
144
                                             Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
Table 1 1
Process Options for Effluent/Leachate Component Technology
Types (From Averett et al. 1990)
Metal Removal
Flocculation/coagulation
Ion exchange
Permeable treatment
Bed/dikes
Precipitation
Coagulation flocculation
Constructed Wetlands
Organic Removal
Carbon adsorption
Oil separation
Floating skimmers
Gravity separation
Coalescing plate separator
Chemical oxidation of organics
Ozonation
Resin Adsorption
Ultraviolet IUV) hydrogen peroxide
UV/ozonation
Constructed Wetlands
Suspended-Solids Removal
Chemical clarification
Granular media filtration
Membrane microfiltration
Constructed Wetlands
       treatment or granular media filtration.  Oil and grease concentrations greater
       than 10 mg/t in the influent necessitate pretreatment in order to protect the
       hydraulic and adsorptive capacity of the carbon.  Air stripping may be utilized
       for this, but adds significantly to the overall cost of the treatment process.  Oil
       skimmers and coalescing plate skimmers, discussed later, can be used to
       remove oil and grease, but may not be effective in reducing oil and grease
       concentrations to 10 mg/t without the attendant use of de-emulsifying
       processes.  Another alternative is to sacrifice the top layers of the carbon bed.
       Wastewaters with insoluble oil and grease concentrations as high as 50 mg/t
       have been successfully treated in this manner.  Suspended solids concentra-
       tions also influence process efficiency and column life. For fluids with a
       viscosity near that of water, downflow columns are suitable for influents
       containing suspended solids at concentrations of up to 65 to 70 mg/£.  Upflow
       columns can handle more viscous fluids, but require suspended solids concen-
       trations less than 50 mg/t (Cullinane et al. 1986).  High concentrations of
       calcium  carbonate or calcium  sulfate will coat granular activated carbon which
       cannot then be regenerated. This can be dealt with by pH adjustment or by
       the addition of a scale inhibitor (Berger 1987).

          Carbon adsorption processes will reduce BOD, COD, and TOC in addition
       to specific organic compounds.  In  general,  carbon adsorption is not as effec-
       tive for polar organic molecules as  it  is for nonpolar organic molecules. Non-
       polar organics are hydrophobic and as a result have high adsorption potential
       and low solubilities.  Low solubility humic and fulvic acids sorb readily and
       may exhaust the carbon. Carbon adsorption is reportedly very effective in the
       removal of PCBs, with tests resulting in levels less than 1 p.g/1 (Carpenter
       1986).  Shuckrow,  Pajak, and Osheka (1981) report percent reductions of
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment
                                                                                            145

-------
              92.5 to 99.9+ percent reduction for PCBs.  For multicontaminant systems,
              competitive adsorption can reduce the removal rates of some compounds by
              50 to 60 percent (Shuckrow, Pajak, and Osheka 1981).

                 Process waste streams. Process waste streams from carbon adsorption
              units vary according to unit design. The waste streams common to all carbon
              adsorption units are spent carbon and process effluent.  Other potential waste
              streams are offgases and backwash waters.  Since contaminants are removed
              by sorption to the carbon, spent carbon is the primary waste stream.  Regen-
              eration of spent carbon is usually accomplished thermally and may involve a
              gas phase contaminant release.  Losses associated with the process effluent
              should by design be acceptable, that is, the treatment unit should meet given
              performance standards.  Performance standards can be met by  additional
              treatment if necessary.
              Oil separation

                 Process description.  Oily compounds foul the surfaces of exchangers,
              sorbents, and filters diminishing process effectiveness and shortening the
              useful life of the equipment. Oil and grease must be removed prior to ion
              exchange, carbon adsorption, and filtration.  Oil separation can be achieved
              with continuous or batch processes. Continuous processes such as floating
              skimmers and coalescing plate separators rely on gravity separation and
              require very low flow rates to be effective (Corbitt 1989; Averett et al.  1990).

                 The effectiveness of oil separation methods varies with the nature of the oil
              in solution, flow rate, temperature, and pH.  Gravity separation can poten-
              tially be very effective in oil removal if a process train is developed that is
              appropriate for the characteristics of the fluid.  Where the free oil concentra-
              tion exceeds 1,000 mg/£, a separator must precede coalescing units in order to
              prevent fouling with excess oil.  Oil skimmers can potentially remove 99  per-
              cent of free oil at the water surface, provided oil loading rates do not exceed
              the capacity of the skimmer.  Process efficiency will ultimately be determined
              by the distribution of soluble and emulsified oil and the effectiveness of floc-
              culants and de-emulsifiers.

                 Process waste streams.  Process waste streams for oil and grease removal
              technologies include removed oil and grease, process effluent, and gasses  and
              vapors.  The oil and grease that is removed may contain significant amounts
              of contaminants such as PCBs.  For this reason,  the oil and grease stream is
              usually subjected to further treatment, such as  incineration.
              Oxidation

                 Process description.  Chemical oxidation is based on the reaction of
              chemical oxidants with wastewater constituents to transform and degrade
              contaminants.  Oxidants include chlorine, ozone (discussed separately below),

146
                                        Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
      permanganate, peroxide, fluorine, and hypochlorite.  Chemical oxidation can
      be used for treatment of dilute influents containing oxidizable organics.  It is
      not suitable for complex waste streams, due to the nonselectivity of many
      oxidants. Highly concentrated waste streams require large inputs of oxidizing
      agents for this reason.  Chemical oxidation is also not suitable for highly
      halogenated organics.  Its use has been reported for aldehyde, mercaptans,
      phenols, benzidine, unsaturated acids, cyanide, certain pesticides, and as a
      pretreatment to biological treatment for refractory compounds.  It has limited
      application for slurries, tars, and sludges (Kiang and Metry 1982).  Incom-
      plete oxidation can occur, with the potential for the formation of toxic inter-
      mediate  oxidation products.

         Process  waste streams.  Process streams from chemical oxidation units are
      limited to the process effluent and, in some cases, vapors. Losses associated
      with the process effluent should by design be acceptable.
       Ozonation

          Process description.  Ozonation is an oxidation process applicable to
       aqueous streams containing less than 1 percent oxidizable compounds.  Many
       organic compounds and a few inorganic compounds are amenable to treatment
       with ozone.  Ozonation is especially useful for those compounds that are
       resistant to biological treatment.  Ozone is nonselective, oxidizing natural
       organics as well as contaminants (Averett et al. 1990).  Ozonation is  not
       suitable with sludges and solids.  As with other types of chemical oxidation,
       toxic end products sometimes result. Ozone is an aggressive oxidant, acutely
       toxic and corrosive, requiring special handling, equipment, and safety mea-
       sures.  An incidental benefit to ozonation is the increase of dissolved oxygen.

          Process waste streams.  Ozone reactors are usually sealed reactors  with
       only the inlet, outlet, and ozone piping present.  As such,  the only process
       waste streams for ozonation units is the process effluent.  Losses associated
       with the process effluent should by design be acceptable, that is, the treatment
       unit should meet given performance standards.  Additional treatment  is  usually
       not necessary.
       UV/hydrogen peroxide and UV/ozone

          Process description.  Hydrogen peroxide and ozone in combination with
       ultraviolet (UV) light are effective in oxidizing a wide variety of chemicals.
       Process efficiency varies with the target chemical(s) and general quality of the
       water to be treated.  Process efficiency is poorest with wastewaters that are
       highly colored or turbid.

          Process waste streams.  UV/hydrogen peroxide and UV/ozone oxidation
       units are usually sealed reactors with only the  inlet, outlet, and oxidant
       addition piping present.  As such,  the only process waste streams from

                                                                                            147
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
UV/hydrogen peroxide and UV/ozone oxidation units is the process effluent.
Losses associated with the process effluent should by design be acceptable.
Additional treatment is usually not necessary.
Resin adsorption

   Resin adsorption is applicable for the removal of color due to organic
material and to high levels of dissolved organics (Cullinane et al. 1986).  The
mechanism of removal is primarily sorption, and organics are inhibitory to the
function of ion exchange resins targeting other contaminants such as metals.

   Performance data for resin adsorption are limited, -and highly variable.
Published efficiencies for dilute solutions containing PCB congeners range
from approximately 20- to 100-percent removal.  Shuckrow, Pajak, and
Osheka (1981) reported 99-percent removal of PCBs at 100 ng/t by Amberlite
XAD-2. Other sources indicated similar efficiencies for this resin with PAHs.
Data for other resins and solution concentrations were not readily available.
Because of performance  variability between resins and under different operat-
ing conditions, treatability studies are  the most reliable method of determining
potential efficiency for a particular waste stream.

   Process  waste streams. Process waste streams from resin adsorption units
are similar to those from carbon adsorption units.   Major waste streams  are
spent resin  and process effluent.  Other potential waste streams that are design
and operation dependent are offgases and backwash waters. Since contami-
nants are removed  by  sorption to the resin, spent resin is the primary waste
stream.
 Constructed wetlands

    Process description.  Constructed pollution abatement wetlands can be
 designed to retain and degrade many pollutants, including toxic organic chem-
 icals. Natural wetlands also potentially retain and degrade pollutants; but in
 the context of remediation, discharge of effluent or leachate to a natural wet-
 land is not anticipated.  Constructed pollution abatement wetlands have been
 primarily used in tertiary treatment of municipal wastewaters and for pH
 adjustment of acid mine drainage (Hammer 1989).  The mechanisms of
 organic contaminant removal include adsorption, biodegradation, accumulation
 by microbes, and, to a lesser degree, plant uptake.

    Process waste streams.  Constructed wetlands are open systems with many
 contaminant migration pathways.  They are also extremely complicated sys-
 tems with many internal mechanisms for contaminant retention and degra-
 dation.   Loss pathways include volatile emissions, leachate seepage,
 biotranslocation, and discharged waters.  There are virtually no a priori and
 no laboratory-scale procedures for estimating contaminant losses from
 constructed wetlands.  Mesocosm studies (pilot-scale wetlands) can be

                           Chapter 7 Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
       conducted to obtain treatment process data needed for design (Rogers and
       Dunn 1992; Doyle, Myers, and Adrian 1993) and to estimate losses. Limited
       information on key wetland features, such as vegetative cover, vegetation
       type, area flooded, hydraulic retention time, etc., with organic chemical treat-
       ment process efficiency is available (Reed 1990; Phillips et al. 1993).  Little
       information is available on the removal of PCBs, PAHs, and similar chemicals
       in constructed wetlands.  A database on wastewater treatment using con-
       structed wetlands (North American Wetlands for Water Quality Treatment
       Database) is available from USEPA (USEPA 1994c).  The database includes
       178 sites and 203 separate systems.  Most of the treatment information in the
       database is limited to BOD and nutrients.
       Suspended  Solids  Removal  Technologies

       Chemical clarification

          Process description.  Chemical clarification is utilized to enhance gravity
       separation of suspended solids by the addition of chemicals that cause aggre-
       gation of particles in solution. Organic polyelectrolytes are of primary inter-
       est as the  flocculent for use under the ARCS program.  Synthetic flocculants,
       while more expensive than natural inorganic compounds,  require smaller doses
       to achieve the same treatment level.

          Schroeder (1983) conducted studies to verify earlier results obtained in the
       use of polyelectrolytes and to develop guidelines in the design and operation
       of chemical clarification facilities for dredged material slurries and super-
       natant.  As a result of these studies, all inorganic flocculants and all nonionic
       and anionic flocculants were eliminated in preliminary bench-scale tests, leav-
       ing 14 polymers that were tested on 0.84-, 1.26-, 1.69-, and 2.11-g/f
       suspensions (suspended-solids concentrations representative of selected CDF
       effluents). The more highly cationic and higher molecular weight polymers
       were most effective in bench-scale tests.

          Design of a system to achieve these treatment levels will be highly site and
       sediment specific.  Schroeder (1983) developed laboratory testing procedures
       to facilitate determination of appropriate mixing intensity and duration, settling
       time and volume requirements, and polymer dosages.  In general, polymer
       dosages are directly proportional to the turbidity to be treated, and inversely
       proportional to the amount of mixing. A properly designed and operated
       system can achieve average effluent suspended-solids concentrations on the
       order of 50 mg/f under continuous operation. Results may be somewhat
       variable due to the dynamic nature of the system.

          Process waste streams.  Several waste streams are possible with chemical
       clarification systems depending on design.  These waste streams include the
       process  effluent, leachate, volatile losses, and solids  removed from the sec-
       ondary settling basin.   If the secondary settling basin is designed for storage
       of solids as well as clarification,  then there will be no contaminant losses

                                                                                          149
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
             associated with removal and treatment/disposal of settled solids.  Volatile and
             leachate losses can be estimated using the techniques described in Chapter 4.
             Leachate losses can be controlled by lining the settling basins. The process
             effluent will likely be the major pathway for contaminant loss with most
             designs, even those that do not include a liner.  This loss can be reliably
             estimated using data from test procedures and design calculations described by
             Schroeder (1983).
              Granular media filtration

                Process description.  Granular media filtration is a polishing step for
              water that has been pretreated by settling or chemical clarification.  The water
              may be passed through permeable filter dikes or weirs, filter cells, or package
              filters.  Filter cells and sand-filled weirs are vertical flow filters that can be
              replaced or regenerated when exhausted.  Permeable dikes provide horizontal
              flow filtration and  are nonrenewable once clogged.  Package filters typically
              contain disposable  cartridges that can be replaced when the solids loading
              capacity has been reached.

                Granular media for suspended solids removal include fine gravel, sand,
              anthracite, and coal.  Sand-filled weirs can remove 60 to 98 percent of sus-
              pended solids, reducing the concentration to 5 to 10 mg/l for initial concen-
              trations up to 1 g/f.  Efficiencies up to 90 percent have been achieved for
              concrete filter cells with sand and carbon filter media (Averett et al.  1990).

                Process waste streams.  Waste streams from granular media filters include
              the process effluent,  backwash water,  spent media, and volatile emissions.
              Volatile emissions  can be estimated using the techniques described in Chap-
              ter 4. Design equations developed by Krizek, FitzPatrick, and Atmatzids
              (1976) can be used for a priori estimation of treatment efficiency for sus-
              pended solids and  particulate-bound contaminants.  For low-maintenance
              designs not requiring backwashing or media replacement, process water and
              volatile losses are  the two loss pathways of concern.  Systems in which the
              media is  not contained in a chamber or vessel, such as porous dikes, may also
              have a leachate pathway.  Systems that require periodic removal of spent
              media will have losses associated with the ultimate disposition of the spent
              media.
              Membrane microfiltration

                 Process description.  Membrane microfiltration can be effective for sus-
              pended solids concentrations of 10 to 5,000 mg/l,  with the incidental benefit
              of particle-associated contaminant removal  (Averett 1990).

                 Process waste streams.  Membrane microfiltration units produce two
              process waste streams, process effluent and the filter cake. The filter cake
              will probably contain most of the contaminant mass introduced into the unit.

1 50
                                        Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
       Ultimate disposition of this material (landfilling or further treatment), there-
       fore, is key to evaluating contaminant losses associated with membrane micro-
       filtration.  Spent membranes may also have to be considered.  The process
       effluent may contain dissolved chemicals that can be removed by further treat-
       ment if necessary.
       Constructed wetlands

          Process description.  Constructed pollution abatement wetlands can be
       very effective in removing sediment particles.  Sediment removal effectiveness
       depends on sediment load and constructed wetland design and operation.  The
       keys to effective removal are providing hydraulic retention times and quies-
       cent conditions sufficient for settling.  Establishment of emergent vegetation
       also plays an important role.  Although the study of sedimentation of wetlands
       has been somewhat limited, sedimentation has been extensively studied in
       river, reservoir,  and  wastewater engineering.  The design equations used for
       detention basins provide a suitable basis for estimating solids losses from
       wetlands constructed to treat effluent and leachate resulting from dredged
       material treatment.

          Process waste streams.  Suspended solids releases through water control
       structures is the primary mechanism for solids losses in constructed wetlands.
       Constructed wetlands properly designed to remove suspended solids routinely
       remove up to 90 percent of the total input (Reed 1990).
       Metals  Removal  Technologies

       Precipitation

          Process description.  Heavy metals can be precipitated from water as
       sulfides or  hydroxides with the addition of lime or sodium sulfide. Floccu-
       lants can also be used to enhance agglomeration of precipitate particles and
       resulting sedimentation. Chemical precipitation is most effective following
       sedimentation and prior to filtration.  Sulfides tend to be less soluble and more
       stable over a broad pH range than hydroxides. Theoretically, metals can be
       removed to their minimum solubility concentrations by adjusting the pH
       according to the behavior of a specific metal ion.  Where more than one metal
       is present,  more than one adjustment may have to be made,  and a composite
       pH at which all or several of the metals present approach their minimum
       solubility is commonly used.  Adequate process control can be difficult to
       achieve in precipitation units  if influent flows and concentrations vary widely.

          Process waste streams.  Process waste streams from precipitation systems
       are similar  to those from flocculation/coagulation systems.  These waste
       streams include process effluent, volatile emissions, and solids removed from
       clarifiers.  If the clarifier is designed for storage of solids as well as clarifica-
       tion, then there will be no contaminant  losses associated with removal and

                                                                                          151
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
              treatment/disposal of settled solids.  For systems that involve solids removal
              from clarifiers, there may be contaminant losses associated with ultimate
              disposition of precipitated solids.  Since precipitation systems are usually
              fabricated with steel or concrete, leachate is not a contaminant loss pathway
              for these systems.  Volatile losses can be estimated using the techniques
              described in Chapter 4.  Process effluent losses are best estimated from labo-
              ratory or pilot treatability studies.
              Flocculation/coagulation

                 Process description.  Of the two basic flocculants used to treat dredged
              material effluent, inorganic compounds and cationic polyelectrolytes are the
              most promising for freshwater slurries.  Cationic, anionic, and nonionic poly-
              electrolytes are all potentially effective for use with saltwater slurries (Averett
              et al.  1990).  As discussed previously in this chapter, suspended solids
              removals of 84 to 95 percent were achieved in field trials using polyelectrolyte
              flocculants. Given that heavy metals tend to associate with fine particles,
              metals-removal efficiencies are likely to be similar to suspended solids
              removal efficiencies. Flocculation added following precipitation treatment
              would remove precipitates formed from the soluble metals fractions as well.

                 Process waste streams.  Several waste streams are possible with
              flocculation/coagulation systems, depending on design.  These waste streams
              include process effluent, leachate, and volatile losses. In addition, there may
              be contaminant losses associated with ultimate disposition of solids removed
              from  clarifiers.  If the clarifier is designed for storage of solids as well as
              clarification, then there will be no contaminant losses associated with removal
              and treatment/disposal of settled solids.  Leachate losses will be negligible
              from  fabricated systems using steel or concrete.  Earthen basins as clarifiers
              will have a leachate pathway that can be minimized or eliminated using a
              liner.  Volatile and leachate losses can be estimated using the techniques
              described in Chapter 4.  Process effluent losses are best estimated from labo-
              ratory or pilot  treatability studies.
              Ion exchange

                 Process description.  Of the three major operating modes (fixed-bed con-
              current, fixed-bed countercurrent, and continuous countercurrent), the fixed
              bed countercurrent system is most common (Cullinane et al. 1986).  Use of a
              hydrogen exchange resin facilitates removal of anions, and the hydroxide form
              facilitates removal of cations.  For a mixed waste, resins in series targeting
              first the organics (polar and nonpolar resins) and then the ionic species (cat-
              ionic and anionic resins) are effective (Cullinane et al. 1986).  Ion exchange is
              valuable because of the selectivity exhibited by  exchange resins (Corbitt
               1989).  This selectivity varies with ionic strength, the relative concentrations
              of ions in solution, and to a lesser extent temperature and other factors.
              Natural ion exchange mediums include clay, zeolites, sulfonated coal, and

1 52
                                         Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
       peat.  Synthetic resins have the advantage of controllable properties and high
       capacity.

          Process waste streams.  Process waste streams from ion exchange resins
       are spent resin and process effluent.  Other potential waste streams that are
       design and operation dependent are offgases and backwash waters. Since
       contaminants are removed by  ion exchange with a resin, spent resin is the
       primary waste stream.  Depending on the ultimate disposition of spent resin,
       there may be losses associated with disposal of this material.  Losses associ-
       ated with the process effluent  should  by design be acceptable.  These losses
       can be controlled by additional treatment if necessary.  Data from bench- or
       pilot-scale treatability studies are needed for design and estimation of contami-
       nant losses.
       Permeable treatment beds/dikes

          Process description.  Permeable treatment beds and dikes were previously
       discussed under suspended solids treatment technologies.  Under optimum
       conditions, filtration through these structures will remove 60 to 98 percent of
       the suspended solids and sediment-bound contaminants (Cullinane 1986).
       They may be constructed using limestone,  crushed shell, activated carbon,
       glauconitic green sands (zeolites), or synthetic ion-exchange  resins at the core
       to effect ion exchange or precipitation reactions in addition to simple filtra-
       tion.  Permeable treatment beds and dikes  are capable of handling suspended
       solids concentrations up to 1 g/t (Averett et al.  1990).

          Process waste streams.  Process waste streams for permeable treatment
       beds and dikes are the same as previously  discussed under suspended solids
       treatment technologies.
       Constructed wetlands

          Process description. As previously discussed, constructed pollution abate-
       ment wetlands are capable of removing a wide spectrum of waterborne pollut-
       ants, including metals.  Metals can be immobilized in constructed wetland
       soils and sediments by biologically mediated reduction-oxidation (redox) and
       pH reactions. Microbes in constructed wetlands soils and sediments utilize
       available electron acceptors (oxygen, nitrate, ferric iron, sulfate, manganic
       manganese, and carbon dioxide) to accomplish electron transfer reactions
       required for obtaining energy from substrates (Turner and Patrick 1968).  In
       this  process, pH  is raised or lowered depending on starting conditions to near
       neutral.  Coupling of oxidation-reduction reactions with pH is a chemical
       thermodynamic requirement for these reactions (Ponnamperuma 1972).  Many
       metals are relatively insoluble at near neutral pH and low redox potential.
       Aerobic (high redox), acidic wastewaters introduced as subsurface flow to
       constructed wetlands  is neutralized with concomitant reduction  in dissolved
       metals. This basic principle has been effectively used to treat acid mine

                                                                                            1 53
Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
             drainage at numerous sites (Hammer 1989).  To date, however, sufficient data
             are not available for development of design equations or contaminant loss
             estimation algorithms.

                Process waste streams. Loss pathways include leachate seepage, biotrans-
             location, and discharged waters.  Discharged waters probably represent the
             major loss pathway for metals.  Wetlands constructed to process wastewaters
             from mining activities vary widely in their metals removal efficiencies
             (Phillips et al.  1993).  Wetlands can be very effective in removing metals
             (removal efficiencies greater than 90 percent) or can be completely ineffective.
             Mesocosm studies (pilot-scale wetlands) can be conducted to obtain treatment
             process data needed for design (Rogers and Dunn 1992;  Doyle, Myers, and
             Adrian 1993) and to estimate losses.
              Summary

                 Treatability data needed for screening candidate treatment processes are in
              some cases difficult to locate depending on the contaminants and treatment
              processes of interest.  Sources of information include Cullinane et al. (1986),
              Averett et al. (1990), Corbitt  (1989), Berger (1987), USEPA (1993b), and
              Wastewater Technology Centre (1993). In addition, treatment technology
              databases are available that provide information on treatment process perfor-
              mance  (USEPA 1992; USEPA 1993c; USEPA 1994c).  Process treatment
              efficiencies are usually given in terms of percent of contaminant removed.  In
              some cases, this is a function  of initial concentrations of contaminants. From
              percent removal data,  planning level assessments of contaminant losses during
              effluent and leachate treatment can be made.

                 Sediment sampling and appropriate bench-scale testing are necessary to
              determine effluent and leachate characteristics and concentrations  of contami-
              nants present. From this information and information on expected flow,
              candidate treatment processes for effluent and leachate can be evaluated in
              bench-scale treatability studies.  Treatment efficiencies and contaminant con-
              centrations in process streams can be calculated on a case-by-case basis once
              site-specific treatability data are available.

                 Treatability studies are considered to be a requisite part of any treatment
              design activity. The chemical and physical  interactions of waste components
              and treatment processes require careful evaluation for effective implementation
              of any treatment program. Attention to design and scale-up principles includ-
              ing consideration of process control is a key element in achieving optimum
              removal efficiencies and minimum contaminant releases.
1 54
                                        Chapter 7  Contaminant Losses During Effluent and Leachate Treatment

-------
      8      Contaminant  Losses  for  the
              No-Action Alternative
      Background

         The no-action alternative, as used in this report, describes an assessment of
      current contaminant concentrations in sediments at a site and of potential
      danger that may occur in the future if no remedial action is taken.  The
      assessment assumes that the natural events expected in a water body will be
      allowed to run their course with no changes made in the water body manage-
      ment plan (no changes in loads, dredging practices, etc.).  The no-action
      alternative also may be referred to as a baseline exposure assessment because
      it serves as a basis from which to compare all action alternatives.  With this
      baseline,  the relative benefits of remediation programs can be compared, and
      the time required for the system to cleanse itself can be estimated.
      Procedures for developing a no-action alternative

         The general steps in establishing a no-action alternative are described
      below. These steps are modified from guidance provided for conducting
      remedial investigations and feasibility studies under the Comprehensive Envi-
      ronmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA
      1989).

         Step 1.  The first step in the assessment of the no-action alternative, or
         baseline exposure assessment, is identification of potential pathways by
         which contaminants may migrate from a source to a point of contact that is
         considered hazardous to humans or to terrestrial or aquatic life.  This
         assessment includes identifying the mechanisms affecting the release of the
         chemical (e.g., from contaminated sediments) as well as the processes that
         may affect the environmental transport of the chemical (e.g., via sediment
         resuspension and food chain uptake). This identification step serves to
         focus the assessment on critical exposure pathways.

         Step 2.  Once the source(s) and release mechanisms have been identified
         for contaminants in surface waters, the no-action exposure assessment then

                                                                                   155
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                 turns to an analysis of the environmental transport and transformation of
                 the contaminants of concern.  This fate analysis considers the potential
                 environmental transport (e.g., surface water and groundwater); transforma-
                 tion (e.g., biodegradation, hydrolysis, and photolysis); and transfer mecha-
                 nisms (e.g., sorption and volatilization) to provide information on the
                 potential changes in the magnitude and extent of environmental
                 contamination.

                 Step 3.  Next, the actual and potential exposure points for receptors (e.g.,
                 humans and aquatic life) are identified.  As part of this evaluation, a
                 reasonable maximum exposure scenario should be developed that reflects
                 the type(s) and extent of the exposure that could occur based on the likely
                 or expected use of the site (or surrounding areas) in the future.

                 Step 4.  Information developed in the first three steps then is integrated to
                 produce quantitative and/or  qualitative estimates of the expected exposure
                 level(s) from the actual  or potential release of contaminants from the site.

                 Step 5.  A final step in the assessment is to establish the uncertainty associ-
                 ated with projections of contaminant fate.  This uncertainty assessment may
                 be both qualitative and quantitative.

                 Mathematical models are commonly used as the integrating tools to provide
              estimates of the expected exposure level(s) under future conditions.  Configur-
              ing contaminant fate and transport models to provide predictions requires the
              projection of environmental and physical/chemical conditions into the future.
              Because of the persistence of some chemicals, these modeling projections may
              extend to  30 years or longer.

                 The uncertainty associated with future projections  severely complicates the
              identification of the reasonable maximum exposure scenario and the use of
              contaminant transport and fate  models in the evaluation of the no-action alter-
              native.  Application of mathematical models  over the long time periods
              required for the assessment of  persistent chemicals is particularly difficult.
              Because the response time  of some chemicals is on the  order of 20 to
              100 years, the no-action alternative modeling scenario would have to be simu-
              lated for that period of time.  This introduces a level  of uncertainty on how
              projections  are made.  For example, an assessment of flows could be made
              using the  period of record flows for the  simulations.  However, the historical
              flow pattern may not be a good estimator of flow conditions for the future.
              The system could experience a major flood, the equivalent of which was not
              represented in the period of record.  Alternatively, a truly stochastic approach
              could be used based on the historical distribution of hydrology. However, a
              completely  stochastic approach is usually not feasible unless relatively simple
              models  of contaminant transport and fate are used, due  to the computational
              burden imposed by complex models.  Different approaches used in the model-
              ing scenario to evaluate the no-action  alternative  may produce different esti-
              mates of the time-to-recovery  or potential exposure levels in the future.


156
                                                 Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
          Because most persistent contaminants in aquatic systems are associated with
       sediments, they are moved or dispersed in association with major sediment
       resuspension events. Properly accounting for these events is  often very
       important.  For example, a 100-year flood event could be responsible for
       movement of 90 percent of the total contaminants, all in the course of a few
       days, with the contaminated sediments either being exposed or buried. Trying
       to account for the effects of large events is difficult.  Seldom  is there enough
       information  to allow for a complete analysis of these infrequent conditions.

          Not only must the flow and sediment transport be predicted for the future,
       but future land uses and exposure pathways must be considered during the
       evaluation of the no-action alternative.  The determination and the ultimate
       acceptance of the no-action alternative would be based on the reduction of
       contaminants in the water body and the subsequent reduction  in the associated
       risk of exposure.  This no-action reduction can be used as a comparison of the
       effectiveness of some proposed remedial action plans, where the calculated
       risks can be compared with that  of the baseline risk assessment.
       Levels of study complexity and uncertainty

          The level of effort required in the analysis of the environmental fate and
       transport of contaminants in the no-action assessment depends largely on the
       complexity of the site. The goal  is to gather sufficient information to ade-
       quately and accurately characterize the potential exposure from the site, while
       at the same time conducting the study as efficiently as possible.  Factors that
       may affect the level of effort required include (USEPA 1988): (a) the num-
       ber, concentration, and types of chemicals present and the areal extent of the
       contamination, (b) the quantity and quality of available supporting data, (c) the
       number and complexity of the exposure pathways (including the complexity of
       release sources and transport media), and (d) the required precision of analy-
       ses, which in turn depends  on site conditions.

          Evaluation of the no-action alternative usually requires the use of
       hydrodynamic/sediment transport and contaminant transport and fate models.
       However, the level of complexity of the modeling study may  vary for the
       reasons cited above.   There are basically three levels in which a no-action
       alternative can be conducted:

          a.  Screening Level—A.  simplified  modeling method or analytical equations
              can be used to give  rough estimates of contaminant mobility and con-
              centrations under a set of conditions.  This level is useful in addressing
              broad management questions over long time periods.

          b.  Descriptive Modeling—A  contaminant transport and  fate model could
              be set up on the water body using flows derived from historical records
              and sediment transport derived from sedimentation records. This
              approach bypasses the use of the hydrodynamic and  sediment transport
              model, but still provides insight in how the contaminant will react over

                                                                                           1 57
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                    long periods of time under variable flow and sediment transport
                    conditions.

                c.  Fully Predictive Modeling—A hydrodynamic and sediment transport
                    model could be utilized in predicting the flows and sediment transport
                    for the period of record.  This information would then be linked with
                    the fate and transport model.

                Most large water bodies in the United States have U.S. Geological Survey
              gauging stations or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration water
              elevation gauges from which one can obtain measured continuous flow or
              water surface elevations for the period of record required for the modeling
              study.  This type of information can be used in all three levels of modeling.
              These data can be analyzed to determine the variability of the water move-
              ment, and a probability distribution function (PDF) can be generated.  PDFs
              are used to determine the probability of different flow regimes occurring that
              might cause major scour events.  These major events and their associated
              probabilities can be incorporated into the no-action alternative modeling study.

                Degradation processes are known, or can be estimated reasonably well, for
              most contaminants.  Values for these processes would be entered into the
              contaminant transport and fate  model and used throughout  the simulation
              period.  However, the site-specific parameters used to describe the degrada-
              tion processes are usually determined using data available only over relatively
              short time periods in comparison to the time over which the no-action alterna-
              tive will be evaluated.

                The determination of the exposure pathway of concern will dictate the
              spatial and temporal resolution needed in the contaminant transport and fate
              model.  If the only  interest is in reduction of downstream loadings, large
              spatial compartments and temporal information may be adequate.

                The processing and averaging of data may affect the conclusions that
              result from the evaluation of the  no-action alternative.  To illustrate, down-
              stream contaminant concentrations using mean monthly flow data versus daily
              flow data are compared in Figure 35.  As illustrated, the differences between
              the calculated downstream concentrations are minimal.  However, if the expo-
              sure pathway is bioaccumulation of the contaminant in fish, the spatial and
              temporal prediction to model may be very important.  If this information was
              taken a step further and used in a bioaccumulation study, the arbitrary selec-
              tion of mean monthly flow data over daily flow data could lead to  differences
              in the predicted contaminant concentration in the biota.  Figure 36 shows the
              predicted contaminant concentrations in fish for a heavy organic-like  PCB.
              Although there is a difference  in the predicted fish concentration, the error is
              not large compared with the predicted exceedance of the U.S. Food and Drug
              Administration (FDA) action limit.  But, in the case of a light organic illus-
              trated by Figure 37, the selection of the flow  criteria can have an  impact on
              the  remediation decisions for the water body.  In this case,  the error is signifi-
              cant compared with the predicted exceedance  of the FDA action limit.
•1 C Q
                                                Chapter 8   Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                 0.16
                 0.14

              I


              O 0.12
              F
o
I
t-
1
s
                 0.08
                 0.06
                 0.04
                 0.02
                                              LEGEND

                                       	 DAILY FLOW

                                       	MEAN MONTHLY FLOW
                             50
                                      100
                                              150
                                                       200
                                                    TIME, DAYS
                                                                250
                                                          300
                                                                   350
                                                                            400
        Figure 35.  Daily versus mean monthly contaminant concentrations
                   14
                   12


                 I
                 Q.
                 z- 10
                 o

               I <
               tn oc
               C £  8
               O HI
               UJ O
                    ~
               111 >—  6
               OC z
               0- <
                 P  4
                 O
                 O
                      -It
                             50
                              BASED ON MEAN MONTHLY

                              FLOW AND CONCENTRATION

                              BASED ON DAILY FLOW

                              AND CONCENTRATION
                                      100
                                              150
                                                       200
                                                   TIME, DAYS
                                                               250
                                                                        300
                                                                  350
                                                                           400
        Figure 36.  Heavy organic bioaccumulation:  mean monthly versus daily flow and contami-
                   nant concentrations
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative
                                                                                             159

-------
  o
*<
           0.26
           0.24 -
           0.22 -
        O 0.20
       "- z
       O UJ
       111 U
       O O
       IU I-
       o: z
       a. <
         z
         5

         O
         o
    0.18
     0.16 -
     0.14
           0.12
           0.10
           0.08
                              BASED ON MEAN MONTHLY
                              FLOW AND CONCENTRATION
                              BASED ON DAILY FLOW AND
                              CONCENTRATION
                              100
                                      150      200     250
                                           TIME, DAYS
                                                              300
                                                                      350
                                                                              400
Figure 37.  Light organic bioaccumulation: mean monthly versus daily flow and
           concentration
               Modeling  the No-Action Alternative

                  The application of mathematical models to conduct a no-action alternative
               is a multistep process.  The steps for conducting a modeling study are
               illustrated in Figure 38. Water and sediment transport are first predicted so
               that this simulated information can be used by the contaminant transport and
               fate model.  Next, the hydrodynamic and sediment transport predictions are
               used along with the estimates  of contaminant loadings due to nonpoint/point
               source loadings to predict changes in chemical concentrations in water and
               sediments.  This gives time-variable contaminant concentration profiles for
               sediments and water column that can be utilized by bioaccumulation/food
               chain models to predict contaminant body burden for fish.
               Hydrodynamic models

                  To effectively predict the dissolved concentration of a contaminant, it is
               important to characterize the transport of water within the system.  The vari-
               ability and distribution of water column contaminant concentrations can often
               be largely explained by water transport alone. Water transport models are
 160
                                                 Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                           MODELING FRAMEWORK
                    HYDRODYNAMIC
                       MODEL
 SEDIMENT
TRANSPORT
                                 CONTAMINANT
                                  TRANSPORT
                                                         LOADING
                                                          STUDY
                                  FOOD CHAIN
                                     MODEL
       Figure 38.  Steps in modeling no-action alternatives

       based on a balance of water mass and, for hydrodynamic models, a balance of
       water momentum, which, like mass, is also a conservative property.

         Characterization of water transport may be descriptive or predictive,
       depending on the modeling approach. In a descriptive approach, flow patterns
       are measured directly or inferred from measurements.  The descriptive
       approach is often adequate where the system is very simple (hydraulically) or
       where only long-term, relatively crude estimates of water transport are
       required.

         Hydrodynamic models are used to predict changes in volumes, depths, and
       velocities in response to changes in upstream flows, downstream flows, water
       surface elevations, or bottom morphometry.  Hydrodynamic models can be
       used to predict flows for periods where direct measurements are not available.
       Hydrodynamic models also may be used to estimate changes in flows that may
       occur under future conditions, such as in evaluating the effects of changes in
       dredging patterns.
       Sediment transport models

          Adequately characterizing the movement of sediments is a critical step in
       the assessment of the no-action alternative.  There are two primary goals of
       the sediment transport component:  (a) to predict the movement of the sedi-
       ments themselves in order to estimate changes that may occur in patterns of
       erosion, deposition, and transport, and (b) to estimate the transport of the
       paniculate contaminant mass.  Sediment transport models are based  on a
       balance of sediment mass. As with water transport, sediment transport may
       be described or predicted  in mass balance studies. The descriptive approach
       has proven useful in providing crude estimates of the effects of sediment
       transport on contaminant distributions. However, sediment transport is a very
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative
                                                                                         161

-------
             dynamic process, and the assumption of steady-state solids behavior is a gross
             simplification.
                In predictive sediment transport models, resuspension and transport are
             computed using the output of a hydrodynamic model and the characteristics of
             the sediments.  The type of sediments of importance in contaminant studies
             are cohesive sediments (e.g., silts and clays) rather than noncohesive sedi-
             ments (e.g., sands).  The sediment transport model is used to predict changes
             in suspended solids concentrations, changes in sediment resuspension and
             deposition, and changes in the structure of the sediment bed.  As with hydro-
             dynamic models,  sediment transport models can be used to interpolate among
             existing measurements or to estimate sediment transport for conditions for
             which data are not available. The majority of sediment transport occurs under
             extreme (rare) events, such as storms on lakes and large run-off events in
             rivers.  Since data are often not available for these rare events,  sediment
             transport models  can be used to estimate transport under these conditions.
             For example, they may be used to estimate whether contaminated sediments
             may be buried or exposed under these conditions.  This information can be
             used in the evaluation of remedial actions as well as the no-action alternative.
             Sediment transport models may also be used to evaluate the impact of remov-
             ing or immobilizing sediments on subsequent erosion and deposition patterns.
             For example, if sediments are removed from a particular area, sediment trans-
             port models may  be used to estimate how long it may take for the area to fill
             in as well as to predict changes that may occur in deposition and erosion
             areas.  Table 12 suggests several hydrodynamic and sediment transport models
             that could be implemented in a no-action alternative modeling study.  This
             table is restricted to models that are in the public domain.  In addition to the
             models listed below,  a wide variety of models are available in the private
             sector that may be suitable for use in the evaluation of  the no-action
             alternative.
Table 12
Suggested Hydrodynamic and Sediment Transport Models
Hydrodynamic and Sediment Transport Models
Name
SED-3D
SED-2D
HEC-6
RIVMOD
DYNHYD
RMA
CE-QUAL-RIV1
DAM BREAK
Source
USEPA, Athens
USEPA, Athens
HEC, U.S. Army
USEPA, Athens
USEPA, Athens
WES, U.S. Army
WES, U.S. Army
US NWS
Dimension
3-D
2-D
1-D
1-D
1-D
2-D
1-D
1-D
Sediment
Transport
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Cohesive
Sediments
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Linked w/WQ
Models
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
162
                                                Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
          SED-3D.

          General description:  SED-3D is a circulation, sediment dispersion, resus-
       pension, and deposition model for far-field transport in lakes, estuaries,
       coastal areas, and other water bodies.  It employs approximate second-order
       closure scheme (Sheng and Eliason 1991).

          Capabilities and strength:  SED-3D  can be used to simulate water flow
       and sediment transport in various water bodies under the forcing of winds,
       tides, freshwater inflows, and density gradients, as influenced by Coriolis
       acceleration, complex bathymetry, and shoreline geometry.  The model can be
       run in a fully three-dimensional mode,  a two-dimensional vertically integrated
       x-y mode, or a two-dimensional x-z mode.  The model contains a free sur-
       face.  A simplified second-order closure model of turbulent transport is used
       to compute the vertical eddy viscosity and diffusivity in the three-dimensional
       equations.  The model contains six sediment transport processes—advection,
       turbulent diffusion,  settling/flocculation, deposition, erosion, and bed evolu-
       tion.  It is a "process-based" model rather than a "conceptual," "descriptive,"
       or "phenomenological" model.

          Limitations: The model may  need long computation times, which results
       in high computation costs.  Detailed data are required for simulations and
       calibration.  The model may have low efficiency when it is applied to a mean-
       dering river, as a rectangular domain is used in the model.
          SED-2D.

          General description:  SED-2D is a finite element hydrodynamic, cohesive
       sediment transport model for vertically averaged estuaries, rivers, and other
       unstratified water bodies (Hayter 1987).

          Capabilities and strengths: This model simulates two-dimensional surface
       water flow and cohesive sediment transport.  The effects of bottom, internal,
       and surface shear stresses and the Coriolis force are represented in the equa-
       tions of motion.  The following sediment-related properties are calculated:
       sediment bed structure (bed density and shear strength profiles, bed thickness
       and elevation), net change in bed elevation over a given interval of time, net
       vertical mass flux of sediment  over an interval of time, average amount  of
       time sediment particles are in suspension, and the downward flux of sediment
       onto the bed.  It can be efficiently applied to water  bodies having complex
       geometries due to the employment  of a finite element numerical scheme.

          Limitations:  SED-2D may not be suitable for long and continuous simula-
       tion application due to computation costs.  This model has not been com-
       pletely tested.
                                                                                          •I c o
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                HEC-6.

                General description:  HEC-6 is designed to simulate one-dimensional,
             steady, gradually varied water and sediment flow problems.

                Capabilities and strength: The model can predict long-term trends of
             scour and deposition in a stream channel.  It can be used to predict reservoir
             sedimentation, degradation of channel bed downstream from a dam, and the
             influence of dredging activities. Local inflows and outflows of water and
             sediment from tributaries and/or diversions can be included. It can analyze
             channel contraction required to either maintain navigation depths or diminish
             dredging requirements.  Its strength is its ability to simulate hydraulic sorting
             and bed armoring.  This is done by sediment transport and scour/degradation
             computations performed by grain-size fraction.

                Limitations:  HEC-6 is unable to directly simulate meandering phenome-
             non, local scouring, bank erosion,  and width adjustment.  It is not suitable  for
             rapidly changing flow conditions.   Equilibrium sediment transport capacity is
             assumed.  Density currents and bed forms are not accounted for.
                RIVMOD.

                General Description:  RIVMOD is an unsteady, hydrodynamic and sedi-
             ment transport riverine model that describes the longitudinal distributions of
             flow and sediment concentration in a one-dimensional water body through
             time (Hosseinipour and Martin 1991).

                Capabilities and strength: The model allows prediction of gradually or
             rapidly varying flows through time and space.  It includes time-varying lateral
             inflows. The sediment transport submodel predicts the transport of sediment
             through the channel network and the scour/deposition processes as well as bed
             level variations due to scour or deposition of materials. It can be applied to
             noncohesive sediments (sand) and/or cohesive (fine) materials.

                Limitations:  Flows are assumed to be advectively dominant, and the
             effect of eddy diffusivity is neglected.  Water surface slope is assumed to be
             small.  The model  in its present form does not include armoring and channel
             stabilization.  The cohesive sediment transport submodel does not account for
             suspended sediment deposition and resuspension.
                 DYNHYD.

                 General description:  DYNHYD is a simple link-node hydrodynamic
              model that simulates variable tidal cycles, wind, and unsteady flows.  It pro-
              duces an output file that can be linked with the contaminant model WASP4
              (described below) to supply the flows and volumes to the water quality model
              (Ambrose et al. 1987).

1 64
                                               Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
          Capabilities and strength:  When linked to WASP4, it simulates the
       movement and interaction of pollutants within the water.  Driven by variable
       upstream flows and downstream heads, simulations typically proceed at 1- to
       5-min intervals.  The resulting unsteady hydrodynamics are averaged over
       large time intervals and stored for later use by the water quality program.

          Limitations:  No sediment transport simulations.
          RMA(SED-2D).

          General description:  RMA (SED-2D) is developed for sediment problems
       in rivers, lakes, and estuaries.

          Capabilities and strength:  This is a two-dimensional, unsteady model. It
       can compute water surface elevations, current patterns, flow distributions
       around islands, flow at bridges having one or more relieving openings, flow
       in contracting and expanding reaches, flow into and off-channel storage for
       hydropower plants, flow at river junctions, and general flow patterns. The
       model can be used to compute sediment transport, deposition, and erosion in
       two-dimensional open channel flows. It is applicable to clay and/or sand bed
       sediments.

          Limitations:  Lengthy simulations are not feasible because of computation
       costs.  It is not designed for nearfield problems where flow structure interac-
       tions are important. Variations in velocity or constituent concentration with
       depth are not predicted. Only a single grain-size sediment can be analyzed,
       and armoring is not addressed.
          DAMBREAK.

          General description:  DAMBREAK is a dam-break flood forecasting
       model.  The model consists of a breach component, which utilizes simple
       parameters to provide a temporal and geometrical description of the breach
       (Fred 1988).

          Capabilities and strength:  This model computes the reservoir outflow
       hydrograph resulting from the breach via a broad-crested weir flow approxi-
       mation, which includes effects of submergence from downstream tailwater
       depths and corrections for approach velocities.  Also, the effects of storage
       depletion and upstream inflows on the computed outflow hydrograph are
       accounted for through storage routing within the reservoir.

          Limitations:  No sediment transport simulations.
                                                                                         1 65
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
                CE-QUAL-RIV1.

                General description: CE-QUAL-RTV1 is a one-dimensional (longitudi-
             nal), water quality model for unsteady flows in rivers and streams.  Output
             from the hydrodynamic part is used to drive the water quality model (Environ-
             mental Laboratory 1989).

                Capabilities and strength:  The model allows simulation of a branched
             river system with multiple hydraulic control structures, such as run-of-the-
             river dams, waterways, locks and dams, and regulation dams.  The model was
             developed to simulate highly unsteady flows that can occur on  regulated
             streams.

                Limitations: No sediment transport simulations.
              Contaminant transport models

                Mass balance models for contaminants may be employed to estimate poten-
              tial changes in contaminant concentrations for conditions prior to and after
              remediation.  The mass balance models can be used to predict chemical con-
              centrations in various media (water, sediments,  and fish).  These estimated
              concentrations can be used to calculate potential risks over time.  The mass
              balance models  vary in their complexity, from simple analytical calculations
              used to give rough screening level results to fully complex iterative models
              that can predict  the transport and fate of chemicals throughout time.

                In the application of the contaminant exposure models, the rate of change
              in mass  (accumulation) is equated to the transport of a contaminant into, out
              of, and within the system (via water flows or sediment flows for those mate-
              rials that sorb to sediments),  the mass added to  the system (via point and
              nonpoint loadings) minus the outputs and the quantities transformed and
              degraded within the system (via processes such  as volatilization, biodegra-
              dation, and photodegradation).  The output expected from the contaminant
              exposure model includes estimated contaminant concentrations in water and
              sediments (both paniculate and dissolved forms) as well as estimates of mass
              fluxes due to  inflows and loadings, outflows, degradation, and transformation
              processes.  Depending on the level of the modeling  effort,  the transport (via
              water and sediments) may be described or predicted using hydrodynamic and
              sediment transport models, which are then coupled with the contaminant
              model.  Table 13  suggests  several contaminant transport and fate models that
              could be utilized in a no-action alternative modeling study.
                 WASP4.

                 General description:  WASP is a generalized modeling framework for
              contaminant fate and transport in surface waters.  Based on the flexible


1 fifi
                                                Chapter 8 Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
Table 13
Suggested Fate and Transport Models
Fate and Transport Models for Organic Chemicals and Metals
Name
WASP4
EXAMS II
SMPTOX3
Source
USEPA, Athens
USEPA, Athens
USEPA, Athens
Dimension
1,2,3-D
1,2,3-D
1-D
Solution
Technique
Time Variable
Steady State
Analytical
Sediment
Transport
Y
N
N
Linked
w/Hydro.
Y
N
N
       compartment modeling approach, WASP can be applied in one, two, or three
       dimensions.  WASP4 predicts dissolved and sorbed chemical concentrations in
       the bed and overlying  waters (Ambrose et al. 1987).

         Capabilities and strength:  This model is time variable and can simulate
       three chemicals and three sediment size fractions simultaneously.  The model
       contains descriptive sediment resuspension/settling algorithms that allow for
       the modeling of sediment transport. The model provides linkages to hydro-
       dynamic models that provide changing flows and volumes to WASP on a
       time-step-to-time-step  fashion.

         Limitations: The model does not have the kinetics for simulating metals
       and oily wastes, although metals can be simulated descriptively using empiri-
       cal distribution coefficients.
          EXAMS II

          General description:  EXAMS is a generalized modeling framework based
       on the WASP4 transport system for  contaminant fate and transport in surface
       waters.  Based on the flexible compartment modeling approach, it can be
       applied in one, two, or three dimensions.  EXAMS predicts dissolved and
       sorbed chemical concentrations in the bed and overlying waters (Burns and
       Cline 1985).

          Capabilities and strength:  This model can run in a steady state or a
       quasi-dynamic mode,  three chemicals simultaneously.  It is effective for doing
       rapid evaluations of contaminant fate and transport.  The model executes  in
       both an interactive and batch mode.

          Limitations:  The model is difficult to  apply to a specific site.  The model
       does not simulate solids settling and resuspension.
Chapter 8  Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative
                                                                                          167

-------
                SMPTOX3.

                General description:  SMPTOX3 is a simplified analytical steady-state
             model that can calculate the distribution of contaminants in water and
             sediments.

                Capabilities  and strength:  The model requires very few data to calculate
             the distribution of chemicals.  The model uses travel times and calculates total
             chemical, sorbed chemical, and dissolved chemical.  The model has interac-
             tive data entry and graphical simulation results.  The model can be used for
             conducting screening-level calculations.

                Limitations:  The model is an analytical  steady-state model with rudimen-
             tary sediment/benthos algorithms.
              Food chain models

                 A food chain model is a mass balance model for contaminants where the
              rate of change in mass (accumulation) in each component of the food chain is
              equated to the transport of a contaminant into and out of that component (via
              ingestion, gill exchange, excretion, etc.) as well as internal  changes that may
              occur due to growth (dilution).  The food chain model enables one to assess
              the impact of remedial actions on contaminant concentrations within the food
              chain, given variations in concentrations derived from the contaminant expo-
              sure model.  Outputs from a food chain model include time-varying estimates
              of contaminant concentrations in each component of the food chain (Suarez et
              al. 1986).
              Summary

                 There are no fixed set of procedures for conducting No Action modeling
              exercises. The approach that is taken is site specific and requires various
              scenarios to be investigated and compared with the future exposure scenarios
              projected for the site.
168
                                               Chapter 8 Contaminant Losses for the No-Action Alternative

-------
       9      Dredged  Material  Treatment
          Dredged material that is contaminated to the extent that it requires
       decontamination or detoxification in order to meet environmental cleanup
       goals may be treated by one or more of a number of physical, chemical, or
       biological treatment options.  Treatment technologies reduce contamination
       levels, contaminant mobility, or toxicity for the dredged material by one of
       four ways:

          a.  Destroying the contaminants  or converting the contaminants  to less
             toxic forms.

          b.  Separating or extracting the contaminants from the sediment  solids.

          c.  Reducing the volume of contaminated material by separation of cleaner
             sediment particles from particles with greater affinity for the
             contaminants.

          d.  Physically and/or chemically  stabilizing the contaminants in the
             dredged material so that the contaminants are fixed to the solids and
             are resistant to contaminant losses by leaching, erosion,  volatilization,
             bioaccumulation, or other environmental pathways.

          Destruction technologies include  incineration, vitrification, chemical treat-
       ment, and biological treatment.  Separation or extraction technologies include
       solvent extraction, soil washing, and thermal desorption. Particle separation
       technologies include hydrocyclones,  classifiers, flotation, and screens. Stabili-
       zation or immobilization technologies include a variety of solidification tech-
       niques such as addition of lime and fly ash  or addition of Portland cement to
       create a solid product without free water. A comprehensive discussion of
       process options for various treatment technologies is provided in Averett et al.
       (1990).  Guidance on the selection and implementation of sediment treatment
       alternatives  is available in the "ARCS Remediation Guidance Document"
       (USEPA 1994a).

          Other components are always involved for remediation alternatives that
       involve treatment.  Sediment is usually removed  from the bottom of the water-
       way by dredging, transported to the  disposal site, and conditioned for treat-
       ment and/or temporarily stored in a  pretreatment facility prior to treatment.

                                                                                       159
Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment

-------
             Treatment processes generate solid and liquid residue, as well as air emis-
             sions. These streams may be subjected to further treatment or disposal.
             Estimation of contaminant losses from the steps leading up to treatment and
             from disposal have been discussed in previous chapters, and contaminant
             losses from liquid effluents were discussed previously.  Most treatment
             processes include treatment of air emissions as  an integral unit operation of
             the process with the treated gas stream being released to the atmosphere. For
             treatment processes, fractions of the contaminant in the  feed to the process
             may end up in the following  compartments:

               a.  Fraction destroyed or detoxified within the treatment process.

               b.  Fraction remaining in the treated dredged material.

               c.  Fraction released to the atmosphere.

               d.  Fraction associated with dilute liquid effluents.

               e.  Fraction associated with concentrated liquid effluents.

               /.  Fraction associated with solids enriched with contaminants due to
                   separation of cleaner solids or adsorption media.

             All treatment technologies do not generate all of the compartments listed
             above.


             Contaminant Loss  Pathways From Sediment
             Treatment Trains

                Figure 39 illustrates the potential contaminant release points from sediment
             treatment processes.  Not all treatment processes generate all of the air emis-
             sions and effluents shown in Figure 39.  The components  of the treatment
             train for a specific type of technology will dictate which pathways or compart-
             ments are important for that particular technology.  The one component com-
             mon to all treatment processes is the solids disposal block for the treated
             sediment and other solid residuals.  These materials will generally be sent to a
             disposal  site and are subject  to the same pathways as disposal of untreated
             sediment.  However, the contaminant levels in the treated sediment  will be
             considerably reduced compared with untreated  sediment, and the contaminant
             loads from treated sediment  in a disposal site would be  expected to  show a
             corresponding reduction.  Disposal pathway testing is recommended for the
             treated sediment to estimate  the magnitude of these releases.  Concentrated
             contaminant streams are  usually transported to  a hazardous waste treatment
             facility for destruction or disposal.  These  facilities are  presumed to have best
             available treatment and state-of-the-art controls; therefore, contaminant losses
             from this phase of the treatment operation will be assumed to be minimal.


' ' *-*                                                            Chapter 9 Dredged Material Treatment

-------
ADSORBENT/
SLUDGE/OIL


OFF-SITE
TREATMENT
FACILITY
            DREDGED^
            MATERIAL^
 SEDIMENT
TREATMENT
  SYSTEM
  PARTICLE
SEPARATION,
FEEDING, ETC.
                                                      CONCENTRATED
                                                       CONTAMINANT
                                                          (OIL)
       Figure 39.  Contaminant losses from sediment treatment process trains

       The applicability and importance of other emissions and effluents shown on
       Figure 39 for several technologies are discussed in the paragraphs that follow.
       Thermal destruction

          The most common type of thermal destruction technology is incineration,
       which has been demonstrated to be highly effective in destroying organic
       contaminants in soils and sediments.  The process basically involves heating
       the sediment to temperatures ranging from 1200 to 2900 T1 in the presence
       of oxygen to burn or oxidize the organic compounds in the sediment.  Most
       incinerators include a primary and a secondary combustion chamber.  The
       primary chamber partially destroys the contaminants and volatilizes the
       remainder of the contaminants from the sediment, which are further oxidized
       in the secondary chamber.  The sediment's residue after incineration is a dry
       ash or, for some innovative incineration processes, a dense slag or a glass-like
       product.  The gases from the combustion chamber pass through an emission
       control system, which usually consists  of a scrubber system, prior to  release
       to the atmosphere from the stack. The stack emissions are the contaminant
       1   To obtain Celsius (C) temperature readings from Fahrenheit (F) readings, use the following
       formula: C = (5/9) (F-32).

Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment
                                                    171

-------
             loss pathway of most concern for incineration systems.  Environmental regula-
             tions may require destruction and removal efficiencies (ORE) of 99.9999 per-
             cent for incineration of organic contaminants.  The ORE is calculated as the
             fraction of the contaminant mass fed to the incinerator that is released from
             the stack.  It usually does not include the residual contaminant in the treated
             ash, nor does it include the wastewater and solids generated by the scrubber
             system.  Residual organics in the ash and the scrubber releases are expected to
             be much less than 1 percent. However, volatile heavy metals, such as mer-
             cury and lead, may be volatilized in the combustion chambers and be released
             in the flue gas or concentrated in the scrubber wastewater.  The wastewater
             and ash may receive further treatment  to remove the contaminants or reduce
             contaminant mobility; whereas,  the flue gas is released to the environment and
             constitutes a contaminant loss.
             Thermal desorption

                 Thermal desorption physically separates volatile and semivolatile contami-
             nants from sediment by heating the sediment to temperatures ranging from
             200 to  1000 °F, usually in an inert atmosphere.  Water, organic contaminants,
             and some volatile metals are evaporated from the sediment solids and are
             subsequently captured or destroyed by the emission control system.  Conden-
             sation,  scrubbing, adsorption, incineration, and paniculate control processes
             are typical emission control system operations.  Dust generated during the
             drying  process is captured by cyclones or paniculate filters.  Potential contam-
             inant loss streams include  air from the emission control system stack, con-
             densed oils and organic contaminants, condensed water or scrubber water,
             collected dust, the residue after treatment, and contaminated activated carbon
             or other adsorption media. Except for the stack gases, these streams will be
             subjected to further treatment or disposal practices.  The oil will be  sent to  a
             hazardous waste treatment facility, the wastewater streams will be treated,
             probably onsite, and the particulates and residues will likely be placed in a
             disposal facility, either a landfill or a CDF.  Since thermal desorption pro-
             vides no treatment for heavy metals with the exception of mercury, metals in
              the solid residue will be a potential source for leachate contamination in the
              disposal site. Handling and transport of the dry, powdery residue will require
              control measures to minimize losses of contaminants as dust.
              Biological treatment

                 Biological treatment processes use microbes to degrade or transform
              organic contaminants to less toxic or nontoxic compounds.  Process options
              for bioremediation of sediments include bioslurry reactors, land-treatment
              systems, composting, and contained treatment facilities. Biosiurry systems
              produce a treated residue, air emissions, and wastewater. The other types of
              biotreatment systems generate a treated residue and may potentially generate
              air emissions and leachate. Wastewater, or leachate collection and treatment,
              and emission controls for bioslurry, contained land treatment, and composting

172
                                                                 Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment

-------
       systems would likely be part of the treatment train.  Emission estimates for
       land-treatment systems and for contained-treatment facilities without emission
       controls could be made using techniques described for CDFs.
       Extraction processes

          Extraction processes are nondestructive processes that generally separate
       contaminated sediment into solids, water, and an oily fraction containing the
       contaminants extracted from the sediment.  A number of different solvents
       may be used for the extraction, including water with surfactants (soil wash-
       ing), acetone, methanol, kerosene, triethylamine, and supercritical propane or
       carbon dioxide.  Most of the solvents are recovered and recycled into the
       process. Potential contaminant losses for extraction processes are the waste-
       water separated by the processes, the contaminant-rich oil, and the solids
       residue.  The wastewater would likely be treated onsite, and the oil phase
       would be sent to a hazardous waste treatment and disposal facility. Most of
       these processes can be closed to the atmosphere and do not have a positive gas
       release to the atmosphere.  Extraction processes for organics usually do not
       affect heavy metals,  and the metals remain with the residual solids.  Removal
       of heavy metals may be accomplished by a separate extraction train using an
       acid or  a chelating agent as the solvent.  This train would require a concentra-
       tion step for the heavy metals, which would have to be handled and disposed
       as a contaminated material.
       Chemical processes

          Chemical processes are destructive processes that use reagents, tempera-
       ture, or pressure to drive a chemical reaction with the contaminants  convert-
       ing them to environmentally acceptable materials.  A major class of chemical
       processes for sediment are the dechlorination processes for chlorinated hydro-
       carbons such as PCBs.  These processes generally operate in a closed environ-
       ment with a minimal release to the atmosphere.  Wastewater will be generated
       by the process  and will likely be treated onsite.  The residual sediment will
       contain traces of the organic contaminants and most of the heavy metals origi-
       nally present in the sediment.  Other chemical processes  that involve gas-
       phase reactions produce a stack emission that should be considered as a
       contaminant loss stream.
       Immobilization processes

          Immobilization processes alter a sediment's physical and/or chemical char-
       acteristics to reduce the potential for contaminants to be released from sedi-
       ment when placed in a disposal site. Once placed in the disposal site, similar
       techniques as used for confined disposal may be used to estimate losses, par-
       ticularly by  leacnates.  Air emissions during the process of mixing sediment
       with reagents or binders are likely, particularly when the solidification

                                                                                            173
Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment

-------
             reaction generates heat, such as for Portland cement and pozzolan processes.
             Several years ago, solidification was reported to destroy PCBs, but later
             investigations proved that the PCBs were volatilized during processing rather
             than being changed by the process.  One of the advantages of solidification
             processes is that they may virtually eliminate the effluent pathway and mini-
             mize the leachate pathway, since free water in the sediment is usually
             absorbed by the binder or becomes a part of a hydrated product.
             Particle separation processes

                Particle separation processes are usually considered as pretreatment
             processes  rather than treatment processes, particularly where the objective is
             to remove oversized material from the sediments to avoid interference with
             subsequent processing steps.  However,  they also offer treatment advantages
             by separation of the clean fraction of a sediment from the more contaminated
             sediment fraction in order to reduce the  volume of material requiring more
             costly treatment.  Many commonly used options are available from the mining
             and materials processing industries. Likely choices for sediments are hydro-
             cyclones,  screens, classifiers, and froth flotation.  Most of these operations
             process sediment as a slurry; therefore, a wastewater discharge or effluent will
             be produced by the process.  With or without treatment, contaminant will be
             released with this effluent. Also, air emissions are possible due to the agita-
             tion created by most of these processes.  If volatilization proves to be an
             important loss, the processing units may be housed and the emissions collected
             and treated.  Furthermore, the "clean" fraction will not be contaminant-free
             and will represent a potential loss of organic and inorganic contaminants at the
             disposal site.  The contaminant-rich fraction will be subjected to other treat-
             ment processes and the losses during these processes  must be considered.
              Techniques  for Estimating Contaminant Losses
              During Treatment

                 The wide range of chemical and physical characteristics for contaminated
              sediment, the strong affinity of most contaminants for fine-grain sediment
              particles, and limited application of treatment technologies to contaminated
              sediment offer challenges to development of estimating or modeling techniques
              to  estimate contaminant losses for various contaminant and treatment tech-
              nology combinations.  Basic mathematical models are likely available for
              simple process operations, such as extraction or thermal vaporization, applied
              to  single contaminants in relatively pure systems.  However, such models
              have not been validated for the sediment treatment technologies discussed here
              because of the limited database for evaluation of treatment technologies for
              contaminated sediment or soils and because of the wide range of sediment
              physical and chemical characteristics that impact treatment processes.  Devel-
              opment of models for specific treatment technologies is beyond the scope of
              this study.

1 74
                                                                Chapter 9 Dredged Material Treatment

-------
          Standard engineering practice for evaluation of the effectiveness of treat-
       ment technologies for any type of contaminated media (solids, liquids, or
       gases) is to perform a treatability study for a sample that is representative of
       the contaminated material.  In a management review of the Superfund Pro-
       gram, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA 1989) concluded
       "To evaluate the application of treatment technologies to particular sites, it is
       essential to conduct laboratory or pilot-scale tests on actual wastes from the
       site, including, if needed and feasible,  tests of actual operating units prior  to
       remedy selection."  The performance data generated by treatability studies
       will usually provide the contaminant concentrations for the residual sediment
       following treatment.  Contaminant concentrations and weights for side streams
       generated by a technology can also be determined from treatability studies, but
       the need for this information must be clearly identified as one of the objectives
       of the treatability study so that appropriate data will be  collected.  Treatability
       studies may be performed at bench-scale  and/or pilot-scale level. Features of
       each of these treatability study types are discussed below.
       Bench-scale treatability studies

          Bench-scale studies simulate the basic operation of a treatment process, but
       are performed in a laboratory using a small volume (1  to 20 t) of sediment.
       Individual operational parameters, such as chemical dosages, temperatures, or
       retention times, and variable waste characteristics can be evaluated for a num-
       ber of different conditions.  Bench-scale tests generally use laboratory glass-
       ware and carefully controlled conditions. The weights of solid or slurry and
       liquid streams can be accurately measured, which can be coupled with  con-
       taminant concentrations for each stream  to provide a mass balance around the
       process  for contaminants  of concern.  Side streams that include solid and
       liquid phases should be separated and each phase quantified to provide  infor-
       mation needed to  estimate the effectiveness of effluent treatment processes.
       One of the limitations of  bench-scale testing  is that the volumes of side
       streams  generated may be too small for contaminant analysis at low concentra-
       tions. Gaseous emissions are more difficult  to collect and measure, and air
       pollution control processes  are more  difficult to emulate in the laboratory in
       conjunction with the solids  treatment processes.  Other limitations of bench-
       scale studies include the volumes of the side streams  produced may be  insuffi-
       cient to  evaluate follow-on treatment  technologies,  and associated contaminant
       losses for the side streams,  and contaminant  losses for pretreatment and mate-
       rials handling processes are difficult to evaluate.
       Pilot-scale treatability studies

          Pilot-scale treatability studies are performed using significantly larger
       volumes of sediment and using equipment that is similar to prototype process-
       ing equipment but reduced in scale. Pilot tests are of sufficient scale to  mini-
       mize the physical and geometric effects of the test equipment on treatment
       performance and simulate effects such as mixing, wall effects,  generation of

                                                                                             175
Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment

-------
              residues, heat transfer, or other factors in performance of the process.  Infor-
              mation on performance, design, and cost are much improved over bench-scale
              tests.  USEPA (1989) stated "Pilot-scale testing produces the most accurate
              data on residuals generation, cross-media impacts, and treatment train require-
              ments."  Contaminant controls and losses can be evaluated for the primary
              unit operation and for auxiliary unit operations used to control side streams
              produced by the process, including gas streams and materials handling opera-
              tions. Pilot studies  can be planned to provide a mass balance for contaminants
              of concern around the process train, thereby providing the information to
              predict contaminant losses.  Pilot studies are much more expensive to per-
              form, and are generally executed after selection of a technology for a particu-
              lar site based on technology screening and bench-scale testing.
              Important contaminant loss components for treatability testing

                 Table 14 summarizes the important components of the treatment technolo-
              gies discussed previously that should be evaluated during treatability study
              testing in order to estimate  contaminant  losses.  The ARCS program per-
              formed this type of testing for a number of process options, and the reader is
              referred to the reports for these tests for detailed information on the relative
              magnitudes of each of the components for each type of technology. As was
              stated earlier, these processes and treatability studies for these processes are
              strongly influenced by sediment chemical and physical characteristics.  Gener-
              alization of the magnitude of these components into a table of guidance values
              can be misleading without complete information on how the treatability study
              was performed and complete laboratory  data.
176
                                                                Chapter 9  Dredged Material Treatment

-------
n
a
a.
to
n
a.
Table 14
Important Contaminant Loss Components for Treatment Technologies
Contaminant Loss
Stream
Residual Solids
Wastewater
Oil/Organics
Leachate
Stack gas
Adsorption Media
Scrubber water
Particulates
(Filter/
cyclone)
Treatment Technology Type
Biological
X
X






Chemical
X
X






Extraction
X
X
X


X


Thermal
Desorption
X
X
X

X
X

X
Thermal
Destruction
X



X

X
X
Immobilization1
X


X




Particle
Separation
X
X
X





1 Immobilization is a special case for contaminant loss estimates in that its primary objective is to reduce leaching of contaminants from the sediment. Long-term
contaminant losses must be estimated using leaching tests and contaminant transport modeling similar to that used for sediment placed in a CDF. Leaching could be
important for residual solids for other processes as well.

-------
             10   Example  Application  to
                    Contaminated  Sediments  in
                    the  Buffalo  River
            Introduction

               The remedial project discussed in this section is provided only for
            discussion and illustration purposes—the loss calculations are "paper"
            exercises. No actual field implementation is endorsed nor has occurred as
            a consequence of this report.

               This section describes example contaminant release calculations for a
            selected area of concern. The calculations illustrate the types of site-specific
            engineering assumptions that are required for implementation of the estimation
            techniques described in previous parts of this report. Example calculations are
            provided for losses from the following remediation components and
            remediation alternatives: sediment removal (dredging), in situ capping (non-
            removal remediation alternative), disposal without treatment in a CDF, and
            treatment  by thermal desorption.

               Depending on the remediation component or alternative, various types of
            results are obtained including concentrations, fluxes, and mass release rates.
            In each case, however, the results are reduced to one common denominator-
            contaminant mass loss per cubic meter of sediment remediated.  Contaminant
            loss estimates were normalized with respect to the volume of sediment for
            remediation to facilitate comparison of losses among remediation components
            and alternatives.  To put loss estimates on a common basis, judgment is
            needed about applicable time scales for analysis.  Judgment about which con-
            taminant loss mechanisms to include and a priori treatment process
            effectiveness also affects loss comparisons.

               Most of the calculations were implemented on commercially available
            mathematical software (MATHCAD Version 4.0, Mathsoft,  Inc., Cambridge,
            MA) that  allows  the user to present equations as if they were written on engi-
            neering paper. In one case, public domain software (the Hydrologic Evalua-
            tion of Landfill Performance computer model) was used to estimate leachate

178
                                 Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
       seepage from an upland CDF.  Preparation of this report did not involve
       computer model development, and no code was written to implement any of
       the estimation techniques.  Readers are directed to the fact that a single
       computer code is not available for implementation of the various estimation
       techniques described in this report.  Commercially available mathematical
       software is preferred by the authors  over commercially available spreadsheet
       type software because of problems with confirming if user-developed spread-
       sheet algorithms are error free.  With commercially  available mathematical
       software, the user is freed from the tedious task of checking cell addresses,
       consistency of cell addressing, mysterious  numbers in cells (unit conversion
       factors), and the sequential logic behind extensive calculation suites.
       Site Description

          The Buffalo River area of concern was selected for this effort.  This area is
       shown in Figure 40.  Two locations within the river were considered for
       demonstration of calculating the contaminant losses from the hypothetical
       implementation of remedial technologies, Dead Man's Creek and the Mobil
       Oil area. Contamination in the Dead Man's Creek area includes PAHs in the
       upper 50 to 100  cm of sediment.  The volume of contaminated sediment at
       this site is approximately 10,000 yd3.  The Mobil Oil site includes about
       40,000 yd3 of contaminated sediment,  again in the upper 50 to 100 cm.

          The sediments in both areas are composed of silts and clays with some
       sands.  Sediment samples from both sites also contain approximately 2 percent
       organic  carbon, which can sorb PAHs. A summary of sediment properties at
       these sites is found in Figure 41.

          Chemical analyses of the sediment from each site were used to identify
       target contaminants to be used in the analysis and their concentrations.  Four
       PAHs (anthracene, benzoanthracene, benzopyrene, and phenanthrene) were
       selected as indicator contaminants. Figure 41 lists two levels of contamina-
       tion, an average  and a high level. Average concentrations were determined by
       simple averaging within the contaminated sediment  regions.  High  concentra-
       tion levels were  determined by the average plus twice the standard  deviation
       among the samples. The high concentration  levels would represent the
       95-percent confidence limit if the sample concentrations were distributed
       normally. The data, however, were not normally distributed with respect  to
       concentration. Although the data were not normally distributed, the high level
       concentrations calculated were about the same as the highest observed concen-
       trations. Because the concentrations at Dead Man's Creek were slightly
       higher than those at the  Mobil Oil site and the sediments were otherwise
       similar, example contaminant loss release calculations focus  on estimating
       contaminant losses from the Dead Man's Creek site.  All other conditions
       being identical, the more concentrated sediment would be expected to result in
       higher contaminant loss  rates.
                                                                                          179
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                                                                                                  Q.
                                                                                                  CD

                                                                                                  E
                                                                                                  r
                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                  CD



                                                                                                  6


                                                                                                  CD


                                                                                                  05
180
                                           Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
          SITE 1: DEAD MAN'S CREEK

             Volume: 10,000 cu yd
             Sediment: silty clay, 40% porosity, bulk density 1.5 g/cm3, mean particle size 0.022
                      mm, 2% organic carbon
             CONTAMINANT

             Anthracene
             Benzoanthracene
             Benzopyrene
             Phenanthrene

          SITE 2: MOBIL OIL
   LOW LEVEL (MEAN)

    860 ^g/kg
   11 50 //g/kg
    770 //g/kg
   1780 //g/kg
HIGH (MEAN + 2ff)

2990 //g/kg
4450 //g/kg
2 7 60//g/kg
5 930//g/kg
             Volume: 40,000 cu yd
             Sediment: silty clay, 43% porosity, bulk density 1.4 g/cm3, mean particle size 0.02
                      mm,  2.4% organic carbon
             CONTAMINANT

             Anthracene
             Benzoanthracene
             Benzopyrene
             Phenanthrene
   LOW LEVEL (MEAN)

    800 //g/kg
    540 //g/kg
    340 //g/kg
   1420 //g/kg
HIGH (MEAN + 2ff)

2200 //g/kg
1800 //g/kg
 780 //g/kg
3790 //g/kg
       Figure 41.  Sediments and contaminants in Buffalo River AOC
           In addition to the sediment and contaminant properties identified in Fig-
       ure 41, river conditions influence contaminant losses during certain remedial
       activities such as capping in place.  The median discharge in the Buffalo River
       has been estimated at 300 cfs (27.9 m3/sec).  A rating curve has been
       developed for various locations in the river.  Dead Man's Creek is located
       about 2.8 km from the lake discharge of the river and the rating curves
       estimated at 2.4 km from the lake are1
               Depth(m)    h = 0.00258 Q + 7.2
                                            (77)
               Velocity(-)    v =
                        sec
                                              1
0.4089 + 1HI]
                  (78)
        where Q is flow (m3/sec).  These rating curves are valid for the region near
        Dead Man's Creek for river discharges up to about six times the median flow.
        The width of the river is about 82 m at this location.  River conditions
        described by Equations 77 and 78 were used to estimate losses associated with
        in situ capping.
        1  Personal Communication, 1992, U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.

Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                           181

-------
                Mean and high-sediment contamination levels for Dead Man's Creek were
             selectively used in the contaminant-loss calculations that follow.  Mean and
             high-sediment contamination levels were used to estimate losses during dredg-
             ing to illustrate the range in loss estimates that can be obtained using real site
             characterization data as input.  High sediment contamination levels were used
             to estimate losses for in situ capping.  Using the high sediment contamination
             levels to estimate losses for in situ capping is a worst case scenario since
             surficial sediments are more recent and often times cleaner.  Mean sediment
             contamination levels were used for estimating effluent and effluent treatment,
             leachate, and volatile losses from pretreatment and disposal facilities because
             dredging and dredged material placement/disposal tends to mix sediments.
             Mean sediment contamination levels were also used to estimate losses for
             thermal desorption processing of dredged material for the same reasons.
             Comparison of the alternatives was based on losses calculated using mean
             sediment contamination levels except for in situ capping.
             Contaminant  Losses During  Dredging

                Contaminant losses during dredging were estimated for both clamshell
             (mechanical) dredging and cutterhead (hydraulic) dredging of the Dead Man's
             Creek site.
              Clamshell dredge

                 Calculations for contaminant losses during clamshell dredging are pre-
              sented in Figures 42-45.  Sediment parameters were either measured or
              estimated from the available data. A key parameter in the evaluation of con-
              taminant losses during dredging is settling velocity, which was estimated from
              the mean grain size using Stoke's Law.  This law is valid for dilute suspen-
              sions of uniform grain-size particles and a Reynold's number less than 1
              (negligible inertial  effects). Given the range of grain sizes in typical
              sediments, a measured settling velocity would be preferred.

                 A 10-yd3 open clamshell bucket was assumed.  A closed bucket could be
              used.  Barnard (1978) estimated that closed buckets reduce turbidity by 30 to
              70 percent compared with open buckets. Applicability of correction factors
              based on Barnard (1978) to the Collins (1989) equations for sediment resus-
              pension, however, has not been demonstrated.  Advancements in closed
              bucket technology  that are currently available are not represented in either the
              Barnard (1978) or  Collins (1989) data. In a remediation project, the most
              technologically advanced and cost-effective  closed bucket  would  be preferred
              over a conventional open bucket.  The techniques presented and  illustrated in
              this report for conventional open buckets can be used to prepare loss estimates
              for comparison with vendor-supplied information on currently available
              closed-bucket  technology.
1 B2
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
           Sediment parameters
                Median grain diameter             d  - 0.022- mm              '


                Particle density                   p s = 2.65--=—
                                                           cm3

                Water density                     pw = 1-551
                                                         cm3

                Water viscosity                   \L  - 1.3MO"2- poise



                Settling velocity                  V o = d2-g-—	      V 3 = 0.001 • JL
                                                            18-ji                     sec

                                                       V3-d-pw
                Reynold's Number               N Re  r	         N Re = ° °06
                (Npe<1, required)                          fl
           Clamshell parameters

                Bucket volume                    V cb = 10-yd3
                Characteristic length of bucket      L cb = (2-V cb)          L cb = 8.143 -ft


                Clamshell cycle time               \ cb = 120-sec

                                                      Vcb                     vd3
                Dredged material production rate    W =	             W = 300 •—
                                                      Tcb                      hr

                                                 V conj
                Minimum dredging time            	= 33.333 -hr

                V
                   conr
                 Resuspended sediment cone.       Cp =0.0023-10" -pw-
                 (near bucket)

                 (Eq 10 of Text)                    C p = 555.S26-^
                                                               ,-6 _   /  L Cb
       Figure 42.  Clamshell dredge losses:  sediment and dredge properties
                                                                                         1 83
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
 Clamshell Operation



      Fraction of cycle in various modes (not used in this analysis)

             Falling = 40%



             Out of water = 10%



             Rising = 40%




      Dredging depth                    n b   2()'^




      Bohlen sweep area correction       y -4
  Calculation of sediment release



      Particle resuspension rate          R p   j-L cb2	C p       R p = 695 43 •——

      (Eq 11 of Text)                                 t cb                        sec
       Normalized resuspension rate       -— = 10.915 • — -
       Nakai (1978)"observed resuspension rate of 11.9 to 89 kg/m3 from bucket dredging
Figure 43.  Clamshell dredge losses:  resuspension calculations
184
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
             4 contaminants
             1-Anthracene
                      Avg Cone.
High Cone.
                                                                   i = 1..4
                                   .-    H,  =
                                    kg      '
                                                                      kg
2- Benzoanthracene   c
3- Benzopyrene
             4- Phenanthrene
                                                 ^   H   =4450-10'6-^
                                                  kg    2             kg
                                        770.]0-6.gm    H    276(MO-6.gm
                                    kg
                                                                      kg
                                      = 1780-
                                    ^   H  = 5930-lQ-6.^
                                     kg     4             kg
             Mean release rate    RM  = R p-C & ' High release rate      RH  = R p-H.
                               Mean
                               Contaminant
                               Release

                                 RM.
                                  High
                                  Contaminant
                                  Release

                                    RK
                  Contaminant
                                 gm

                                  hr
                                2.15
                                2.88
                                 1.93
                                4.46
                                             <— Anthracene
                                             <- Benzoanthracene

                                             <— Benzopyrene

                                             <- Phenanthrene
       Figure 44.  Clamshell dredge losses:  contaminant release
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                        185

-------
      Normalized contaminant loss in milligrams per cubic meter dredged.
              N
                M
                        N
                           H
                           "
-P
 W
                                       Normalized
                          Mean
                          Contaminant
                          Loss
                                  High
                                  Contaminant
                                  Loss
                                                  N
            Contaminant
                                                    H.
             /mg\
             U3/
                                                   mg

                            9.4
                            12.6
                            8.4
                            19.4
                                   32.6
                                   48.6
                                   64.7
              <- Anthracene
              <- Benzoanthracene
              <— Benzopyrene
              <— Phenanthrene
Figure 45.  Clamshell dredge losses:  normalized contaminant loss
                  The characteristic length of the bucket (8.14 ft)1 was estimated by assum-
               ing that the bucket was triangular in shape.  The cycle time from collection of
               sediment, raising the bucket, depositing the dredged material, and returning
               the bucket to the riverbed was assumed to be 120 sec.  Resuspended sediment
               concentration near the bucket was estimated using Equation 10. Resuspended
               sediment concentration in the water immediately surrounding the clamshell
               bucket was estimated to be about 560 g/m3 or 560 mg/t. This concentration
               would fall off rapidly with distance from the clamshell due to dilution.

                  The depth of dredging was assumed to be 20 ft,  river depth near Dead
               Man's Creek contaminated sediment area.  The Bohlen sweep area correction
               factor (typically 2-3) was chosen to be 2.  The particle resuspension rate was
               estimated (Equation 11) to be about 695 g/sec. Dividing the resuspension rate
               by the dredge production rate provides an estimate of 10.9 kg of resuspended
               sediment per cubic meter of sediment dredged. The resuspension estimate for
 186
1   A table of factors for converting non-Si units of measurement to SI units is presented on
page xiii.

                        Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
       Dead Man's Creek is near the lower end of the range reported by Nakai
       (1978) for mechanical dredges.

          The contaminant release rate (Figure 43) was estimated as the product of
       the sediment resuspension rate and contaminant concentrations in the sediment
       (Equation 12).  Contaminant release rates were estimated for both the mean
       and high-level concentrations.  The mean contaminant release rate ranged
       from 1.9 g/hr of benzopyrene to 4.6 mg/hr of phenanthrene.  The high con-
       centration release rate ranged from 6.9 g/hr of benzopyrene to 14.8 mg/hr for
       phenanthrene. Benzopyrene was the contaminant with the lowest concentra-
       tion in Dead Man's Creek sediment, and phenanthrene was the contaminant
       with the highest concentration in Dead Man's Creek sediment.

          Dredging losses normalized with respect to the volume of sediment
       dredged and were obtained as the product of normalized resuspension and
       sediment contaminant concentrations (Figure 44). Normalized losses for mean
       contamination levels were 8.4 mg/m3 to 19.4 mg/m3 for benzopyrene and
       phenanthrene, respectively, and for high contamination levels, normalized
       losses were 30 mg/m3 to 65 mg/m3 for benzopyrene and phenanthrene,
       respectively.
       Cutterhead dredge

          Calculations for contaminant losses during cutterhead dredging are pre-
       sented in Figures 46-49.  A cutterhead dredge with a cutterhead measuring
       2.5 ft long and 3 ft high was selected. The intake suction velocity, cutterhead
       swing velocity, and cutterhead tangential velocity (rotational velocity) were
       selected to be 0.625, 1.25, and 5 ft/sec, respectively.  The fractional depth of
       cut was selected to be 0.5. The production rate of the dredge of 371 yd3/hr
       was estimated  assuming that the suction velocity acted over the entire area of
       the cutterhead  and that the dredged material was 25-percent dry solids.  Oper-
       ational parameters are listed in Figure 46.

          Estimation  of the sediment  resuspension rate followed that outlined in
       Contaminant Losses During Dredging, specifically Equations 3 and 6.  The
       various coefficients (a, /3, FD,FF, etc.) were estimated and are shown in Fig-
       ures 46 and 47.  The estimated resuspended sediment concentration in the
       vicinity of the cutterhead (Figure 47) was about 8 g/m3.  This corresponds to
       a resuspension rate of about 18 g/sec, or, normalized with the estimated pro-
       duction rate, about 0.234 kg/m3. This is again in the lower range of the
       resuspension rates from cutterhead dredges observed by Nakai (1978).  Con-
       taminant mass resuspension rates (Figure 48) were between 0.05 and 9.3 g/hr
       for mean sediment contaminant concentrations and between 0.18 and 99 g/hr
       for the high concentration sediment.  Benzopyrene had the lowest release rate
       of the contaminants examined and phenanthrene had the highest.  Normalized
       contaminant mass losses (Figure 49) were between 0.36 mg/m3 and 0.83 mg/
       m3 for mean sediment contamination  and between 1.3 mg/m3 and 2.8 mg/m3
       for high-sediment contamination.

                                                                                          187
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
   Sediment parameters

        Median grain diameter

        Water density
   Cutterhead parameters

        Length of cutterhead

        Height of cutterhead
        Cutterhead characteristic size


        Cutterhead size factors


        Intake suction velocity



        Ladder swing velocity



        Blade velocity

        Fractional depth of cut
d =0.022-mm
                                          'w
        gm
                                                 cm
Lch =2.5.ft
                                                       H
Lch-
                                                         ch
a =1.75
V: = 0.625-—
           sec
V_ =1.25-
  o
          sec
        _ft_

        sec
 Dp =0.5
                                                          D,
         Dredged material production rate    W - V s LCJ, D cjj	
         (assuming 25% solids)
         Minimum dredging time
                          Dch = 3.557-ft
                           W = 185.255 «-
                                       hr
                                                                      W
                                 = 53.98-hr
Figure 46.  Cutterhead dredge losses: sediment and dredge parameters
                  Normalized mass loss estimates suggest that losses during cutterhead
               dredging are less than 3 percent of the losses during clamshell dredging.  In
               general, contaminant release during cutterhead dredging is expected to be less
               than during clamshell  dredging.
 188
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
          Calculation of sediment release
               Empirical velocity significance factors:    a =2.85    b =1.02
               Burial coefficient
               (Eq 5 of Text)
               Other factors coefficient
               (Eq 4 of Text)
               Resuspended sediment cone.
               (Near cutterhead)
               (Eq 3 of Text)
               Resuspension rate
D
                         0.41-(DF- I)7
                                                    = 1.472
FF.=
     10
                                                         10
                                                             d-13.32
                                                                   7.04
                                                                       -2.05
                                                Fp=0.09
                                                          rv-6
    =pw-lor-.FFFD.
                     V;
                         V;
Cp =7.926-^
           m

Rp =Cp-Vc.aHch.pLch    Rp = 18.41--

R _        !,_
                                                                                     sec
               Normalized resuspension rate       —-  = 0.468 •-
                                                 W
                                                           m
              Nakai (1978) observed sediment releases between 0.1 and 45.2 kg/m3 for hydraulic
              cutterhead dredges
       Figure 47.  Cutterhead dredge losses: resuspension calculations
       Contaminant  Losses During In  Situ Capping

          An alternative to dredging and treatment or disposal of contaminated sedi-
       ment is capping in place with a clean layer of sediment.  In situ capping iso-
       lates contaminants from benthic organisms and the water column, significantly
       reducing ecological impacts and allowing time  for natural processes to remed-
       iate contaminated sediment. In this example, times required for contaminants
       to break through the cap, times to steady-state  flux through the cap, steady-
       state fluxes, and losses over the first 100 years normalized with respect to the
       volume of sediment  capped were estimated.  The breakthrough time is the
       time for the flux through the cap to reach 5 percent of the steady-state flux
       while the steady-state time was arbitrarily selected as the time required to
       reach 95 percent of the steady-state flux.  The cap is assumed  to be stable,

Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                         189

-------
i - 1 4
4 contaminants Avg Cone. High Cone.
1- Anthracene r _c
s, ~*
2- Benzoanthracene c - 1
560 lO-6-?? H, =2990-10-6-^
kg ' kg
ISO-IO-6-^ H ,4450.10-6-^
kg 2 kg
3- Benzopyrene =770106.^ H, =2760-l(r6.55
3 kg ^ kg
4- Phenanthrene c - ]
Mean release rate R ^ =
780 10' 6-^ H, =5930 10"6-^
kg 4 kg
RpCs High release rate RH -RpH.
V ; j V '
Mean High
Contaminant Contaminant
Release Release
RM,
Contaminant /^i
i \hrj
1 0.057
2 0.076
3 0.051
4 0.118

RH
/gm\
\hr /
0198 <- Anthracene
0.295 <- Benzoanthracene
0.183 <— Benzopyrene
0.393 <_ Phenanthrene

Figure 48.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  contaminant release
 190
and contaminant transport through the cap is assumed to occur by diffusion,
retarded by sorption in the capping layer, and facilitated by natural organic
colloidal matter. Mass transfer processes driven by bioturbation were esti-
mated to be sufficiently fast  that the capped zone populated by benthic animals
posed no effective mass transfer resistance.  The benthic bioturbation mass
transfer coefficient and overlying water conditions are listed in Figure 50.

   The calculations focus  on diffusion-controlled losses.  After the loss calcu-
lations for a cap with diffusion-controlled mass transfer are presented, loss
estimates are provided  for advection-dominated mass transfer.  The purpose of

                         Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
             Normalized contaminant loss in milligrams per cubic meter dredged.
                     N
                            R,
                       M.
                             W
-•C,
N
                            H.
                                 W
•H.
                              Mean
                              Contaminant
                              Loss
                   High
                   Contaminant
                   Loss
                                 N
                                   M.
                     N
                       H.
              Contaminant
                                 \m
                     \m
                                 0.402
                                 0.538
                                 0.36
                                 0.833
                      1.4
                     2.08
                     1.29
                     2.77
    <- Anthracene
    <- Benzoanthracene
    <- Benzopyrene
    <— Phenanthrene
       Figure 49.  Cutterhead dredge losses:  normalized contaminant loss


       the advection-dominated loss calculations is to compare diffusion-controlled
       and advection-dominated losses and show that if diffusion controls, capping
       can be a very effective remediation alternative.

          Calculations were made for a cap with an effective depth of 50 cm.  Effec-
       tive depth is the actual depth of the cap minus the depth bioturbed by benthic
       organisms.  Properties of the cap (Figure 51) were assumed identical to the
       properties of the underlying sediment (Dead Man's Creek).  Although
       contaminant-specific diffusivities are available or can be estimated, chemical
       diffusivities in water do not vary widely and are all about 5 x  10"6 cm2/sec.
       Diffusivities of the contaminants in water were, therefore, assumed to be 5 x
       10~6 cm2/sec. In the cap, this diffusivity is modified by porosity and tortuos-
       ity (Equation 48, Figure 51).  Contaminant partitioning and reaction input
       parameters are listed in Figure 52.  The calculations were arranged to include
       biodegradation by providing a characteristic reaction time, the compound half-
       life.  For the calculation summary shown in Figure 53,  the compound half-
       lives  were assumed long enough (1 million to 100 million years) such that no
       significant reaction occurred over the time of the calculations.  Although these
       half-lives may be too high to properly represent biodegradation, loss estimates
       based on these half-lives will be conservative, that is, losses to the overlying
       water column will be overestimated.
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                            191

-------
     Water column properties (Assuming 2000 cfs flow)
          Current speed
v = 0.002122-20000'8626-—    v = 1 49-—
                                                               sec
                                                                             sec
          General contaminant/water properties
                 Diffusivity

                 Kinematic viscosity
                 (Water)
                 Schmidt Number
Dw=5-10
v =910-10
Sc = -
,-6 cm
   sec
,-s cm2
            sec
                   Sc = 1820
          Volume/Depth of contaminated    V ^^ .- 10000 yd
          sediment
                                              V,
          Contaminated sediment area     A =
                                                cont
                                                cont
          Benthic bl m-t coefficient
          (Turbulent boundary layer)
                                                     D
Ku  = 0.036-
                                                       w
                 v-^/A
                                                                0.8
Figure 50. Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  water/contaminant properties

                  Cap pore waters were assumed to contain natural organic colloidal material
               at a uniform concentration of 25 mg/f (Figure 51).  This colloidal material
               can sorb contaminants, effectively increasing their "solubility" in the pore
               water. This factor (1 + KocCdoc  =  1 + KdCdoc/foc)  was incorporated into the
               estimation of the pore water concentration (Figure 54).  For transient calcula-
               tions, that is for the calculation of the breakthrough  and steady-state times and
               the transient flux-steady-state flux quotient,  effective diffusivity was retarded
               by sorption onto the immobile sediment phase.  A retardation coefficient (R)
               was defined that  represents the total concentration of contaminant in the sys-
               tem to the concentration in the water phase  (Figure 53). This retardation
 192
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
   Sediment/cap properties

          Bulk density                    pj, =1.

          Porosity                        e  =0.4

          Dissolved organic carbon

          Bioturbed layer depth

          Bioturbed layer diffusivity

          Cap thickness                   .
          (Total thickness - bioturbed depth)

          Cap fraction organic carbon      f^ =0.02
                                                         cm
                                                   doc
                                                   doc
                                                  bio
                                                   bio

       liter
   = 10-cm
   = 10cm^
        F
   = 50-cm
                 Cap effective diffusion coefficient  D eff = D w e
                                                                Deff=1.47-10
                                                                                        sec
            Contamination Levels

                4 contaminants
                 i  =1..4

                1-Anthracene

                2- Benzoanthracene


                3- Benzopyrene

                4- Phenanthrene
                               Avg Cone.
          High Cone.
                                 „
                                 sl
'•=?      H, .=
 kg        1
                       kg
                                              •SZ     H  =4450-10  -^
                                              kg      ^            kg
'•^      R  =
 kg        3
                                                      kg
                                                                    kg
                                                                    kg
       Figure 51.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  sediment/cap/contaminant properties
coefficient was adjusted by the factor 1  -f
transport by colloidal organic material.
                                                         to account for facilitated
          Dissolved contaminant concentrations, which define the concentration
       difference in the determination of the contaminant flux, was estimated by
       assuming the pore water was in equilibrium with the sediment.  If the sedi-
       ment is above the critical loading, the predicted dissolved concentration could
       exceed the solubility of the contaminant in water.  The critical loading is the
       sediment concentration at which equilibrium concentrations calculated using
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                             193

-------
  Contaminant Properties

   4 contaminants      Solubility        Exchangeable     Half-life1       rCjincap
   1-Anthracene         S,  =0.045-^8    E,=1.0     T  = 106.yr    Kd=104-27^r.
                                   liter                  '               l         kg

                         
-------
            Retardation factor defined to account for colloidal transport

                      R = (epilson Rf )/(1+KocCdoc)
                      where Rf is as defined in Eq 57 of Text
                      cdoc = dissolved organic carbon conceentration
                      Koc = organic carbon partitioning coefficient
                      epilson is as defined in EQ 56 of Text         —
                Rf =
                                     'doc
                                                R
                                                                    ER
                                 oc
                                                                     oc
Breakthrough time
(5% of steady flux)
            Steady state time
            (95% of steady flux)
                                               = 0.54L
                                                            R
                                                      cap
                               tss =3.69.Lcap'
                                                             R
            Fraction of compound remaining
            after reaction at breakthrough
                   Results

             Contaminant .
                          rxn.
                               (1= no reaction)
                                                 450
                                                 1373
                                                 1359
                                                 165
                                                          ss.
                                                          F
                                             3073
                                             9384
                                             9285
                                             1127
< Anthracene
< Benzoanthracene
< Benzopyrene
< Phenanthrene
       Figure 53. Contaminant losses for in situ capping: calculation of tansient times

          Contaminant loss estimates based on steady-state fluxes are unrealistic for
       time frames significantly less than the time required to reach steady state.
       The fraction of the steady-state flux occurring at times less than the steady-
       state time was used to estimate fluxes over a time period of 100 years.
       Equation 72 provides the transient flux-steady-state flux quotient as a function
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                           195

-------
Overall mass tra
Note virtually all
to mass transfer
Calculated cont;
dissolved pore-v
cannot exceed !
Pore water cone
colloidally-sorbe
Steady-state flu:
Dissolved and p
and steady-stati
Contamin

T T -1
„ -, ^ cap 1 ^ bio 1
° Deff RDb,o Kb
T -1
of the resistance ., cm *"cap cm
. . ,1 "^ nv ~~ u.yz — — — u.yj —
is in the cap, e.g. ovi yr Deff yr
. / PbH [pbA
i R ' R
/ater concentration \ f ; \ f /.
solubility.
entration includes f K d
d contaminant. C pw = C w 1 + — C ^^
^OC
< through cap Flux ss - (K OV-C pwj
ore water (dissolved plus colloidal) concentrations
3 fluxes.
Cw. (Cpw.) Fluxss.
i V v i/ '
ant / UB \ / HB \ / m8 \
i \liter/ \liter/ \m2-yr/
1 8.01 11.74 0.108 < Anthracene
2 0.16 5.72 0.053 < Benzoanthracene
3 0.14 3.58 0.033 < Benzopyrene
4 56.09 63.45 0.581 < Rhenanthrene

Figure 54.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  steady-state flux— high concentrations
i QR
               of time.  Figure 55 shows the calculation setup for the first 100 years follow-
               ing cap placement.  Caution should be exercised when using Equation 72 as
               indicated in Figure 55.  The infinite series in Equation 72 is unstable for times
               significantly less than the breakthrough time.  This is indicated in two of the
               four graphs in Figure 55. Anthracene and phenanthrene curves behave as

                                        Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                 Ratio of the flux at some time t to the steady-state flux is calculated
                 using equation 72. Define the quotient given in Eq 72 of the Text as the
                 Greek letter PHI,  PHI = RA(t) / RA(t->infinity).  Use 200 terms of the infinite
                 series and set up calculations for first 100 years.

                 A = 1 yr  j =1  100   Note: i is the contaminant index and j is the year index.
                 t  =Aj    Examples of A'j and tj    i^-20-yr     t50 = 50-yr

                          200

-------
              terms in the series is marginally effective when using single precision arithme-
              tic.  Roundoff error begins to degrade the results as the number of terms in
              the series is increased. Actually, only 50 terms  are needed to obtain con-
              vergence for phenanthrene.  Since breakthrough  time is directly proportional
              to the retardation factor, contaminants with low  retardation factors may need
              only  few terms for the series to converge.  For contaminants with high retard-
              ation factors, the series is  slow to converge.

                Transient fluxes of anthracene and phenanthrene were integrated using the
              trapezoidal rule to obtain the total emission per square meter for the first
              100 years  (Figure 56). Transient fluxes for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene
              were not calculated because the transient flux was approximately zero for the
              first  100 years.  The results in mass per area are shown in Figure 56.  These
              results were then normalized with respect to the  volume of contaminated
              sediment capped (Figure 57).  Normalized mass  losses for in situ capping
              were 1.3 x 10"8 and 0.05 mg/m2 for anthracene and phenanthrene, respect-
              ively, and approximately zero for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.

                When an advective component is present, the above diffusional analysis  of
              contaminant losses for in situ capping can be seriously misleading.  As previ-
              ously discussed in Chapter 6, the significance of advection relative to diffusion
              can be evaluated using the Peclet number (Equation 52).  Figure 58 shows
              anthracene breakthrough curves for Peclet numbers of 1, 10,  and 50.  Cap
              thickness was used as the  characteristic length.

                Breakthrough curves were calculated using the Cleary and Adrian (1973)
              finite length model for advection/dispersion with linear equilibrium-controlled
              retardation. The same cap thickness (50 cm), same retardation coefficient for
              anthracene (156,  Figure 53), and same effective  diffusion coefficient (Fig-
              ure 51) used in the diffusional analysis were used to prepare the breakthrough
              curves shown in Figure 58. The Peclet numbers represent three average pore
              water velocities as follows:  Pe =  1 and U =  10"7 cm/sec, Pe = 10 and U =
              10"6  cm/sec, and Pe  = 50 and U = 5 • 10'6 cm/sec.  The instantaneous
              advective  flux is the product of average  pore water velocity and contaminant
              concentration at the cap-overlying water interface.  Instantaneous fluxes  at
              Year 100  are shown in Table 15.

                 The instantaneous advective fluxes for Peclet  numbers  1 and 10 are lower
              and the  instantaneous advective flux for Pe = 50 is larger than the steady-state
              diffusional flux for anthracene shown in Figure 54.  However, as shown in
              Figure 53, the time to reach steady-state diffusional flux for anthracene is over
              3,000 years.  The times to breakthrough for advection, as defined by 5 per-
              cent of the steady-state advective flux, are also shown in Table 15.  Note that
              the  advective breakthrough occurs much more rapidly than for diffusion (Fig-
              ure 58).  In addition, the ultimate steady-state advective flux is U C0, or
              identical to the advective flux without a cap.  Thus, even a very small
              advective  flux can completely  alter  the contaminant loss picture for in situ
              capping.  In an advection-dominated system, the objective of capping is


1 98
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
               The instantaneous flux at some time t  is the product of the steady-state
               flux (Table 29) and the flux ratio at time t (Table 30).

               Instantaneous flux of contaminant i at time t is given by the following, where
               j  is the time index (1 to 100 years).
                 Flux, . ^
Flux. .  ^
    4,J
                            ™
                            SS
                       Anthracene at 100 yr

s,'*i.j       Example:   Flux, ,00 = 1.32-10~3 -^-
                                           m -yr

                          PhenathreneatlOOyr
 J                                    m -yr
              Trapezoidal Rule:


              j =2.. 100


               IFlux. = Flux, -yr 4- - V (Flux. .   4- Flux. .Vyr   <— IFlux is the integrated result.
                   i       i, 1     *\ ^^^j \    '»J  *      '»J/
                                  j
            Anthracene
                               Benzoanthracene
                 IFlux  =6.05' 10"  «
                      1
              Benzopyrene
                                                            m
                                               Phenanthene
                           m
                                                          2.16-10~2 «5i
                                                                    m
       Figure 56.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping:  flux integration over time
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                            199

-------
       Time integrated results are multiplied by comtaminated area to obtain
       total mass loss for the time period of integration. To normalize total
       mass loss with respect to the volume, divide by the volume of
       contaminated sediment.
            IFlux.
       N.  =
            d
<- Area / Volume = Depth
             cont
                     Contaminant
                                   Normalized 100 Year
                                   Mass Losses For
                                   Insitu Capping
                                       N.
                                                 <— Anthracene
                                                 <— Benzoanthracene
                                                 <— Benzopyrene
                                                 <- Phenanthrene
Figure 57.  Contaminant losses for in situ capping: normalized mass losses
200
                                      Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                                                                       600
                                     Time  (years)
       Figure 58.  Anthracene breakthrough curves for a 50-cm cap, r =  156, and
                  selected Peclet numbers
Table 1 5
Instantaneous Advective Anthracene Fluxes at Year 1 00 Through
50-cm Cap and Time Advective to Breakthrough (Based on 5 per-
cent of steady-state flux)
Pe
1
10
50
U
10'7
10'6
5 • 10'6
Flux
0.002
0.02
18
'•
= 235 years
= 1 00 years
= 33 years
Note: Pe: Peclet number, dimensionless.
U: average pore water velocity, cm/sec.
Flux: mg/m2«year.
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                       201

-------
             containment until the contaminants are degraded or until a removal option can
             be implemented.
              Losses for Pretreatment/Confined Disposal

              Effluent

                Mechanical dredging and placement of dredged material in pretreatment
              facilities for stockpiling and CDFs for disposal should result in minimal efflu-
              ent losses since there is no conveyance water associated with mechanical
              dredging.  Effluent losses for mechanical dredging and placement, therefore,
              are negligible. For mechanical dredging and hydraulic transfer to pretreat-
              ment or CDFs, the losses will be similar to those discussed below for hydrau-
              lic dredging and placement.

                Effluent losses associated with hydraulic dredging and placement are best
              estimated from column settling and modified elutriate tests. These data can be
              applied to a specific facility design to predict losses or can be used in the
              design phase to design a facility for target effluent quality.  Column settling
              and modified  elutriate data are not available for materials from Dead Man's
              Creek.  Therefore, the a priori  technique for estimating effluent quality
              described in Contaminant Losses During Pretreatment was used to estimate
              effluent losses. The a priori techniques involves Equation 22 and CEFs from
              field studies to estimate effluent quality.

                 Palermo (1988) measured effluent quality  and CEFs at five CDFs.  The
              five-site average CEF for metals was 0.986 (98.6 percent).  Organic contami-
              nants were not investigated except for PCBs at one site.  The one-site CEF for
              PCBs was 0.99 (99 percent). A CEF of 0.995 (99.5-percent containment)
              was used to estimate effluent losses.  A CEF value higher than the previously
              measured CEFs is appropriate since the dredged material disposal operations
              for which CEF data are available were maintenance dredging projects, not
              remediation projects.  It is assumed that remediation projects would put suffi-
              cient emphasis on facility design and operation that containment performance
              would be better than is typical for navigation maintenance projects.

                 Equation 22 in simple terms states that the fraction of contaminant mass
              placed  in a pretreatment or disposal  facility lost during hydraulic filling is
              1 - CEF.  Thus, for a CEF of 0.995, the mass fraction lost is 0.005. An
              estimate of mass loss was obtained by applying this factor to the sediment
              contaminant concentrations and bulk density for Dead Man's Creek.  Normal-
              ized mass losses (product of contaminant concentration (mg/kg),  bulk density
              (kg/m3),  and  0.005) are shown in Table 15.   Sediment mean contaminant
              concentrations (Figure 41) were used for these estimates because effluent  from
              hydraulic disposal operations tends to reflect the average dredged material
              contamination levels.  Normalized contaminant mass losses for hydraulic
202
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
      placement of dredged material from Dead Man's Creek ranged from
      5.8 mg/m3 for benzopyrene to 13 mg/m3 for phenanthrene.

         The field CEFs on which effluent a priori loss estimates are based were
      obtained using total (paniculate plus dissolved) effluent contaminant
      concentrations.  The effluent loss estimates in Figure 59, therefore, represent
      paniculate and dissolved losses.  Further, the a priori estimation technique for
      effluent losses does not account for contaminant chemical properties.  A priori
      estimates are simply a faction of sediment contaminant concentrations, bulk
      density,  and the applied CEF.  In spite of these limitations, effluent a priori
      loss estimates are probably the most reliable a priori loss estimates that can be
      made at  this time.
         Mechanical Disposal

            Contaminant

            Anthracene
            Benzoanthracene
            Benzopyrene
            Phenanthrene

         Hydraulic  Disposal


            Contaminant

            Anthracene
            Benzoanthracene
            Benzopyrene
            Phenanthrene
             Normalized Mass  Loss
No  Treatment             After Treatment

-  Zero
~  Zero
~  Zero
~  Zero
             Normalized  Mass Loss
No Treatment

     6.4
     8.6
     5.8
   13
After Treatment*

        1.5
        2.0
        1.3
        3.0
         *  Carbon  adsorption,  77  percent treatment effectiveness  (Table 10)
       Figure 59.  Effluent losses for placement of dredged material from Dead Man's Creek,
                  Buffalo River
          Effluent resulting from hydraulic placement of dredged material in pretreat-
       ment and disposal facilities can be treated to reduce effluent losses and associ-
       ated water quality impacts.  Effluent could'be treated to reduce PAH losses.
       Normalized PAH losses after treatment by carbon adsorption are also shown
       in Figure 59.  Normalized PAH losses after treatment were estimated by
       applying the 77-percent removal efficiency listed in Table 10 for fluoranthene
       by powdered activated carbon.
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                      203

-------
             Leachate losses

                Estimation of leachate losses requires estimation of leachate quality and
             flow and site-specific information on pretreatment or CDF design. For this
             example, upland pretreatment and CDFs were assumed.

                Leachate flow was estimated using the HELP model in four simulations.
             These simulations were conducted to estimate leachate flow from mechanically
             placed dredged material in lined and unlined facilities and hydraulically placed
             dredged material in lined and unlined facilities. A simple liner consisting of a
             barrier soil (1-ft-thick) with a flexible membrane liner on top of  the barrier
             soil was simulated.  The synthetic weather  generator in HELP was used to
             simulate climatological conditions for Buffalo, NY.

                Spatial dimensions and dredged material properties for pretreatment and
             CDF simulations were identical.  Time frames for simulation were different.
             The time for simulations of leachate flow from pretreatment facilities was
             16 months, and the time for simulation of leachate flow from CDFs was
             100 years.

                Pretreatment and disposal facilities  must be designed to handle dredge
             production and, in the case of pretreatment facilities, meet the requirements of
             the treatment process unit(s).  For this example, a total processing time of
             16 months for 10,000 yd3 was  assumed for the treatment process unit(s).
             Dredging could be scheduled in a variety of ways to satisfy this processing
             rate. Since only 10,000 yd3 of material must be removed, the sediment could
             be removed in a single dredging project requiring 3 to 5 days. For both
             mechanical and hydraulic removal,  it was assumed that all of the material
             would be dredged and placed at one time in either a pretreatment or a disposal
             facility.

                 Mechanical dredging and dredged material placement and hydraulic dredg-
             ing  and dredged material placement require different facility designs.
             Mechanical dredging and placement involves minimal increase in volume over
             the  in situ volume of sediment. Hydraulic disposal, however, significantly
              increases the volume over the in situ volume. A rule of thumb is that four
              volumes of conveyance water becomes part of the  dredged material for every
              volume of in situ sediment.  Thus, facility  dimensions are affected by the
              dredging method.

                 For mechanical disposal with negligible increase in dredged material vol-
              ume over in situ sediment volume, a pretreatment or disposal facility must
              hold 10,000 yd3 of material.  Assuming an average depth of 6 ft, the facility
              surface area is 45,000 ft2.  The HELP model uses area to calculate total vol-
              ume of seepage.  General  simulation parameters for facilities containing
              mechanical placed dredged material are listed in Table 16.

                 A  two-layer simulation for  mechanical placement in an unlined facility was
              conducted. The first or top layer is 6 ft of dredged material.  The second or

204
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
         Table  16
         Design Parameters for Leachate Flow From Unlined and Lined
         Facilities Containing Mechanically Placed Dredged Material
         Facility Design Parameters
             Layer one - 6 ft, dredged material, vertical percolation layer
             Layer two - Unlined Facility: 2 ft, foundation soil, vertical percolation layer.
                      Lined Facility: 1 ft, constructed barrier soil with FML.
             Layer three - Lined Facility: 2 ft foundation soil, vertical percolation layer.
         Soil and Dredged Material Properties
            Porosity
             Dredged Material =  0.40
             Foundation Soil = 0.50
             Constructed Barrier Soil = 0.4
            Field capacity
             Dredged Material =  0.32
             Foundation Soils = 0.30
             Barrier Soil = 0.32
            Initial water content
             Dredged Material =  0.40
             Foundation Soil = 0.35
             Barrier Soil = 0.35
            Saturated hydraulic conductivity
             Dredged Material =  1.0 E-06 cm/sec
             Foundation Soils = 1.0 E-04 cm/sec
             Barrier Soil = 1.0 E-07 cm/sec
          Other
            Evaporative zone depth = 12 in.
            Type of vegetative cover - None
            No runoff, all water must percolate or evaporate.
            Area = 45,000 sq ft.
        bottom layer is site foundation soil for which properties were assumed.  When
        a specific site is under consideration, soil properties from the site should be
        used.

           For hydraulic disposal with four volumes of water per volume of in situ
        sediment, a pretreatment or disposal facility accepting all the material at once
        must be able to store 50,000 yd3. For a storage volume of 50,000 yd3  and an
        assumed depth of 8 ft, the surface area is 168,750 ft2.  Hydraulically placed
        dredged material was  assumed to rapidly consolidate to a porosity of 0.75.
        Further consolidation  was not considered.  Increasing the in situ sediment vol-
        ume by the factor (0.75/0.4 = 1.875) and spreading this volume over
        168,750 ft2 yields an estimated dredged material depth of 3 ft.  The HELP
        model simulations  for hydraulic disposal were conducted as if the conveyance
        water used to place dredged material in the facility were all discharged  as
        effluent, except for that retained  in the dredged material. General simulation
        parameters for facilities containing hydraulically placed dredged material are
        listed in  Table 17.
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                                 205

-------
                 Table 17
                 Design Parameters for Leachate Flow From Unlined and  Lined
                 Facilities Containing Hydraulically Placed  Dredged Material
                 Facility Design Parameters
                    Layer one - 3 ft, dredged material, vertical percolation layer.
                    Layer two - Unlined: 2 ft, foundation soil, vertical percolation layer.
                              Lined: 1 ft, constructed barrier soil with FML.
                   Layer three - Lined Only: 2 ft foundation soil, vertical percolation layer.
                 Soil and Dredged Material Properties
                   Porosity
                    Dredged Material = 0.75
                    Foundation Soil = 0.50
                    Constructed Barrier Soil = 0.4
                   Field capacity
                    Dredged Material = 0.32
                    Foundation Soils =  0.30
                    Barrier Soil = 0.32
                   Initial water content
                    Dredged Material = 0.75
                    Foundation Soil = 0.35
                    Barrier Soil = 0.35
                  I Saturated hydraulic conductivity
                    Dredged Material = 1.0 E-06 cm/sec
                    Foundation Soils =1.0 E-04 cm/sec
                    Barrier Soil = 1.0 E-07 cm/sec
                 Other
                 • Evaporative zone depth = 12 in.
                 • Type of vegetative cover - None
                 • No runoff, all water must percolate or evaporate.
                 • Area = 168,750 sq ft
                  Table 18 lists total percolation from facilities containing mechanically and
               hydraulically placed dredged material for 16-month and 100-year simulations.
               These leachate flow estimates are for percolation from the foundation soil
               layer. Although the percolation estimates were obtained using a vertical per-
               colation simulation, leachate could move in all directions,  including lateral
               movement through the confining dikes.

                  The pore water contaminant concentrations (Figure 60) were estimated
               using Equation 25-b.  Equation 25-b includes the facilitated transport factor
               (1 + KocCdoc).  Leachate contaminant concentrations were assumed to remain
               constant over time.  For contaminants with high-distribution coefficients, such
               as PAHs, this is a good assumption.  For contaminants with low-distribution
               coefficients, the assumption of constant-contaminant concentration overesti-
               mates contaminant losses.
206
                                         Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
Table 18
Totals for 16-Month and 100-Year HELP Model Vertical Percola-
tion Simulations
Placement
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Design
Unlined
Lined
Unlined
Lined
Total Percolation
1 6-Month (cu ft)
33,573 (0.31)
42 «0.1)
75,250 (0.69)
38 «0.1)
100-Year
(Thousand cu ft)
1,495 (2.2)
3.2 «0.1)
5,555 (8.2)
5.6(0.1)
Note: Numbers in parentheses are pore volumes of water displaced.
          Figure 61 shows the sensitivity of contaminant concentration to the distri-
       bution coefficient. Dimensionless time (horizontal axis in Figure 61) is the
       number of pore volumes of water displaced.  Large distribution coefficents
       (> 100 f/kg) tend to keep contaminant concentrations low, but constant for
       long times.  Small distribution coefficients (< 10 f/kg) impose initially high
       contaminant concentrations that rapidly decline.

          Normalized mass losses for the leachate pathway were obtained as the
       product of pore water contaminant concentration and total volume of leachate
       divided by the  in situ volume of sediment requiring pretreatment or confined
       disposal.  Normalized mass loss calculations for leachate are shown in
       Tables 18 and Figure 60. Mean sediment concentrations were used to esti-
       mate leachate losses because percolation tends to mix waters with varying
       contaminant concentrations.  The LV matrices in Figure 62 are transpositions
       of the  LV matrices (one column matrices) to one-row vectors, not the LV
       matrix raised to the T power.  Elements in the Nm and Nn matrices (Fig-
       ure 62) are normalized mass losses by leaching. The column headings for
       these matrices are the leachate volumes listed in Table 18, and the row
       designations are the four contaminants listed in Figure 41.
       Volatile losses

          Sediment and contaminant characteristics for volatile loss calculations are
       shown in Figure  63.  Sediment characteristics include surface areas for
       hydraulic and mechanical filling and sediment organic carbon content (foc).
       Contaminant characteristics include mean sediment concentrations, distribution
       coefficients, molecular weights, molar volumes, solubilities in water, vapor
       pressures, dissolved water concentrations (estimated  from sediment concentra-
       tions and distribution coefficients), Henry constants, diffusivities in water,
       overall liquid phase mass transfer coefficients (for an assumed wind speed of
       15 mph), and gas-side mass transfer coefficients.  Estimation of dissolved
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                            207

-------
       V =10000-ycr
Hg=10~ -gm
= 0.02
                                                     doc
                                                          -25-
                                      mg
                                      liter
     Mean Leachate Contaminant Concentrations (Dead Man's Creek)
       i  =1..4
      1-Anthracene
                     r   -«rn
                     C „  -860	
                       si       kg
- r>       iu          ^     , ,™
2-Benzoanthracene   C ,,  -1150-
                       S
      3-Benzopyrene

     • 4-Phenanthrene
                                     -
                                     kg
                               kg

                     C    = 1780 —
                        4        kg
                        pwi
                     ,4.27 liter
                          kg

                         liter
                         "kg"
                                                  .-6.14 liter
                                                =10
                C3        kg
                     n3.73 liter
                C4  "      "kg"

             Koc.'Cdoc
                                        K   f
                                          oc.  oc
                                            1
                                 Leachate Volumes From HELP Model

       Facility    Design      Time      Mechanical            Hydraulic

       Pretreat   Unlined     16 mo     LVm  =33573-ft3      LVh  =75250-ft3
  CDF      Unlined      100 yr      LV    = 1495000- ft3   LVu  =5555000-ft3
                                                                u
        Pretreat  Lined
        CDF     Lined
16 mo
                                   LV     =42 ft3
                                  LVu  =38-ft3
                        100yr      LVm  =3200-ft3       LVh  ^5600-ft3
                                      m4                    4
Figure 60.  Contaminant losses by leaching:  leachate concentrations and volumes
               water concentrations did not include contaminant mass associated with colloi-
               dal organic matter because to volatilize from water, contaminants must be
               truly dissolved. Various constants, such as temperature, viscosity of water,
               atmospheric pressure, and molar volume of air, are also assigned values in
               Figure 63.

                 Calculations of volatile emission rates from ponded water are shown in
               Figure 64. The basic volatile flux equation for ponded water (Equation 32)
               was modified to an emission equation by multiplying flux by the ponded water
208
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
            1.00
             0.75
             0.50
          O
             0.25
                 0          200         400         600
                                   T (PORE VOLUMES ELUTED)

                 BULK DENSITY - 1 kg / 1
                 POROSITY - 0.50
                 PORE WATER VELOCITY - 1 x 10"5 cm / sec
                 DISPERSION COEFFICIENT - 1 X 10"5 cm2/sec
                 LENGTH - 100 cm
800
1000
       Figure 61.  Fraction initial contaminant concentration remaining in leachate
                   for various distribution coefficients
       surface area for hydraulic filling.  The surface area for hydraulic filling (A2)
       as previously noted in the calculation of leachate losses is larger than the
       surface area for mechanical filling.  In the example calculations shown in
       Figure 64, background air quality was assumed to  be clean, that is, PAH con-
       centrations  in the background air were assumed to  be negligible.  Figure 64
       also shows  the calculation of normalized mass loss by volatile emission from
       ponded water for anthracene, benzoanthracene, benzopyrene,  and phenan-
       threne.  These calculations are applicable to pretreatment and disposal facili-
       ties because the ponded water holding time is about the same. Operation of
       each type of facility requires holding water long enough for adequate solids
       settling. For facilities of similar size, as assumed  in these calculations,
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                             209

-------
      V =10000-ycr
                                   foe =0.02
                                                     doc
                                                         =25-
                     mg
                     liter
     Mean Leachate Contaminant Concentrations (Dead Man's Creek)
      i =1..4
1-Anthracene


2-Benzoanthracene


3-Benzopyrene

4-Phenanthrene
                               = 86oHf    KOC  ,104-27.^
                                              i         kg

                                                _ If)6.i4 liter
                                            °°2         kg
                             kg

                              II o
                            f\ r^O

                              kg



                            'kg
                                          K
                                            OC
                                            ^
                               =1780-^   K™
                                     kg     °°4
3       kg
    ..3.73 liter
                                                  kg
                                        Krc foc
                                          UC.  \J^f
                                            i
Facility    Design

Pretreat   Unlined


CDF      Unlined


Pretreat   Lined
                                            i

                                Leachate Volumes From HELP Model

                             Time       Mechanical           Hydraulic


                             16 mo      LVm  .= 33573-ft3     LVh  =75250-ft3
                                           1 i                   i

                             100 yr      LV    = 1495000-ft3   LV u  = 5555000-ft3
                             16 mo
                                                       LVu  :=38-
       CDF      Lined       100 yr      LVm  =3200-ft3      LVh  =5600-ft3
                                            4                   4
Figure 62.  Contaminant losses by leaching:  normalized mass losses

              holding time requirements are similar.  A 7-day holding time was used as
              previously discussed in the calculation of leachate losses.  Normalized mass
              losses by volatilization from ponded water were highest for phenanthrene and
              lowest for benzopyrene.  These estimates represent maximum potential losses
210
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
              V  = 10000-y(T
                      Ug=10~6-gm
                                                   Loc
   = 0.02
              Aj = 45000 ft     <— surface area of facility for mechanical filling

              A2 - 168750 ft2   <- Surface area of facility for hydraulic filling
                is
                    1.139 <- viscosity of water (centipoise)   T = 288  <- temperature (K)
              Ma =28.97  <-molecular wt of air

              Va =20.1    <-molar volume of air (cc/mole)
                                            P = 1    <— pressure (atm)
   a

Mean Sediment PAH Concentrations


4 PAHs               Avg Cone.


1-Anthracene
                                M,  = 860--
                                  1       kg
                                                     Distribution Coefficients     Mol Wt


                                                    •,   ,_,«4.27i.   liter
             2-Benzoanthracene  M, = 1150-
             3-Benzopyrene


             4-Phenanthrene
                             kg


                   M, = 770-—
                     3      kg

                   M, = 178Q-HI
                     4       kg
       r6.uf   liter

       0   ^V


        6.of   liter
          -foc—
                         Mb  =178.24
                                                               M b  = 228.3
     Mb   =352.3
                         Mb  =178.24
                             4
             PAH Molar Volumes (Miller as cited by Mackay, Shiu, and Ma 1992) (cc/mole)
                Vb  =197   Vb  =248     Vb  =263     Vb  :=199
                   \           2,              j             4


             PAH Solubilities in Water (from Mackay, Shiu, and Ma 1992) (mg/L)
                S, =0.075     S2  =0.014
                                 =0.004
      S4:=1.2
             PAH Vapor Pressures (from Mackay, Shiu, and Ma 1992) (Pascals)

             a = .09357  <— factor for converting Pascals to mm Hg
             Pa  =0.00141-a
               i
                  Pa  =4.1-10' -a
Pa  . = 7.32-10"7-a
Pa  =0.0161-a
       Figure 63.  Contaminant losses by volatilization:  sediment and contaminant characteristics
                  (Sheet 1  of 3)
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                         211

-------
       Assume equilibrium for estimation of dissolved concentrations in ponded water.
         i  =1..4
                                M.
                           C.  =
                               K
                                 d.
                                                C =
      0.002
      4.166-10
                                                             -5
                                                      3.85-10
                                                      0.017
                                                            -5
                                                                  liter
       Henry Constants  (result is dimensionless)
         H  = 16.04-
                   Pa.'Mb.
                     T-S.
0.017
3.484-10"
3.36-10"4
0.012
         PAH Diffusivity in Water     <- result in cmA2/sec
         D
                     13.26-Iff
           A2.
                  .  1.14 /,,   \0.589
                   i.   •  Vb;
                                              D
                                                A2
       5.089-10
       4.444-10"
       4.293-10"
       5.059-10"
         Overall Liquid Side Mass Transfer Coefficient <- results in cm/nr
               V x  = 15    <- assumed wind speed in mph
                     = 19.6-V™-(DM\3-™
                  -•         x    \    ./   hr
                                                         KOL~
                   2.432
                   2.222
                   2.172
                   2.423
 cm
> . __
 hr
Figure 63.  (Sheet 2 of 3)
212
                                        Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
             Gas-Side Mass Transfer Coefficients
                  Kg  =3000-
                                18  cm
                              Mb  hr
    Kg=
  953.356
  842.373
  678.112
  953.356
     cm
    >
     hr
             PAH Diffusivities in air <- results in cm/sec
                                   M
                                     ri  "  Ma-Mb.
                   D
                             |M,-103-T1'75     2
                             '   '             cm
                     Al.

                                         2   sec
                                          •P
D
  Al
0.055
0.049
0.047
0.055
 cm
t
 sec
       Figure 63.  (Sheet 3 of 3)
       because dissolved concentrations in ponded water were assumed to be equilib-
       rium controlled and constant.

          Calculations for volatile emissions from exposed dredged material solids
       for mechanical and hydraulic filling are shown in Figures 65 and 66, respec-
       tively.  Calculations for mechanically filled and hydraulically filled facilities
       use the same basic equation (Equation 39).  However, values for total poros-
       ity, air-filled porosity, and bulk density are different.  The calculations
       involve piecewise integration of Equation 39 over time using the Romberg
       algorithm in MATHCAD. Piecewise integration was used to improve the
       accuracy of the results. The flux equation was integrated over 16 months and
       100 years to simulate exposure times for pretreatment and disposal facilities,
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                            213

-------
        Ponded Water Volatile Emission Rates - Hydraulic Filling
               Ponded water volatile emission rates from mechanically
               placed dredged material are assumed to be negligible.
                                              EP=
                     2.114-10'
                     348.291
                     314.572

                     1.546-105
                              .mg
                               day
              Assume 4 day retention time for adequate solids settling plus 3 days for
              drawdown to yield total of 7 days emission time for ponded water.

         Normalized mass losses by volatile emission from ponded water.
               N,
                     7-day-E.
                      19.351
                      0.319
                      0.288
                      141.544
m
    <- Applicable to both
       pretreatment and
       disposal facilities.
  <- Anthracene
  <— Benzoanthracene
I <— Benzopyrene
  <- Phenanthrene
Figure 64.  Volatile emission rates from ponded water—applicable to hydraulically filled
           pretreatment and disposal facilities
               respectively.  As previously discussed for leachate losses, the pretreatment
               facility will be needed for about  16 months, after which it will be closed.  A
               disposal facility, however, is permanently maintained.  A 100-year simulation
               time for a disposal facility was an arbitrary selection, influenced by
               uncertainty about applicability of the basic flux equation for long-term
               simulations.
214
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
               For Mechanical Filling
                              e =0.4
                              Ea  =0.1
                        <- Total porosity
                        <- Air filled porosity
                                     gm
                              b = 1.5-2^-   <-Bulk density of Dredged Material
                                     cm3
               PAH Diffusivity in Soil Gas
                D
                       DAl.'ea
                 A3.
                                               D
                                                 A3
                                                       1.605-10
                                                       1.422-10
                                                              -4
                                                       1.356-10

                                                       1.598-10
                                                              . 4
                                           -4
                                                                   cm
                                                                   sec
                 Time-Integrated Flux From Mechanically Filled Dredged Material
                 MATHCAD's Romberg Integration, Tolerance set at 0.000001
                 TiFLUX = time integrated flux
                 Piecewise Integration Is Implemented Over Four Time Domains:
                        I: 0-1 day
                        II: 1 - 30 days
                        III: 30 days to 16 months
                        IV: 16 months to 100 years
TiFLUXJ. =
                                1-day
                                               M.-H.
                                              n-t
                                                              dt
                                0-day
                   TiFLUXJ j = 0.123 •—*  <-Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment
                                    m      integrated over 0-1 day — Mechanical Filling
       Figure 65.  Volatile emission from exposed dredged material—mechanical filling (Sheet 1
                  of 4)
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                         215

-------
TiFLUXJI. ~-
                          30-day
                                          M.-H.
                         1-day
                                  D
                                    A3.
                                         n-t           1
                                                   -\	
                                                          dt
           TiFLUXJIj = 0.179 -—5  <-Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment

                             m      integrated over 1 to 30 days — Mechanical Filling
          TiFLUX  III. =
                        16-30-day
                                           M.-H.
                                            K
                                             d.
                        30-day
                                          jt-t
                                   D
                                     AS:
                                               dt
         TiFLUX JIIj = 0.658 •— ^-Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment

                           m2    integrated over 30 days to 16 months -
                                   Mechanical filling
Figure 65.  (Sheet 2 of 4)
216
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                 TiFLUXJV. =
                               100-365-day
                                                   M.-H.
                                                     -d.
                               16-30-day
                                                  n-i
                                                               g;
dt
                 TiFLUXJVj =6.791 -^ <-Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment
                                   m2    integrated over 16 months to 100 years -
                                          Mechanical filling
                 TiFLUXJ 6mo.  = TiFLUXJ. + TiFLUXJI. + TiFLUXJII.
                 TiFLUX lOOyr.  -TiFLUX I. + TiFLUX II. + TiFLUX III. + TiFLUX IV.
                        —   j|          — j         ~~1         "~1             1
                 TiFLUXJ 6mOj = 0.961 •—  <- Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment
                                     m2    integrated over 16 months - Mechanical Filling.
                 TiFLUX JOOyi-j = 7.752 •—  <- Anthracene volatile flux from exposed sediment
                                     m2    integrated over 100 years - Mechanical Filling.
       Figure 65.  (Sheet 3 of 4)
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                        217

-------
  Volatile Losses Normalized With Respect To the Insitu Volume of Sediment Dredged
       Pretreatment Facility - Exposure Time = 16 months
           NormVolLoss_Pt
TiFLUXJGmo.-A,
       V
            NormVolLossJ'l M =
  0.525
  0.001
  0.001
  1.579
                                       m
    <-Anthracene
    <— Benzoanthracene
I   <- Benzopyrene
    <- Phenanthrene
       Disposal Facility - Exposure Time Infinite - Losses Estimated For 1st 100 Years
              NormVolLoss_Dis
                                  TiFLUXJOOyr.-A,
                 NonnVolLossDis   =
        4.239
        0.012
        0.009
        11.897
                                             .mg
                                                  <—Anthracene
                                                  <— Benzoanthracene
                                              m
                                               3  <— Benzopyrene
                                                  <- Phenanthrene
Figure 65.  (Sheet 4 of 4)
218
        Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
               Volatile Fluxes From Exposed Dredged Material (mud)
               Hydraulic Filling
         E =0.75

         Ea:=0.2
           <- Total porosity
           <- Air filled porosity
                                         b = 0.86-5^   <-Bulk density of Dredged Material
                                                 cm
               PAH Diffusivity in Soil Air
               D
                                                        10
                                                        3
                                                  Al.'Ea
                                        D
                                          A3.
                               4.602*10

                               4.076-10
                                                                                   -4
                                                   -4
                                                                           3.886-10
                                                                           4.58MO
                                                                                   -4
               Flux From Hydraulically Filled Dredged Material
               MATHCAD's Romberg Integration, Tolerance set at 0.000001
                  i  =1..4
                                 Volatile Flux Integrated Over 0 -1 day
                              rl day
                  TiFLUX I.  =
                                              M.-H.
                               0-day
                                0.133
                                             71- 1
                                       D
                                         AS:
                                                              dt
                    TiFLUX I =
                                      .-4
1.54-10

1.132-10
0.588
                                       -4
    <— Anthracene
    <— Benzoanthrancene
mg
m2 <— Benzopyrene
    <- Phenanthrene
                                                                                        cm
                                                                                        sec
       Figure 66. Volatile emissions from exposed dredged material —hydraulic filling (Sheet 1
                  of 4)
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                           219

-------
                              Volatile Flux Integrated Over 1-30 days
                             r 30-day
                TiFLUXJI. =
                                              M.-H.
                  TiFLUX II =
1 day


0.23
6.642-10~
4.918-10"
0.641
                                             7t-t           1
                                                       -\	
                                   dt
                    <— Anthracene
                    <- Benzoanthrancene
               tmg
                m2  <— Benzopyrene
                    <- Phenanthrene
                        Volatile Flux Integrated Over 30 day -16 mo
                        i-16 30- day
           TiFLUX 111. =
                                           M.-H.
                         30-day
                                dt
                                           rc-t
                                                      K
                                                        g,
              TiFLUX 111 =
0.845
0.002
0.002
2.352
        <— Anthracene
    mg  <- Benzoanthrancene
    m2  <— Benzopyrene
        <- Phenanthrene
Figure 66.  (Sheet 2 of 4)
220
                                      Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                               Volatile Flux Integrated Over 16 mo -100 vrs
                   TiFLUX IV.  =
                          —  \
                                  100365-day
                                                      M.-H.
                                                       -d.
                                 30 16-day
                                                     n-1
                                    dt
                   TiFLUX IV =
8.714
0.025
0.019
24.263
    <- Anthracene
mg  <- Benzoanthrancene
m2  <— Benzopyrene
    <- Phenanthrene
                   Summations of Piecewise Integrations for 16 Months and 100 Years
                   TiFLUX 16mo. = TiFLUX I. + TiFLUX II. + TiFLUX III.
                          —     i         — i         — i         —  i
                   TiFLUXJOOyr. = TiFLUXJ6mo. +- TiFLUXJV.
                     TiFLUX  16mo =
                    TiFLUXJOOyr =
    1.208
    0.003
    0.002
    3.58

  9.922
  0.029
  0.021
  27.843
        <— Anthracene
  ^mg   <- Benzoanthrancene
  m2   <- Benzopyrene
        <— Phenanthrene
        <— Anthracene
  tmg   <- Benzoanthrancene
  m2   <- Benzopyrene
        <- Phenanthrene
       Figure 66.  (Sheet 3 of 4)
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                        221

-------
   Volatile Losses Normalized With Respect To the Insitu Volume Of Sediment Dredged.
       Pretreatment Facility - Exposure Time =16 months
           NormVolLoss Pt^
                              TiFLUX_16mo.-A2
            NormVolLoss_Pt   =
2.477
0.007
0.005
7.341
                                     .mg
                                          <—Anthracene
                                          <— Benzoanthracene
                                      m
3  <— Benzopyrene
   <- Phenanthrene
          Disposal Facility - Exposure Time Infinite - Losses Estimated For 1st 100 Years
              NormVolLoss Disi
                                 TiFLUX_100yr.-A2
              NormVolLossDis  =
  20.346
  0.059
  0.044
  57.092
      <—Anthracene
      <- Benzoanthracene
 .m§
    3  <- Benzopyrene
                                          m
                                              <— Phenanthrene
Figure 66.  (Sheet 4 of 4)
222
                                      Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
          Figures 64 and 65 conclude with calculations of volatile losses normalized
       with respect to the in situ volume of sediment dredged.  Comparison of nor-
       malized volatile losses in Figures 64 and 65 showed that losses were higher
       for hydraulically filled facilities than for mechanically filled facilities. This is
       due primarily to the larger surface area of hydraulically filled versus mechani-
       cally filled facilities.  Losses for pretreatment facilities were substantially
       lower than losses for disposal facilities due to the lower exposure time for
       pretreatment facilities.
       Contaminant Losses  During  Treatment By Thermal
       Desorption

          Thermal desorption is one possible treatment option for removal of PAH
       compounds from Buffalo River sediment.  An ARCS pilot study of thermal
       desorption treatment of Buffalo River sediment was performed in 1991, and a
       report has been prepared describing results of this study (USAGE, Buffalo
       District 1993).  In order to evaluate the effectiveness of thermal desorption
       and to collect design and operational data for future work, a monitoring pro-
       gram was implemented.   The monitoring program included all streams enter-
       ing and exiting the thermal desorption system.  These data provide a basis for
       estimating mass of contaminant in each process stream, and, therefore, an
       estimate of contaminant  losses.

          A process flow diagram for the Buffalo River pilot thermal desorption
       (TD) unit is shown in Figure 67. Dredged material was screened prior to
       feeding the thermal desorption unit to remove oversize material.  In this case,
       the oversize material consisted primarily of roots and debris.  After screening,
       the sediment was  stored in covered 208-f, plastic-lined steel drums. Differ-
       ences in contaminant concentrations before and after screening were not sig-
       nificant, suggesting that losses during screening were minimal.  Major outputs
       from the thermal processor were the product solids, solids from a series of
       cyclones that removed particulates in the air stream, condensed liquids from
       the air  stream, and a gas release from the stack. The system was designed to
       collect  two separate liquid streams, one an oil residue small in volume and
       high in  contaminant concentrations and the other a water stream high in
       volume and low in contaminant concentrations.  During  the Buffalo River
       Demonstration, these streams were difficult to separate and were similar in
       contaminant concentrations.  A full-scale TD unit would require additional
       treatment of these liquid streams.  Prior to release from  the stack, the  gas
       stream passed through an activated carbon bed.  Spent carbon from a full-
       scale unit would require further treatment  or  disposal. The cyclone solids had
       PAH concentrations on the same order of magnitude as the dredged material,
       but the volume  of cyclone solids collected was small relative to the volume of
       dredged material treated.

          Nine separate runs were evaluated in the pilot demonstration.  However,
       complete data sets are not available for every run.  In particular, a limited

                                                                                         223
Chapter 10  Example Application to  Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------


SPENT
CARBON


OFF-SITE
TREATMENT
FACILITY
                                              CONCENTRATED
                                               .CONTAMINANT
                                                   (OIL)
Figure 67.  Process flow diagram for thermal desorption unit used in Buffalo River pilot
           demonstration
               number of quality-ensured air analyses are available.  A single run having a
               relatively complete data set was selected for estimating contaminant losses.
               This run was labeled as A2 and was conducted on 23 October 1991. Operat-
               ing data for this run included a retention time  of 60 min in the thermal proces-
               sor and a soil exit temperature of 480 °F. Mass balance data are presented in
               Table 19.  The mass of solids fed to the processor and exit streams were con-
               verted to pounds per hour dry solids since most analyses were reported on a
               dry weight basis.  Table 20 provides the contaminant concentrations for each
               stream.  The concentration and mass flow rate were multiplied to yield a con-
               taminant mass emission per hour.  Finally, Table 20 normalizes  the mass  of
               contaminant in each stream to the contaminant mass  in the feed.   This makes
               it convenient to extrapolate the results to a site-specific feed with different
               contaminant concentrations as shown in Table 21.

                  Table 21 also shows normalized contaminant concentrations in feed and
               process streams. The normalized contaminant concentrations in  Table 21
               represent  contaminant mass in each stream per cubic meter of in situ sediment
               to be remediated.  Most of the process streams could receive further treatment
               or could be placed in a secure facility with negligible contaminant losses.  The
               results  in  Table 21 show that the cyclone catch represents the largest fraction
 224
                                        Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
Table 19
Buffalo River Thermal Desorption Pilot Study, Mass Balance Data
Stream
Feed
Treated solids
Cyclone catch
Condensate
Stack gas
Mass Rate
Total
Ib/hr
502
238
25
222
NA
Fraction
Dry
Solids
0.545
0.998
0.862
0.0095
NA
Mass Rate
Dry solids
Ib/hr
273.59
237.52
21.55
2.11

Table 20
Analysis of Buffalo River Thermal Desorption Pilot Study Data
Stream
Anthracene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(a)-
anthracene
Phenanthrene
Concentration, ng/g (dry weight basis)
Feed
Treated solids
Cyclone catch
Condensate
Stack gas
133
5
101
22.3
NA
545
10
260
21.1
NA
542
5
228
13.8
NA
670
37
618.
111
NA
Contaminant Mass Flux, mg/hr
Feed
Treated solids
Cyclone catch
Condensate
Stack gas
16.5447
0.5403
0.9629
2.2476
0.047
67.7958
1.0805
2.4788
2.1266
0.020
67.4226
0.5403
2.1738
1.3909
0.012
83.3453
3.9979
5.8920
11.1875
0.49
Fraction of Contaminant in Stream Compared with Mass in Feed
Feed
Treated solids
Cyclone catch
Condensate
Stack gas
Estimated carbon
load
1.0
0.0327
0.0582
0.1359
0.0028
0.7704
1.0
0.0159
0.0366
0.0314
0.0003
0.9158
1.0
0.0080
0.0322
0.0206
0.0002
0.9390
1.0
0.0480
0.0707
0.1342
0.0059
0.7412
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                                       225

-------
Table 21
Extrapolation of Pilot Study Data to Contaminant Loss Example
Problem
Fraction of Contaminant in Stream Compared With Mass in Feed
Feed
Treated solids
Cyclone catch
Condensate
Stack gas
Estimated carbon
load
1.0
0.0327
0.0582
0.1359
0.0028
0.7704
1.0
0.0159
0.0366
0.0314
0.0003
0.9158
1.0
0.0080
0.0322
0.0206
0.0002
0.9390
1.0
0.0480
0.0707
0.1342
0.0059
0.7412
Contaminant Concentrations in Example Sediment From Dead Man's Creek
Contaminant
concentration in
feed, ng/g
Anthracene
860
Benzoanthracene
1,150
Benzopyrene
770
Phenanthrene
1,780
Normalized Mass Concentration
Contaminant
concentration in
feed, mg/m3
Treated solids,
mg/m3
Cyclone catch,
mg/rn3
Condensate,
mg/m3
Stack gas, mg/m3
Estimated carbon
load, mg/m3
1,290
42.2
75.1
175.3
3.6
993.8
1,725
27.4
63.1
54.2
0.5
1,579.8
1,155
9.2
37.2
23.8
0.2
1,084.5
2,670
128.2
188.8
358.3
15.8
1,979
               of contaminant in the residues requiring further treatment or disposal.  The
               one process stream that would be difficult to further control is the stack gas
               (air emissions after carbon adsorption, Figure 67).  The normalized concentra-
               tions in this process stream, therefore, are normalized contaminant losses for
               thermal desorption treatment, assuming other process residues receive further
               treatment or disposal without contaminant loss.
226
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
      Comparison of Contaminant  Losses

      Overall

         Figure 68 shows normalized PAH mass losses for five remedial alterna-
      tives. These alternatives are listed in Table 22.  Alternative I involves
      mechanical dredging and mechanical disposal in an upland CDF.  Controls for
           m
            E
120


100


 80


 60


 40


 20
           co
           §  •
           CO
           1
           fi"
               25


               20


               15


               10


                5


                0
                                1     [     I
                                   ANTHRACENE
                                                   50
                                                   40
                                                   30
                                                   20
                                                   10
             II    III    IV
        I     I     1    I     1
                    BENZOPYRENE
                      I     II   III   IV



                         LEGEND

                     ^  WITHOUT CONTROLS


                     H  WITH CONTROLS
                                     500
                                     400
                                     300
                                     200
                                     100
                               ALTERNATIVE
I     I     I     I     I
        BENZOANTHRACENE
                                             I    II
          I     I     I
          PHENANTHRENE
                                                           IV
       Figure 68.  Normalized PAH mass losses
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                    227

-------
Table 22
Alternatives Considered for Remediation of Dead Man's Creek
Alternative
1
II
III
IV
V
Description
Mechanical dredging and mechanical disposal
in an upland CDF
Hydraulic dredging and disposal in an upland
CDF
Mechanical dredging and mechanical place-
ment in a pretreatment facility (equalization)
and thermal desorption processing of dredged
material solids
Hydraulic dredging and placement in a pre-
treatment facility (equalization and dewater-
ing) and thermal desorption processing of
dredged material solids
In situ capping
Controls
Liner
Effluent treatment by
carbon adsorption and
liner
Liner for pretreatment
facility
Carbon adsorption treat-
ment of pretreatment
effluent and liner for pre-
treatment facility
Assumes cap stability and
isolation from bioturbation
              Alternative I are limited to lining the CDF to minimize leachate losses. Efflu-
              ent controls are not needed for Alternative I since dredging and disposal are
              mechanical.  Alternative II involves hydraulic dredging and disposal in an
              upland CDF.  Controls for Alternative II include effluent treatment by carbon
              adsorption and lining the CDF.  Alternatives III and IV involve mechanical
              and hydraulic dredging, respectively, and include pretreatment (equalization
              and dewatering) and thermal desorption processing of sediment solids.  Con-
              trols for Alternative III are limited to lining  the pretreatment facility to mini-
              mize leachate losses.  Effluent controls are not needed since dredging and
              placement are mechanical. Controls for Alternative IV include treatment of
              effluent from the pretreatment facility by carbon adsorption and lining the
              pretreatment facility to minimize leachate losses.  Alternative V is in situ cap-
              ping and does not involve dredging.

                  As indicated in Figure 68, contaminant loss  calculations showed that in situ
              capping is superior to all other alternatives in terms of minimizing PAH
              releases over a 100 year period.  Diffusion-controlled PAH release associated
              with in situ capping is estimated to be  1,000 to greater than 100,000 times
              less than the next best alternative.  Alternatives are ranked in order of
              decreasing contaminant loss  for each PAH in Table 23.  Alternative IV with
              controls is second best in minimizing losses for all four PAHs. Alternative II
              without controls releases more PAH than any of the other alternatives, and
              Alternative I without controls was next worst.  Between the second best and
              second worst alternatives, the relative order of the rankings vary with PAH.
              In general, the rankings for  anthracene and phenanthrene are similar,  and the
              rankings for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene are similar. Differences
              between rankings for  the anthracene-phenanthrene pair and the
228
                                       Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
Table 23
Alternative Ranking by PAH

PAH
Anthracene








Benzoanthracene








Benzopyrene








Phenanthrene









Ranking
V
IV with controls
III with controls
1 with controls
IV without controls
III without controls
II with controls
1 without controls
II without controls
V
II with controls
IV with controls
IV without controls
1 with controls
III with controls
III without controls
1 without controls
II without controls
V
II with controls
IV with controls
IV without controls
1 with controls
III with controls
III without controls
1 without controls
II without controls
V
IV with controls
1 with controls
III with controls
III without controls
IV without controls
II with controls
1 without controls
II without controls
Normalized Mass Loss,
mg/m3
1.32E-08
7.98
13.51
13.67
13.80
13.93
22.27
32.33
96.70
0
2.62
3.03
10.04
12.63
13.10
13.28
20.80
39.59
0
1.72
1.87
6.64
8. .42
8.61
8.73
13.96
26,80
0.05
26.98
31.52
36.78
39.12
42.21
61.3
135.3
457.9
       benzoanthracene-benzopyrene pair are related to differences in chemical prop-
       erties, as discussed below.
       Alternative I

           Figure 69 shows that most of the anthracene and phenanthrene losses for
       Alternative I without controls were through the leachate pathway. Dredging
       losses were second in relative significance for anthracene and phenanthrene,
       and volatile losses were third in relative significance for these two chemicals.
       Most of the benzoanthracene and benzopyrene losses were associated with
       dredging, and leachate losses made up the rest of the losses  for these two
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                              229

-------
                   ALTERNATIVE I:  WITHOUT CONTROLS
                  CLAMSHELL DREDGING W/CDF DISPOSAL
                                   (mg/m3)
           ANTHRACENE:  32.33
BENZOANTHRACENE:  20.80
         BENZOPYRENE:  13.96
  PHENANTHRENE; 135.3
Figure 69.  Alternative I without controls
             chemicals.  Volatilization was insignificant for benzoanthracene and
             benzopyrene.

                Figure 70 shows losses for Alternative I with leachate controls (a lined
             CDF).  Dredging losses dominate losses for all four PAHs, especially benzo-
             anthracene and benzopyrene.  Lining a CDF, of course, does not increase
             dredging losses.  Because leaching losses have been significantly  reduced,
230
                                  Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                               ALTERNATIVE I:  WITH CONTROLS
                            CLAMSHELL DREDGING W/CDF DISPOSAL
                                              (mg/m3)
          LEACHATE
              ANTHRACENE:  13.67
BENZOANTHRACENE:  12.63
                                              LEACHATE
                BENZOPYRENE: 8.42
  PHENANTHRENE:  31.52
       Figure 70.  Alternative I with controls

       dredging losses represent a proportionally larger share of the total loss esti-
       mate.  Volatile losses are second in relative significance for anthracene and
       phenanthrene, and with leachate controls in effect for Alternative I, leachate
       losses of these two chemicals were of minor significance. Volatile losses
       were negligible for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene, and leachate losses
       were of extremely minor significance for these two chemicals.
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                   231

-------
                 PAH losses for Alternative I were reduced by 39 (benzoanthracene) to
              77 (phenanthrene) percent by lining the CDF.  Controls were less effective for
              benzoanthracene and benzopyrene than for anthracene and phenanthrene.  The
              differences in  control effectiveness is due to differences in the significance of
              dredging losses.  For benzoanthracene and benzopyrene, dredging losses
              comprised a greater share of the total losses in the without-controls alternative
              than dredging  losses for anthracene and phenanthrene.  Therefore, imple-
              menting leachate controls (no impact  on dredging losses) has less effect on
              benzoanthracene and benzopyrene losses.

                 The differences in primary loss pathways  for different PAHs under Alter-
              native I are related to differences in chemical properties.  Anthracene and
              phenanthrene are more mobile than benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.  Solu-
              bilities are higher (Figure 52), Henry constants are higher (Figure 63), and
              distribution coefficients (Figure 52) are lower for anthracene and phenanthrene
              than for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.  Thus, anthracene and phenan-
              threne were lost through pathways involving  large masses of water (e.g.,
              leachate) and volatilization.  Benzoanthracene and benzopyrene were lost
              through pathways involving large masses  of solids (dredging).  Although the
              solubilities of anthracene, benzoanthracene, benzopyrene, and phenathracene
              are not high relative to many other chemicals, and distribution coefficients for
              these chemicals are not low relative to many  other chemicals, leachate losses
              of these chemicals were significant for the unlined CDF option.  Volatile
              losses were significant for anthracene and phenanthrene and insignificant for
              benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.
              Alternative  II

                 Figure 71 shows that most of the PAH losses for Alternative II without
              controls were through the leachate pathway.  Volatile losses were second in
              relative significance for anthracene and phenanthrene, and effluent losses were
              third in relative significance for these two chemicals. For benzoanthracene
              and benzopyrene, effluent losses were second in relative significance, and
              dredging losses were  third in relative significance for these two chemicals.
              Volatilization was insignificant for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.

                 Figure 72 shows losses for Alternative II  with controls (effluent treatment
              and  a lined CDF).  Most of the anthracene and phenanthrene were lost
              through volatilization.  Effluent losses were second in relative significance for
              anthracene and phenanthrene, dredging losses were third in relative signifi-
              cance, and leachate losses were fourth in relative significance for these two
              chemicals with effluent and leachate controls. Effluent  losses dominate losses
              for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene. Dredging losses were second in rela-
              tive significance for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene,  volatile losses were
              third in relative significance, and leachate losses were fourth in relative signif-
              icance for these two chemicals with effluent  and leachate controls.
232
                                       Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                         ALTERNATIVE H:   WITHOUT CONTROLS
                       CUTTERHEAD DREDGING W/CDF DISPOSAL
                                           (mg/m3)
                                        DREDGING
                                                     .EACI
                                                                               DREDGING
                                                                                VOLATILE
                  ANTHRACENE:  96.70
BENZOANTHRACENE:  39.59
                                      DREDGING
                                                                               EFFLUENT
                                                     LEACHATE
                  BENZOPYRENE:  26.80
  PHENANTHRENE:  457.9
       Figure 71.  Alternative II without controls

         PAH losses for Alternative II were reduced by 77 (anthracene) to 94 (ben-
       zopyrene) percent by implementing controls (Table 22). Losses were pri-
       marily reduced by restricting leachate flow. Controls were more effective for
       benzoanthracene and benzopyrene than for anthracene and phenanthrene. The
       differences  in control effectiveness was due to differences  in the relative sig-
       nificance of leachate losses. Benzoanthracene and benzopyrene leachate losses
       comprised a greater share of the total losses in the without controls-alternative
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                    233

-------
                    ALTERNATIVE H:   WITH CONTROLS
                CUTTERHEAD DREDGING W/CDF DISPOSAL
                                   (mg/m3)
                         LEACHATE
                             DREDGING
          ANTHRACENE:  22.27
                              VOLATILE
                           LEACHATE
          BENZOPYRENE: 1.72
                                                                         VOLATILE
                                                                    LEACHATE
BENZOANTHRACENE: 2.62
                                                                   LEACHATE
                                                                       DREDGING
  PHENANTHRENE:  61.3
Figure 72.  Alternative II with controls
             than leachate losses for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene. Thus, leachate
             controls had more impact on those PAHs whose losses in the uncontrolled
             alternative were primarily leachate losses.

                The relative significance of loss pathways for Alternative II with controls
             varied.  For anthracene and phenanthrene, volatile and effluent pathways were
234
                                   Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
       the primary loss pathways and volatile losses dominated.  For benzo-
       anthracene and benzopyrene, effluent and dredging pathways were the major
       pathways and effluent losses dominated.  The differences in the significance of
       effluent and dredging losses is related to differences  in the significance of the
       volatilization pathway.  For Alternative II with controls, volatilization was the
       dominant loss pathway for anthracene and phenanthrene, but relatively insig-
       nificant for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.  The  Henry constants are
       higher for anthracene and phenanthrene than for benzoanthracene and benzo-
       pyrene; hence, a greater tendency for anthracene and phenanthrene to be lost
       by volatilization.  Relative to volatilization, dredging losses of anthracene and
       phenanthrene were small  for Alternative II with controls.  Since volatilization
       was insignificant for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene, dredging and effluent
       losses accounted for a larger portion of the total losses of these compounds  for
       Alternative II with controls.
       Alternative III

          Figure 73 shows that PAH losses for Alternative III without controls were
       primarily associated with solids losses during dredging. Stack gas losses from
       the thermal desorption unit were second in relative significance for anthracene
       and phenanthrene, and leachate and volatile losses were relatively minor for
       these two chemicals.  For benzoanthracene and benzopyrene, leachate losses
       and losses in the stack gas from the thermal desorption unit were relatively
       minor.  Volatilization was negligible for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.

          Figure 74 shows the distribution of losses  for Alternative III with controls
       (lined pretreatment facility).  Figures 73 and 74 are similar because lining the
       pretreatment facility minimally reduces total losses and does not significantly
       alter the distribution of losses for Alternative III.

          Anthracene and phenanthrene losses from the thermal desorption unit were
       significant relative to other losses, where as benzoanthracene and benzopyrene
       losses from the thermal desorption unit were insignificant relative to other
       losses.  These  differences can be explained on the basis of chemical proper-
       ties.  Anthracene and phenanthrene as previously discussed are more mobile
       and tend to sorb less than benzoanthracene and benzopyrene. Thus, sorption
       and retention in the carbon column treating stack gases from the thermal
       desorption unit were greater for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene than for
       anthracene and phenanthrene.
       Alternative IV

          Figure 75 shows that anthracene and phenanthrene losses for Alternative
       IV without controls were distributed among treatment, leachate, effluent,
       volatile, and dredging losses. Dredging losses were the least significant of all
       the losses for these chemicals.  Effluent was the major, though not the domi-
       nant loss pathway, for anthracene.  Losses from the thermal desorption unit

                                                                                            235
Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River                                   *-^^

-------
                  ALTERNATIVE  III:  WITHOUT CONTROLS
                    CLAMSHELL DREDGING W/PT AND TD
                                    (mg/m3)
  LEACHATE

   VOLATILE
                                                                       LEACHATE
        ANTHRACENE: 13.93
BENZOANTHRACENE:  13.28
                                     LEACHATE
                             LEACHATE
          BENZOPYRENE:  8.73
  PHENANTHRENE:  39.12
Figure 73.  Alternative III without controls
             were the major losses, though not the dominant loss, for phenanthrene.
             Benzoanthracene and benzopyrene were lost primarily through the effluent
             pathway.

                Figure 76 shows the distribution of PAH losses for Alternative IV with
             controls (effluent treatment and lined pretreatment facility). Thermal desorp-
             tion losses and volatile losses from the pretreatment facility were the most
236
                                   Chapter 10  Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                          ALTERNATIVE III:  WITH CONTROLS
                          CLAMSHELL DREDGING W/PT AND TD
                                          (mg/m3)
          LEACHATE

        VOLATILE
                                                                                 LEACHATE
             ANTHRACENE:  13.51
BENZOANTHRACENE:  13.10
                                              LEACHATE
                                              VOLATILE
             BENZOPYRENE:  8.61
 PHENANTHRENE: 36.78
       Figure 74.  Alternative III with controls

       significant losses for anthracene and phenanthrene.  Effluent and dredging
       losses were the most significant losses for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene.

         PAH losses for Alternative IV were reduced by 36 (phenanthrene) to
       75 (benzoanthracene and benzopyrene) percent by implementing controls.
       Most of the reduction in losses were due to effluent treatment.  Controls were
       more effective for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene than for anthracene and
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                   237

-------
                    ALTERNATIVE IV:  WITHOUT CONTROLS
                     CUTTERHEAD DREDGING W/PT AND TD
                                      (mg/m3)
                              DREDGING
                                                                      DREDGING
            ANTHRACENE:  13.80
                                                               LEACHATE •
BENZOANTHRACENE:  10.04
                             DREDGING
                               	
                            LEACHATE
                                                                         DREDGING
           BENZOPYRENE:  6.64
 PHENANTHRENE:  42.21
Figure 75. Alternative IV without controls
             phenanthrene. The differences in control effectiveness was due to differences
             in the relative significance of effluent losses. Benzoanthracene and benzopy-
             rene effluent losses comprised a greater share of the total losses in the without
             controls-alternative than effluent losses for anthracene and phenanthrene.
             Thus, effluent controls had more impact on those PAHs whose losses in the
             uncontrolled alternative were primarily effluent losses.
238
                                   Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
                           ALTERNATIVE  IV:  WITH CONTROLS
                          CUTTERHEAD DREDGING W/PT AND TD
                                           (mg/m3)
                ANTHRACENE: 7.98
                                                                       LEACHATE
BENZOANTHRACENE: 3.03
                                                                           LEACHATE
                                 • LEACHATE

                BENZOPYRENE:  1.87
                                                                               DREDGING
 PHENANTHRENE: 26.98
       Figure 76.  Alternative IV with controls

         Effluent was a significant loss pathway for benzoanthracene and benzopy-
       rene because other loss pathways such as volatilization and stack gas emission
       from the thermal desorption unit comprised relatively minor shares of the total
       losses.  Anthracene and phenanthrene volatile losses from the pretreatment
       facility and stack gas emissions from the thermal desorption unit were more
       significant than effluent after treatment.   Figure 76 suggests that further engi-
       neering controls could be chemical specific.  For example, a cover for the
Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River
                                                                                   239

-------
             pretreatment facility could reduce anthracene and phenanthrene losses, but
             would have little effect on benzoanthracene and benzopyrene losses.  Addi-
             tional effluent treatment would reduce losses of all four PAHs, but would
             have a larger effect on the total losses for benzoanthracene and benzopyrene
             than on the total losses of anthracene and phenanthrene.
              Summary

                 Several insights are offered by the example calculations.  These insights
              are as follows:

                 a.  Mechanical dredging followed by mechanical disposal in a CDF and
                    hydraulic dredging followed by disposal in a CDF results in approxi-
                    mately the same PAH  losses when leachate and volatile losses are
                    neglected. In the former, PAHs are lost primarily at the point of
                    dredging.  In the latter, PAHs are lost in the effluent. The total mass
                    loss is about the same. However, engineering controls  are more prac-
                    tical for effluent than for dredging.

                 b.  When leachate and volatile losses are considered, mechanical dredging
                    and mechanical disposal in a CDF result in lower PAH  losses than
                    hydraulic dredging and disposal in a CDF.  The primary difference is
                    in leachate losses.  Leachate losses are higher for the hydraulic dredg-
                    ing option because hydraulic dredging adds water to the sediment that
                    is not removed during sedimentation as effluent.  This water bulks the
                    sediment and,  depending on site-specific foundation conditions and
                    hydrologic factors, may drain by gravity into underlying soils.
                    Leachate controls  are, therefore, more likely to be cost-effective for
                    the hydraulic dredging and disposal option than for the  mechanical
                    dredging and disposal option.

                 c.  The significance of volatile losses is highly chemical  dependent.  Four
                    PAHs were included in the example calculations. For two, anthracene
                    and phenanthrene,  volatile losses were significant for some alternatives.
                    For the other two, benzoanthracene and benzopyrene, volatile losses
                    were negligible or minor for every remediation option considered.

                 d. Certain conventional wisdoms about dredging and dredged material
                    disposal may need to be revisited.  It is often said that many contami-
                     nants strongly sorb to sediment solids and, therefore, are not mobile.
                     The example calculations suggest that this may be somewhat mislead-
                     ing.  No matter how large the distribution coefficient, reversible sorp-
                     tion implies a  capacity and potential for desorption.
240
                                      Chapter 10 Example Application to Contaminated Sediments/Buffalo River

-------
       11    Summary  and
               Recommendations
      Conclusions

      General

         The primary objective of this report was presentation of techniques for
      estimating contaminant losses associated with various sediment remediation
      alternatives. Preproject estimation of contaminant losses conducted early in
      the planning process can indicate the relative merit of various remediation
      alternatives. Intuitively, the alternative that minimizes contaminant losses is
      the most environmentally protective alternative.  Although risk assessment,
      economics, feasibility, and other factors must be considered to fully evaluate
      alternatives, preliminary screening or ranking of alternatives  according to
      estimated contaminant losses has merit because it is contaminant loadings
      (losses) to the environment that result in exposure concentrations that impair
      environmental quality.  In addition, contaminant loss estimates provide some
      of the input data needed to conduct risk assessments for remediation
      alternatives.

          Many environmental regulatory agencies are beginning to emphasize
      assessment of total mass losses of contaminants in their evaluations of dredged
      material management alternatives.  Existing procedures such  as the Corps of
      Engineers Management Strategy (Francingues et al. 1985), the Dredged Mate-
      rial Alternative Selection Strategy (Cullinane et al. 1986), the General
      Decision-Making Framework (Lee et al. 1991), and the Interagency Technical
      Framework for Evaluating Environmental Effects of Dredged Material Man-
      agement Alternatives (USEPA/USACE) use analyses of contaminant migration
      pathways to estimate environmental effects (for example, water column and
      benthic toxicities). Estimated effects are compared with criteria established by
      regulatory  authorities to arrive at decisions regarding the suitability of an
      alternative, including the need for restrictions.  When acceptable combinations
      of  restrictions are difficult to identify, the existing procedures provide little
      guidance for objectively evaluating tradeoffs between alternatives, including
      the no-action alternative.  The approach to comprehensive analysis of contami-
      nant  losses described in this report provides an objective, comparative

                                                                                      241
Chapter 11   Summary and Recommendations

-------
             assessment methodology that engineers, scientists, planners, decision-makers,
             and others involved in evaluation of sediment remediation alternatives may
             find helpful.

                Techniques are available for estimating contaminant losses associated with
             most sediment remediation components and contaminant migration pathways
             within remediation components.   In some cases, a priori estimation techniques
             are available that do not require  data other than sediment characterization data
             and other minimal project data.  Pathway specific laboratory tests are avail-
             able for some contaminant migration pathways that provide more reliable
             estimates  of losses than the a priori techniques.  A priori techniques are suita-
             ble for planning-level assessments.  Techniques that use pathway-specific
             laboratory data provide the type of loss estimates often called for by regula-
             tory agencies that evaluate proposed remediation projects.

                Availability and relative reliability of contaminant loss estimation tech-
             niques are shown in Table 24.  The state of development of predictive tech-
             niques for estimating contaminant losses  from remediation components varies
             with the component and the loss pathway.  For some remediation components,
             there  are  no pathway-specific tests available.  In these cases, a priori tech-
             niques may be the only techniques available; however, a priori techniques are
             not always available for all pathways of all components.  The confidence and
             accuracy  of contaminant loss estimates depend on the state of development  and
             the amount of field-verification data available.
Table 24
Availability and Relative Reliability of Contaminant Loss Estimation
Techniques
Component or
Alternative
In Situ Capping
Open-Water
Disposal/Capping
Dredging
Transportation
Confinement
Treatment
No Action
Available
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reliability
Moderate
Moderate
Low
-
Variable
High
High
Ease of Use
Difficult
Difficult
Moderately Difficult
--
Moderately Difficult
Simple
Very Difficult
                 This report illustrates how overall pooled estimates for all pathways and
              remediation components can be used to compare sediment remediation alterna-
              tives in terms of effectiveness.  Most of the available estimation techniques,
              however, are not sufficiently developed or field verified to warrant decision
              making on the basis of contaminant loss estimates alone.  Even if the
242
                                                            Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
       estimation techniques were fully developed and field verified, it would not be
       prudent to use estimated contaminant losses alone for decision making.

          Using the a priori techniques described and illustrated in this report, it is
       possible to identify major contaminant loss pathways for various alternatives.
       This information can then be used to identify needs for laboratory testing to
       provide sediment-specific parameters for refined estimates of contaminant
       losses.  For example, if for alternative A, pathways i and j are shown to be
       relatively  insignificant and pathway k is shown to be significant relative to
       pathways  i and j, then laboratory determination of sediment-specific parame-
       ters for pathway k is indicated if the comparison of alternative A to other
       alternatives is to be refined.  Thus, the a priori techniques described in this
       report can be used to allocate resources toward refining contaminant estimates
       and, hence, evaluation of remediation alternatives.

          This report includes a set of example calculations.  Most of the calculations
       were  implemented on commercially available mathematical software that
       allows the user to present equations as if they were written on engineering
       paper.  In one case,  public domain software (the Hydrologic Evaluation of
       Landfill Performance computer model) was used to estimate leachate seepage
       from  upland pretreatment and CDFs. Preparation of this report did not
       involve computer model development, and no code was written to  implement
       any of the estimation techniques.  Readers are directed to the fact that a single
       computer  code is not available for implementation of the various estimation
       techniques described in this report.

          In no case do the a priori techniques described in this report replace sound
       engineering practice. A priori evaluation  of alternatives is one thing.  Selec-
       tion,  recommendation, and funding of a preferred alternative is quite another.
       In the latter, the preferred alternative must stand on its own merit as environ-
       mentally protective and cost-effective.  Substantial sediment-specific testing is
       usually required to clearly demonstrate that a given alternative is at once envi-
       ronmentally protective and cost-effective.  No amount of a priori estimation of
       contaminant losses is sufficient for this task.  This report provides  a planning
       level  assessment tool for narrowing the universe of available alternatives and,
       hence, the scope of sediment-specific testing required for decision making.
       Nonremoval technologies

          Estimating contaminant losses for nonremoval technologies is difficult due
       to lack of field databases and standard procedures for assessment for non-
       removal technologies.  Predictive models based on diffusion are conceptually
       applicable to most nonremoval technologies.  However, predictive techniques
       are not available that account for many important aspects of remediation with
       nonremoval technologies.

          Losses during placement of a cap, or injection of immobilization additives,
       or injection of reagents for chemical treatment can result in highly

                                                                                           243
Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
              localized-transient disturbances of contaminated sediment.  These highly local-
              ized and transient disturbances can be as important, if not more important,
              than long-term diffusion losses.  At present, highly localized-transient losses
              associated with nonremoval technology implementation  cannot be predicted.

                 Once the implementation phase of a nonremoval technology is completed,
              diffusion is the major loss pathway in the absence of significant advection.
              Application of diffusion models to in situ capping is a recent development in
              contaminant loss estimation.  The theoretical basis for diffusion modeling is
              well developed and confirmed in  laboratory-scale simulations of in situ cap-
              ping, but field verification data are nonexistent. Convection, bioturbation,
              and biodegradation are potentially important, depending on site characteristics.
              Convection and bioturbation effects can be avoided by careful planning,
              design, and preproject testing.  For example, controls for bioturbation should
              be part of engineering design, and sites with significant groundwater move-
              ment through the sediment are not good candidates for in situ capping.
              Dredging

                 Techniques for estimating sediment solids losses during hydraulic and
              mechanical dredging are available for conventional dredging equipment.
              Techniques are not available for innovative dredging equipment options.  The
              available predictive techniques provide estimates of sediment losses in terms
              of mass loss per time or mass loss per in situ volume dredged. Exposure
              concentrations are not estimated. To estimate exposure concentrations, the
              predicted losses of sediment and associated chemical contaminants must be
              incorporated into water quality or exposure assessment models.

                 Techniques for estimating contaminant losses during dredging are still in an
              early stage of development. Field data on turbidity and suspended solids
              downstream of dredging operations are available, but measurement of losses at
              the point of dredging that gave rise to the reported data are largely lacking.
              Empirical correlations of sediment losses at the point of dredging with dredg-
              ing operational parameters have been developed, but field validation data are
              scarce.  The predictive techniques focus  on losses at the point of dredging and
              are inherently a priori,  although laboratory tests have been proposed.  It  is
              anticipated that the available correlations will be modified and improved  as a
              result of ongoing studies.
              Transportation

                 Techniques for estimating losses of sediments and associated chemical
              contaminants during transportation of dredged material are not available  for
              most transportation modes. Pipeline breaks, scow spillage, and truck acci-
              dents can be expected, but the frequency of such events have not been
              documented, and there has been little effort to quantify the associated losses.
244
                                                             Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
       A priori predictive techniques for losses from scows due to volatilization are
       available.
       Pretreatment and disposal facilities

          Key contaminant migration pathways, techniques for estimating losses, and
       qualitative indications of predictive reliability for pretreatment and CDFs are
       identified in Table 25.  Pretreatment and confined disposal are remediation
       components for which engineering controls on contaminant losses are most
       practical.
Table 25
Availability and Reliability of Contaminant Loss Estimation Tech-
niques for Pretreatment and Confined Disposal Facilities
Pathway
Effluent
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Leachate
Volatilization
Runoff
Available
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reliability
High
Moderate
Low
High
Ease of Use
Simple
Simple but Complicated
Difficult
Simple
          Contaminant migration pathways for pretreatment and CDFs are similar
       because both facilities confine dredged material solids.  There is always a
       potential for leachate and volatile loss pathways to be of concern when consid-
       ering pretreatment and confined disposal. In addition, hydraulic placement of
       dredged material in pretreatment and CDFs will involve an effluent pathway.

          The relative significance of these contaminant migration pathways is con-
       taminant and facility design specific.  Pathways involving movement of large
       masses of water, such as effluent from hydraulic  filling and long-term leach-
       ing, have the greatest potential for moving significant quantities of soluble and
       slightly soluble contaminants. Pathways such as  volatilization may also result
       in loss of organic chemicals during filling and storage.

          A priori techniques are available for estimating losses via  effluent, leach-
       ate,  and volatilization from pretreatment and CDFs.  However, there are few
       field verification data for the a priori techniques.  For effluent resulting from
       hydraulic filling, laboratory tests are available that have been field verified.
       Confidence and accuracy  in effluent predictions for hydraulic filling are conse-
       quently high.  There are no techniques for estimating losses during mechanical
       filling of nearshore and in-water facilities.
Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations
                                                                                            245

-------
                Scientifically sound a priori and laboratory-based techniques are available
             for estimating leachate quality.  To estimate leachate losses, leachate quality
             estimates must be coupled with computer models such as the Hydrologic Eval-
             uation of Landfill Performance model to simulate site-specific hydrologic pro-
             cesses (precipitation, evaporation, infiltration, percolation, etc.)-  Leachate
             prediction techniques have not been field verified. Confidence in predictions
             is moderate relative to predictions for other contaminant migration pathways.

                The only predictive techniques available for estimating volatile losses are a
             priori techniques.  In cases where highly contaminated dredged material is
             disposed, volatile emissions should be evaluated to protect workers  and others
             who could inhale contaminants released through this pathway. The a priori
             techniques were developed  from chemical vapor equilibrium concepts and
             transport phenomena fundamentals. Predicted emission  rates are primarily
             dependent on the chemical concentration in the dredged  material,  the surface
             area through which emission occurs, and climatic factors such as wind speed.
             Confidence in volatile emission calculations is low relative to predictions for
             other contaminant migration pathways.
              Dredged material treatment

                 Estimation of losses associated with dredged material treatment processing
              follows standard engineering practice of conducting laboratory and pilot-scale
              treatability studies. Performance data generated by treatability studies usually
              provide the information on treatment process waste streams and residuals
              needed to  estimate losses and additional treatment requirements.  The pilot-
              scale treatability studies conducted in other elements of the ARCS program
              may be used in planning level evaluations of treatment alternatives and associ-
              ated contaminant losses.  Caution should be exercised in using these data to
              ensure that the treatment processes under consideration are applicable to the
              sediment to be remediated.  Sediment characteristics—physical and chemical—
              and other  site-specific factors can significantly affect implementability of a
              treatment process.
              Effluent/leachate treatment

                 Effluent and leachate may be viewed as wastewaters and as such are amen-
              dable to conventional wastewater treatment processes.  The available literature
              on wastewater treatment engineering provides information suitable for plan-
              ning level assessments of contaminant losses associated with effluent and
              leachate treatment. As with dredged  material treatment, before proceeding
              with design and final engineering calculations including contaminant losses,
              standard engineering practice involves conducting treatability studies. The
              performance data generated by treatability studies usually provide the informa-
              tion on treatment process waste streams and residuals needed to estimate
              losses and additional treatment requirements.
246
                                                             Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
       Example calculations

          Estimates of contaminant losses for components of a remediation alterna-
       tive for a specific project can be pooled to provide an estimate for the entire
       remediation alternative.  Such estimates can then be used to rank alternatives
       for remediation of a specific site.  This approach has  been illustrated through
       a set of calculations for a sediment contaminated with PAHs in the Dead
       Man's Creek portion of the Buffalo River, New York.

          The example calculations show how to normalize losses with respect to the
       volume of sediment to be remediated so that estimates for various pathways
       can be pooled and alternatives can be compared on a common basis.  The
       remediation alternatives considered were as  follows:

          I    Clamshell dredging with disposal in a CDF (with and without effluent
              and leachate controls).

          II   Cutterhead dredging with disposal in a CDF (with and  without effluent
              and leachate controls).

          Ill  Clamshell dredging with stockpiling in a pretreatment facility
              (with and without effluent and leachate controls)  followed by  thermal
              desorption processing of the dredged material.

          IV  Cutterhead dredging with dewatering in a pretreatment  facility (with
              and without effluent and leachate controls) followed by thermal desorp-
              tion processing of the dredged material.

          V   In Situ capping.

          Example contaminant-loss calculations showed that in situ capping (Alter-
       native V) were less than the losses for all other alternatives for remediation of
       PAH-contaminated sediment in the Dead Man's Creek area of  the Buffalo
       River. PAH losses associated with in situ capping were estimated to be 1,000
       to 100,000 times less than  the next best alternative. Loss estimates for in situ
       capping were significantly  lower than any of the other alternatives because the
       only contaminant migration pathway included in the analysis of in situ capping
       was diffusion through the cap.  Losses  due to disturbance of contaminated
       sediment during cap placement, release of excess pore pressure during consol-
       idation, and erosion by extreme flow events  were not  estimated.  Subject to
       these  limitations, the large  difference between  in situ capping and the other
       alternatives suggests that in situ capping can be a very effective means of
       sediment remediation.  A cap can be armored to improve its stability, and in
       situ capping would generally only be considered for sites subject to weak
       erosive forces and no significant ground water movement.

          Among Alternatives I through IV, Alternative IV with loss  control mea-
       sures,  provided the least return of contaminants to the environment.  There
       was, however,  very little difference in total contaminant  losses between

                                                                                           247
Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
             disposal in a CDF and thermal desorption for low mobility contaminants such
             as benzopyrene and benzanthracene.  Thermal desorption rather than confined
             disposal of benzanthracene, for example, provided only about 3 percent less
             return of the contaminant to the environment.

                Thermal desorption of the more mobile contaminant, phenanthrene, how-
             ever, resulted  in a reduction of total phenanthrene losses by 56 percent over
             the CDF option.  This comparison assumes that engineering controls over
             effluent and leachate losses from pretreatment and CDFs are in place.  In the
             absence of such controls, the CDF option results in much higher contaminant
             losses of phenanthrene. Absence of controls increased the losses during appli-
             cation of the pretreatment/thermal desorption option by 56 percent, and the
             losses for disposal in a CDF were more than an order of magnitude larger.

                Differences were evident between low and high mobility contaminants
             upon application of the clamshell or cutterhead dredging options.  Clamshell
             dredging tends to release a greater quantity of resuspended  sediments com-
             pared with hydraulic cutterhead dredging. Low-mobility contaminants such as
             benzanthracene and benzopyrene are strongly associated with the sediment
             particles and are therefore released in greater quantities by  clamshell dredging.
             High mobility contaminants such as phenanthrene and anthracene, however,
             tend to exhibit greater losses during cutterhead dredging. The large quantities
             of water needed to dredge hydraulically significantly increase the mass of
             these compounds in the water phase and thus increase volatile, effluent and
             leachate losses of these more soluble compounds. Comparison of Alterna-
             tive I and II with loss  control measures, for example, shows approximately
             twice as much phenanthrene and anthracene lost during application of cutter-
             head dredging than during application of clamshell dredging, while signifi-
             cantly reducing losses for the less soluble benzanthracene and benzopyrene.

                 Although the magnitude of the losses during application of any of these
             alternatives is sensitive to the particular set of assumptions  employed, the
             results clearly suggest that the optimum remedial alternative, that is the alter-
             native leading to a minimum loss of contaminants, can be a strong function of
             the particular contaminant.  In addition, the presumption that  greater control
             of suspended  paniculate losses leads to  greater control of contaminant losses is
             not entirely accurate.
              Recommendations

                 Recommendations are provided for using contaminant loss estimates and
              for research needed to improve the reliability and accuracy of available esti-
              mation techniques and develop techniques where none are presently available.
94.R
*-^°                                                        Chapter 11   Summary and Recommendations

-------
       Uses

          The estimation techniques and the example approach to using contaminant
       loss estimates described in this report were designed for comparison purposes.
       Their best use is  in relative comparison and ranking of alternatives and rela-
       tive comparison of loss pathways for specific alternatives. Contaminant-loss
       estimation exercises  conducted solely to justify a predetermined preferred
       alternative should be avoided.  Specific recommendations for using
       contaminant-loss  estimates are provided below.

          a.   Contaminant-loss estimates should be used in a preproject planning
              mode to help screen remediation alternatives. Contaminant-loss esti-
              mates alone are not sufficient for decision making.

          b.   Contaminant-loss estimates for a specific alternative should be used to
              indicate critical loss pathways where engineering controls should be
              considered and potentially provide the most return.

          c.   Contaminant-loss estimates for a specific alternative should be used to
              indicate where pathway specific laboratory testing is needed to improve
              estimates  and provide information for evaluating the feasibility of
              engineering controls.

          d.   Contaminant-loss estimates should be used as input for risk assessment.

          e.   Contaminant-loss estimates for preferred alternatives should be used to
              demonstrate the merit of the preferred alternative relative to the
              no-action  alternative and to indicate where engineering controls may
              provide benefit relative to the no-action alternative.
       Research needs

          Research needs for improving available contaminant-loss estimation tech-
       niques and providing estimation techniques where none are available are pro-
       vided below in order of priority. The order  of priority was developed within
       the context of freshwater sediment remediation and not maintenance dredging
       or remediation of estuarine sediments.

          a.  In situ capping—A  priori and laboratory-based techniques for estimat-
              ing contaminant losses during the implementation phase of an in situ
              capping project are a top research priority.  The available contaminant
              loss estimation techniques for in situ capping account for diffusion
              losses alone.  Loss  estimates for in situ capping will,  therefore, gener-
              ally be lower than estimates for most  other alternatives.  However,
              implementation losses are probably much higher than diffusion losses
              and, if accounted for, could dominant the loss estimates for in situ cap-
              ping. Improved techniques that account for implementation losses are
              needed to provide a more realistic preproject assessment of in situ

                                                                                            249
Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
                     capping.  Development of improved contaminant loss estimation tech-
                     niques for in situ capping should be conducted such that the techniques
                     are also applicable to capping dredged material.   A field verification
                     component will also be needed.

                 b.   Dredged Material Treatment—Treatability studies sometimes do not
                     provide sufficient data to fully evaluate contaminant losses.
                     Laboratory- and pilot-scale treatability studies in which detailed data
                     are obtained on all process streams  are needed in order to fully evalu-
                     ate contaminant losses and  develop  a database for preproject evaluation
                     of probable contaminant losses.  This information is needed to demon-
                     strate the relative merit of treatment to other alternatives.  Because
                     treatability studies  are very expensive, efforts should be made to obtain
                     as much process and contaminant loss information as possible. Treat-
                     ability studies that do not include a  detailed materials balance  should be
                     avoided.

                 c.   Volatile Emissions—Volatile emissions are potentially important from a
                     worker health and  safety viewpoint  for highly contaminated sediments
                     and dredged materials,  as well as, a potentially  important contaminant
                     loss pathway.  Research is  needed to improve the available a priori
                     estimation techniques and develop laboratory-based estimation tech-
                     niques.  A field verification component is also needed.

                 d.   Leachate flow—The Hydrologic Evaluation of Landfill Performance
                     computer model is an excellent model for estimating leachate flow
                     from upland pretreatment and CDFs.  Many of the assumptions on
                     which the model is based are not readily applicable to nearshore and
                     in-water facilities in which significant lateral seepage may occur. The
                     model can be "tricked"  to  simulate  losses through dikes, but a model
                     designed to evaluate  such problems  would be preferred. A time-
                     varying contaminant  transport model that simulates fluctuating water
                     levels and the attendant changes in hydraulic gradients  is needed to
                     fully evaluate leachate seepage in nearshore and  in-water facilities.

                 e.   Effluent Losses—Available estimation techniques are limited to
                     hydraulic  filling, and most of the laboratory and field data behind the
                     available techniques are for inorganic contaminants. Additional  field
                     verification involving organic contaminants is needed to supplement the
                     data on inorganic contaminants and provide a complete picture of the
                     predictive capability  of the modified elutriate test. In addition,
                     research and development are needed  to provide laboratory and a priori
                     estimation techniques for effluent losses during  mechanical filling of
                     nearshore and in-water pretreatment and  disposal facilities.
250
                                                             Chapter 11  Summary and Recommendations

-------
      References
      Ambrose, R. B. et al.  (1987).  "WASP4, a hydrodynamic and water quality
         model—Model theory, user's manual,  and programmer's guide," EPA/600/
         3-87-039, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, GA.

      Averett, D. E.  (1988).  "New  Bedford Harbor Superfund Project, Acushnet
         River estuary engineering feasibility study of dredging and dredged mate-
         rial disposal alternatives; Report 3, Characterization and elutriate testing of
         Acushnet River estuary sediment," Technical Report EL-88-15, U.S. Army
         Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Averett, D. E., and Otis, M. J.  (1990).  "New Bedford Harbor Superfund
         Project, Acushnet River estuary engineering feasibility study of dredging
         and dredged material disposal alternatives; Report 12, Executive sum-
         mary," Technical Report EL-88-15, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
         Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Averett, D. E., Palermo, M. R., Otis, M. J., and Rubinoff, P. B.  (1988).
         "New  Bedford Harbor Superfund Project, Acushnet River estuary engi-
         neering feasibility study of dredging and dredged material disposal alter-
         natives; Report 11, Evaluation of conceptual dredging and disposal
         alternatives," Technical Report EL-88-15, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
         Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Averett,  D. E., Palermo, M. R., and Wade, R.  (1988). "Verification of
         procedures for designing dredged material containment  areas for solids
         retention," Technical Report D-88-2, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
         Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Averett,  D. E., Perry, B. D., Torrey, E. J., and Miller, J. A.  (1990).
         "Review of removal, containment and treatment technologies for
         remediation of contaminated sediment in the Great Lakes," Miscellaneous
         Paper  EL-90-25, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
         Vicksburg, MS.

      Bahr, J.  M.,  and Rubin, J. (1987).  "Direct comparison of kinetic and local
         equilibrium formulations for solute transport affected by surface reactions,"
         Water Resources Research 23(3), 438-452.

                                                                                       251
References

-------
             Barnard, W. D.  (1978).  "Prediction and control of dredged material disper-
                sion around dredging and open-water disposal operation," Technical Report
                DS-78-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicks-
                burg, MS.

             Bear, J., and Verruijt, A.  (1987).  Modeling groundwater flow and pollution.
                D. Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht, Holland.

             Berger,  B. B.  (1987).  Control of organic substances in water and
                wastewater.  Noyes  Data Corporation,  Park Ridge, NJ.

             Bohlen, W.  F.  (1978).  "Factors governing the distribution of dredge-
                resuspended sediments," Proceedings, 16th Coastal Engineering Confer-
                ence, ASCE 2001-2017.

             Bohlen, W.  F., and Tramontaro, J. M.  (1977).  "An investigation of the
                impact of dredging operations on suspended material transport in the
                Lower Thames River Estuary," University of Connecticut, Groton,  CT.

             Brandoma, M. G., and Divory, D. J. (1976). "Development of models for
                prediction of short-term  fate of dredged material discharged in the estuarine
                environment," Contract  Report D-76-5, U.S. Army  Engineer Waterways
                Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Brannon, J. M.  (1978).  "Evaluation of dredged material pollution potential,
                synthesis report," Technical Report DS-78-6, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
                ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Brannon, J. M., Engler, R. M., Rose, J. R., Hunt, P. G., and Smith, I.
                (1976).  "Selective analytical partitioning of sediments to evaluate potential
                mobility of chemical constituents during dredging and disposal operation,"
                Technical Report D-76-7, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
                Station, Vicksburg,  MS.

             Brannon,  J. M., Hoeppel, R. E., Smith, I., and Gunnison, D.  (1986).
                "Long-term effectiveness of capping in isolating dutch kills  sediment from
                biota and the overlying water," Miscellaneous Paper EL-86-8, U.S. Army
                Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Brannon, J. M., Hoeppel, R. E., Sturgis, T.  C., Smith, I., and Gunnison, D.
                (1985).  "Effectiveness of capping in isolating contaminated dredged
                material from biota and the overlying water," Technical Report D-85-10,
                U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

              Brannon, J. M., Myers, T. E., Gunnison, D., and Price, C. B. (1991).
                 "Nonconstant polychlorinated biphenyl partitioning in New  Bedford Harbor
                 Sediment during sequential  batch leaching," Environmental  Science and
                 Technology 25(6), 1082-1087.


9R9
f-'Jf-                                                                                References

-------
       Brannon, J. M., Myers, T. E., and Price, C. B.  (1990).  "Factors affecting
          the behavior of metals  in leachate," Environmental Effects of Dredging
          Technical Notes, EEDP-02-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experi-
          ment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Myers, T. E., and Price, C. B.  (1992).  "Leachate testing
          of Hamlet City Lake North Carolina Sediment," Miscellaneous Paper
          D-92-5, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
          MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Myers, T. E., and Tardy, B. A.  (1994).  "Leachate testing
          and evaluation for freshwater sediments," Miscellaneous Paper D-94-1,
          U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Pennington, J. C., Gunnison, D., and Myers, T. E.  (1990).
          "Comprehensive analysis of migration pathways (CAMP): Migration path-
          ways controlling internal cycling and net mass transport of contaminants at
          confined dredged material disposal facilities," Miscellaneous Paper D-90-5,
          U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Pennington, J. C., Myers, T. E., and Price, C. B. (1989).
          "Factors affecting leachate quality," Environmental Effects of Dredging
          Technical Notes, EEDP-02-11, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experi-
          ment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Plumb, R. H., and Smith, I., Jr.  (1980).  "Long-term
          release of heavy metals from sediments," Contaminants and sediments:
          Volume II.  R. A. Baker, ed., Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, MI.

       Burks, S.  A., and Engler, R. M.  (1978).  "Water quality  impacts of aquatic
          dredged material disposal (laboratory investigations)," Technical Report
          DS-78-4, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment  Station, Vicksburg,
          MS.

       Burns, L.  A., and Cline, D. M. (1985).  Exposure analysis modeling system,
          Reference Manual for EXAMS II.  EPA-600/3-85-038, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Athens, GA.

       Carpenter, B.  H. (1986).  "PCB sediment decontamination-technical/
          economic assessment of selected alternative treatments," Contract Report
          68-02-3992, Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC.

       Carslow, H. S., and Jaeger, J. C.  (1959). Conduction of heat in solids.
          Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.

       Chiou, C. T., Porter, P. E., and Schmedding, D. W.  (1983).  "Partition
          equilibria of nonionic organic compounds between soil organic matter and
          water," Environmental Science and Technology 17(4), 227-231.
                                                                                        253
References

-------
Cleary, R. W., and Adrian, D. D.  (1973).  "Analytical solution of the
   convective-dispersive equation for cation adsorption in soils," Soil Science
   Society of America Proceedings 37, 197-199.

Cohen, Y., Cocchio, W., and Mackay, D. (1978). "Laboratory study of
   liquid-phase controlled volatilization rates in presence of wind waves,"
   Environmental Science and Technology 12, 553-558.

Collins, M. A. (1989).   "Dredging induced near field resuspended sediment
   concentrations and source strengths," Draft Report on Contract
   No. DAALO3-86-D-0001, Scientific Services Program for the U.S.  Army
   Engineer Waterways  Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Corbitt, R. A.  (1989).  Standard handbook of environmental engineering.
   McGraw-Hill Inc., New York.

Crank, J. (1975). The mathematics of diffusion.  Oxford University Press,
   Oxford, UK.

Cullinane, M. J., Averett, D. E., Shafer, R. A., Male, J. W.,  Truitt, C. L.,
   and Bradbury, M. R.  (1986).  "Guidelines for selecting control and treat-
   ment  options for contaminated dredged material requiring restrictions,"
   Puget Sound Dredged Disposal Analysis Report, U.S. Army Engineer
   Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

DiGiano, F. A., Miller, C. T., Yoon, J.  (1993).  "Predicting  release of
   PCBs at the point of dredging," Journal of Environmental Engineering,
   American Society of Civil Engineers  119(1), 72-89.

	.  (1995).  "Dredging elutriate test (DRET) development," Con-
   tract  Report D-95-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
   Vicksburg, MS.

 Dilling,  W. L. (1977).  "Interphase transfer processes. II.  Evaporation rates
   of chloromethanes, ethanes, ethylenes, propanes, and propylenes from
   dilute aqueous solutions. Comparisons with theoretical predictions,"
   Environmental Science and Technology 11, 405-409.

 Dortch,  M. S., Hales, L. Z., Letter, J. V., McAnally, W. H.  (1990).
    "Methods of determining the long-term fate of dredged material for aquatic
    disposal sites," Technical Report D-90-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
    Experiment station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Doyle, R. D., Myers, T. E., and Adrian, D. D.  (1993).  "Atrazine retention
    and disappearance in experimental wetlands mesocosms," Presented  at
    Wetlands Biogeochemical Symposium, Louisiana State University,
    February 1993.
                                                                       References

-------
       Dupont, R. R. (1986). "Evaluation of air emission release rate model
          predictions of hazardous organics from land treatment facilities," Environ-
          mental Progress 5(3), 197.

       EBASCO Services Incorporated.  (1990). "Final air monitoring report
          Volume I, New Bedford Harbor Pilot Dredging and Disposal Study," Con-
          tractor Report for EPA Contract Number 68-01-7250.

       Engler, R. M., Patin, T. R., and Theriot, R. F. (1990). "Update of the
          Corps' environmental effects of dredging programs (FY  89)," Miscella-
          neous Paper D-90-2, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
          Vicksburg, MS.

       Environmental Laboratory. (1987).  "Disposal alternatives  for PCB-
          contaminated sediments from Indiana Harbor, Indiana,"  Miscellaneous
          Paper EL-87-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
          Vicksburg, MS.

       Environmental Laboratory, Department of the Army, Waterway Experiment
          Station,  Corps of Engineers. (1989).  CE-QUAL-RIVI:  A Dynamic, One-
          dimensional (Longitudinal), Water Quality Model for Streams:  User's
          Manual.

       Francingues, N. R., Jr., Palermo, M. R., Lee, C. R., and Peddicord, R. K.
          (1985).  "Management strategy for disposal of dredged material:  Contami-
          nant testing and controls," Miscellaneous Paper D-85-1,  U.S. Army Engi-
          neer Waterways  Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Fred, D. L. (1988).  The NWS DAMBRK  Model Theoretical Background/
          User Documentation.  Hydrologic Research Laboratory,  Office of Hydrol-
          ogy,  National Weather Service.

       Freeze, R. A., and Cherry, J. A.  (1979).  Groundwater. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
          Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

       Gambrell, R. P., Khalid, R. A., and Patrick, W. H.  (1978).  "Disposal
          alternatives for contaminated dredged material as a management tool to
          minimize adverse environmental effects," Technical Report DS-78-8,
          U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Glover,  R.  E. (1974).  "Transient ground water hydraulics,"  Water
          Resources Publications, Littleton,  CO.

       Halliburton, T. A.  (1978).  "Guidelines for dewatering/densifying confined
          dredged material," Technical Report DS-78-11, U.S.  Army Engineer
          Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
References

-------
             Hamaker, J. W.  (1972).  "Diffusion and volatilization," Organic chemicals
                in the soil environment, Volume I. E. A. I. Goring and J. W. Hamaker,
                ed., Marcel Dekker, New York.

             Hammer,  D.  A., ed. (1989). Constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment.
                Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, MI.

             Harr, M. E.  (1962).  Groundwater and seepage.  McGraw-Hill Book
                Company, New York.

             Hayes, D. F. (1986). "Development of a near field source strength model to
                predict sediment resuspension from cutter suction dredges," M.S. thesis,
                Department of Civil Engineering, Mississippi State University, MS.

             Hayes, D. F., McLellan, T.  N., and Truitt, C. L.  (1988).  "Demonstrations
                of innovative and conventional dredging equipment at Calumet Harbor, Illi-
                nois,"  Miscellaneous Paper EL-88-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
                Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Hayes, D. F., Raymond, G., McLellan, T. N.  (1984).  "Sediment resuspen-
                sion from dredging activities." Proceedings, ASCE Specialty Conference,
                Dredging  '84.  American Society of Civil Engineers, Clearwater Beach,
                FL.

             Hayter, E. J. (1987). "Finite element hydrodynamic and cohesive sediment
                transport modeling system," Department of Civil Engineering, Clemson
                University.

             Herbich, J. B., and Brahme, S. B.  (1991).  "Literature review and technical
                evaluation of sediment resuspension during dredging," Contract Report
                HL-91-1,  prepared by Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, for
                the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Hill, D. O., Myers, T. E., and Brannon, J. M.  (1988).  "Development and
                application of techniques for predicting leachate quality in confined dispo-
                sal facilities:  Background and theory," Miscellaneous Paper D-88-1,
                U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Hoeppel,  R.  E., Myers, T. E., and Engler, R. M.  (1978).  "Physical and
                chemical characterization of dredged material influents and effluents in
                confined land disposal areas," Technical Report D-78-24, U.S. Army
                Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Hosseinipour, E.  Z., and Martin, J. L.  RIVMOD: (1991). A one-
                dimensional hydrodynamic and sediment transport model—Model  theory
                and user's manual, AScI Corporation at U.S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Athens, GA.
256
                                                                                   References

-------
      Huston, W., and Huston, W. C. (1976).  "Techniques for reducing turbidity
         with present dredging procedures and operations," Contract Report D-76-
         4, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Ikalainen, A. J.  (1987).  "Detailed analysis of remedial technologies for the
         New Bedford Harbor feasibility study," Contract Report 68-01-7250,
         Ebasco Services, Inc.

      Jennings, A. A., and Kirkner, J. J.  (1984).  "Instantaneous equilibrium
         approximation analysis," Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 110(12), 1700-
         1717.

      Johnson, B. H.  (1990).  "User's guide for models of dredged material dispo-
         sal in open water," Technical Report D-90-5,  U.S.  Army Engineer Water-
         ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Jones, R. A., and Lee, G. F.  (1978). "Evaluation of the elutriate test as a
         method of predicting contaminant  release during open-water disposal of
         dredged sediments and environmental impact of open-water dredged mate-
         rial disposal Vol. I:  Discussion," Technical Report D-78-45, U.S. Army
         Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Khan, A., and Grossi, J.  (1984).  "Confined disposal in the Canadian Great
         Lakes," Dredging and dredged material disposal.  R. L. Montgomery and
         J. W.  Leach, ed., American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 654-
         663.

      Karickhoff, S. W.  (1981).  "Semi-empirical estimation of sorption of hydro-
         phobic pollutants on natural sediments and soils," Chemosphere 10(9),
         833-846.

      Karickhoff, S. W., Brown, D. S., and Scott, T. A.  (1979). "Sorption of
         hydrophobic pollutants on natural  sediments," Water Research 13, 241-
         248.

      Kiang, U., and Metry, A. R.  (1982). Hazardous waste processing technol-
         ogy.  Ann Arbor Science Publishers,  Inc.,  Ann Arbor, MI.

      Krizek, R. J., FitzPatrick, J. A., and Atmatzidia, D. K.  (1976).  "Investiga-
         tion of effluent filtering systems for dredged material containment
         facilities," Contract Report D-76-8, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
         Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Krizek, R. J., Gallagher, G. J., Karadi,  G. N. (1976). "Water quality
         effects of a dredging disposal area," Journal of the  Environmental
         Engineering Division, American Society of Civil Engineers  102(EE2), 389-
         409.
                                                                                         257
References

-------
Kuppusamy, T.  (1991).  "Multiphase flow and transport through soils,"
   Short Course, Nov 25-27, 1991, Vicksburg, MS.

Lee, C. R., and Skogerboe, J. G.  (1984).  "Restoration of pyritic soils and
   the quantification of erosion control," Miscellaneous Paper EL-84-7,
   U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Lee, C. R., Tatem, H. E., Brandon, D. L., Kay, S. H., Peddicord, R. K.,
   Palermo, M. R., and Francingues, N. R., Jr. (1991).  "General decision-
   making framework for management of dredged materials," Miscellaneous
   Paper D-91-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways  Experiment Station,
   Vicksburg, MS.

Leonard, R. P. (1988).  "Surface and groundwater monitoring at Times
   Beach confined disposal facility, Buffalo, New York." Proceedings of a
   Seminar on Water Quality R&D:  Successful Bridging Between Theory and
   Applications.  R. G. Willey, ed., U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Com-
   mittee on Water Quality, Washington, DC.

Liss, P. S., and Slater, P. G.  (1974).  "Flux of gases across the air-water
   interface,"  Nature 247, 181-184.

Louisiana Water Resources Research Institute.  (1990).  "Synthesis of
   research needs workshop: Development of leach tests for contaminated
   dredged material," Miscellaneous Paper D-90-3, U.S. Army Engineer
   Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Lu,  J. C. S., Eichenberger, B., Knezevic, M., and Chen, K. Y.  (1978).
   "Characterization of confined disposal area  influent and effluent paniculate
   and petroleum fractions," Technical Report D-78-16, U.S. Army Engineer
   Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Lunney, P. D., Springer, C., and Thibodeaux, L. J.  (1985).  "Liquid-phase
   mass transfer coefficients for surface impoundments," Environmental Prog-
   ress 109(4), 203-211.

Lyman, W. J., Reehl, W. F., and Rosenblatt, D. H.  (1990).  Handbook of
   chemical property estimation methods.  American Chemical Society,
   Washington,  DC.

Mackay, D.  (1979).  "Finding fugacity feasible," Environmental Science and
    Technology 13(10), 1218-1223.

MacKnight, S., and MacLellan, E. (1984).  "PCB contaminated sediments
    from Petit-de-Grat, Canada."  Dredging and dredged material disposal.
    R. L. Montgomery and J. W. Leach, ed., American  Society of Civil
    Engineers, New York, 619-624.
                                                                      References

-------
       Mang, J. L., Lu, J. C. S., Lofy, R. J., and Stearns, P.  (1978).  "A study of
         leachate from dredged material in upland areas and/or in productive uses,"
         Technical Report D-78-20, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
         Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Martin, J. L., Ambrose, R., and McCutcheon, S.  (1988).  "Assessment
         protocols  for confined disposal facilities:  Time Variable TOXI4 Based
         CDF Model," USEPA Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA.

       Mayer, R., Letey, J., and Farmer, W. J.  (1974).  "Models for predicting
         volatilization of soil-incorporated pesticides," Soil Science Society of
         America Proceeding 38, 563-568.

       Maynord, S.  (1993).  "Design considerations for capping/armoring of
         contaminated sediments in-place," Draft Technical Note prepared for Engi-
         neering Technology Work Group, Assessment and Remediation  of Contam-
         inated Sediments Program, Great Lakes National Program Office,
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, IL.

       McLellan,  T. N., Havis, R.  N., Hayes D. F., and Raymond,  G.  L. (1989).
         "Field studies of sediment resuspension characteristics of selected
         dredges," Technical Report HL-89-9, U.S. Army Waterways  Experiment
         Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       McWhorter,  D. B., and Sunada, D. K. (1977). Groundwater hydrology and
         hydraulics. Water Resources Publications, Littleton, CO.

       Means, J. C., Wood, S. G., Hassett, J. J., and Banwart, W. L.  (1980).
         "Sorption of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons by sediments and soils,"
         Environmental Science and Technology 14(12), 1524-1528.

       Millington, R. J., and Quirk, J. P. (1961).  Transactions of the Faraday
         Society 57, 1200-1207.

       Montgomery, R. L.  (1978).  "Methodology for design of fine-grained
         dredged material containment areas for solids retention," Technical Report
         D-76-56,  U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
         MS.

       Montgomery, R. L., Thackston, E. L., and Parker,  F. L.  (1983).  "Dredged
         material sedimentation basin design," Journal of the Environmental Engi-
         neering Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 109(2).

       Morin, J., Cluff, D. B., and Powers, W. B.  (1970). "Realistic rainfall simu-
         lation for field investigation," presented at the 51st Meeting of the Ameri-
         can Geophysical Union, Washington, DC.
                                                                                        259
References

-------
Morin, J., Goldberg, D., and Seginer, I.  (1967).  "A rainfall simulator
   with a rotating disk," Transactions of the American Society of Agricul-
   tural Engineers 10(1), 74-79.

Myers, T. E.  (1991).  "Polychlorinated biphenyl levels in the Saginaw con-
   fined disposal sacility during disposal operations, Fall 1987," Miscel-
   laneous Paper EL-91-4, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
   Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Myers, T. E., and Brannon, J. M.  (1988).  "Evaluation of leachate quality,"
   Report 5  of 12, New Bedford Harbor Superfund Project:  Acushnet River
   Estuary Engineering Feasibility Study Series, Technical Report E-88-15,
   U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Myers, T. E., Brannon, J. M., and Price, C. B.  (1992). "Recent develop-
   ments in  leachate testing and evaluation," Miscellaneous Paper D-92-2,
   U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Myers, T. E., Gambrell, R. P., and Tittlebaum,  M. E.   (1991).  "Design of
   an improved column leaching apparatus for sediments and dredged
   material," Miscellaneous Paper D-91-3, U.S. Army  Engineer Waterways
   Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Myers,  T. E., Stark, T. D., Gibson, A. C.,  Dardeau, E. A., Jr., and
   Schroeder, P. R.  (1993).  "Management plan for the disposal of
   contaminated dredged material in the Craney Island dredged material man-
   agement  area," Technical Report EL-93-20, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
   ways Experiment  Station, Vicksburg, MS.

National Research Council. (1990).  Ground water models: Scientific and
   regulatory applications.  National Academy Press, Washington, DC.

Nawrocki, M. A.  (1974).  "Demonstration of the separation and disposal of
   concentrated sediment," EPA 600/2-74-072, U.S. EPA, Washington, DC.

O'Connor, J. M.,  and O'Conner, S. G.  (1983). "Evaluation of the 1980
   capping operations at the experimental mud dump site, New York Bight
   Apex," Technical Report D-83-3, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experi-
   ment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Ofuji, I., and Naoshi, I.  (1976).  "Antiturbidity overflow system for hopper
   dredge," Dredging, Environmental Effects and Technology:  Proceedings of
   the Seventh World Dredging Conference,  WODCON VII, San Francisco,
   CA.  207-234.

 Palermo, M. R.  (1986). "Development of a modified  elutriate test for esti-
   mating the quality of effluent from dredged material disposal areas," Tech-
   nical Report D-86-4, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
   Vicksburg, MS.

                                                                      References

-------
      Palermo, M. R.  (1988).  "Field evaluations of the quality of effluent from
         confined dredged material disposal areas,"  Technical Report D-88-1,
         U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      	.  (1991a).  "Design requirements for capping," Technical Note
         DRP-5-03, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
         Vicksburg, MS.

      	.  (1991b).  "Site selection considerations for capping," Technical
         Note DRP-5-04, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
         Vicksburg, MS.

      	.  (1991c).  "Equipment and placement techniques for capping,"
         Technical Note DRP-5-05, U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
         Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., Fredette,  T., and Randall, R. E.  (1992).  "Monitoring con-
         siderations for capping," Technical Note DRP-5-07, U.S. Army Engineer
         Waterways Experiment  Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., Homziak, J., and Teeter, A. M.  (1990).  "Evaluation of
         clamshell dredging and  barge overflow, Military Ocean Terminal Sunny
         Point, North Carolina," Technical Report D-90-6,  U.S. Army Engineer
         Waterways Experiment  Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., Maynard, S., Miller, J., and Reible, D. D.  "Guidance for
         in situ subaqueous capping of contaminated sediments," Report in prepara-
         tion, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment  Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., Montgomery,  R. L., and Poindexter, M. E.   (1978).
         "Guidelines for designing, operating, and managing dredged material
         containment areas,"  Technical Report, U.S. Army  Engineer Waterways
         Experiment Station,  Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., and Pankow, V. R.  (1988). "New Bedford Harbor Super-
         fund Project,  Acushnet  River Estuary Engineering  Feasibility Study of
         Dredging and Dredged  Material  Disposal Alternatives; Report 10,
         Evaluation of Dredging and Dredging Control Technologies," Technical
         Report EL-88-15, U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
         Vicksburg, MS.

      Palermo, M. R., Shafer, R. A., Brannon, J. M., Myers, T. E., Truitt, C. L.,
         Zappi, M. E., Skogeboe, J. G.,  Sturgis, T. C., Wade, R., Gunnison, D.,
         Griffin, D. M., Jr.,  Tatum,  H.,  Portzer, S., and Adamec,  S. A.  (1989).
         "Evaluation of dredged material disposal alternatives for U.S. Navy home-
         port at Everett, Washington," Technical Report EL-89-1, U.S. Army  Engi-
         neer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
                                                                                       261
References

-------
Palermo, M. R., and Thackston, E. L.  (1988a).  "Verification of predictions
   of dredged material effluent quality," Journal of Environmental Division,
   American Society of Civil Engineers 114(6).

Palermo, M. R., and Thackston, E. L.  (1988b).  "Test for dredged material
   effluent quality," Journal of Environmental Division, American Society of
   Civil Engineers 114(6).

	.  (1988c).  "Flocculent settling above the Zone Settling Inter-
   face," Journal of Environmental Division, American Society of Civil Engi-
   neering 114(4).

	.  (1989). "Refinement of column settling test procedures for
   estimating the quality of effluent from confined disposal areas," Technical
   Report D-89-9, U.S. Army  Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
   Vicksburg, MS.

Palermo, M. R., Zappi, P. A., Dillon, T. M., McFarland, V. A., Reilly,
   F. J., Jr., Moore, D. D., Myers, T. E., Schneffner, N. W., Hales, L. Z.,
   and Thackston, E. L.  (1993).  "Long-term management strategy for
   dredged material disposal for the Naval Weapons Station, Yorktown, VA;
   Naval Supply Center, Cheatham Annex, Williamsburg, VA; and Naval
   Amphibious Base, Little Creek, Norfolk, VA," Miscellaneous Paper
   EL-93-1, U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
   MS.

Peddicord, R. K.  (1988).  "Summary of the U.S. Army Corps of
   Engineers/U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Field Verification
   Program," Technical Report D-88-6, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
   Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Peters,  R. E., Lee, C. R., and Bates, D. J.  (1981).  "Field investigations of
   overland flow treatment of municipal lagoon effluent," Technical Report
   EL-81-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
   MS.

 Phillips, R. C., Westerdahl, H. E., Mize, A. L., and Robinson, S.  A.
    (1993).  "Summary of literature describing the functional ability of wet-
    lands to enhance wastewater quality," Technical Report WRP-CP-2,
    U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Poindexter-Rollings, M. E.  (1990).  "Methodology for analysis of
    subaqueous sediment mounds," Technical Report D-90-2, U.S. Army
    Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Ponnamperuma,  F. N. (1972).  "The chemistry of submerged soils,"
    Advances In Agronomy 24, 29-96.
                                                                       References

-------
      Reed, S. C.  (1990).  Natural systems for wastewater treatment:  Manual of
         practice.  Water Pollution Control Federation, Alexandria, VA.

      Reid, R. C., Prausnitz, J. M., and Sherwood, J. K.  (1977).  The properties
         of gases and liquids.  McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.

      Richardson, T. W., Kite, J. E., Jr., Schafer, R. A., and Ethridge, J. D., Jr.
         (1982).  "Pumping performance and turbidity generation of model 600/100
         pneuma pump," Technical Report HL-82-8, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
         ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.                           '

      Rogers, J. H., Jr., and Dunn, A.   (1992).  "Developing design guidelines for
         constructed wetlands to remove pesticides from agricultural runoff," Eco-
         logical Engineering 1(1/2), 83-96.

      Sato, E.  (1976a).  "Application of dredging techniques for environmental
         problems," Proceedings ofWODCON VII: Dredging Environmental Effects
         and Technology,  143-162.

      Sato, E.  (1976b).  "Dredging techniques applied to environmental problems,"
         World Dredging and Marine Construction 12(12), 32-38.

      Schroeder, P. R.  (1983).  "Chemical clarification methods for confined
         dredged material disposal," Technical Report D-83-2, U.S. Army Engineer
         Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Schroeder, P. R., and Palermo, M. R.  (1990).  "The automated dredging and
         disposal alternatives management system (ADDAMS)," Environmental
         Effects of Dredging Technical Notes, EEDP-06-12, U.S. Army Engineer
         Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

      Schroeder, P. R., and Peyton, R. L.  (1987).  "Verification of the hydraulic
         evaluation of landfill performance (HELP) model using field data," EPA
         600/2-87-050, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.

      Schroeder, P. R., Peyton, R. L.,  McEnroe, B. M., and Sjostrom, J. W.
         (1988). "The hydrologic evaluation of landfill performance (HELP) model
         Volume III. User's guide for  Version 2," Unpublished manuscript,
         U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,  MS.

      Schwarzenbach, R. P., and Westall, J.  (1981).  "Transport of nonpolar
         organic compounds from surface water to groundwater; Laboratory Sorp-
         tion Studies," Environmental Science and Technology 15(11),  1360-1367.

      Semmler, J. A.  (1990). "PCB-volatilization from dredged material,  Indiana
         Harbor, IN," Environmental Effects of Dredging Technical Notes, EEDP-
         02-12, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
         MS.
                                                                                       263
References

-------
             Semmler, J. A.  (1993).  "Application of equilibrium partitioning theory to a
                confined disposal facility," M.S. thesis, Illinois Institute of Technology,
                Chicago, IL.

             Sheng, Y. P.,  Eliason, D. E.  (1991).  "A three-dimensional numerical model
                of hydrodynamic and sediment transport in lakes and estuaries," Coastal
                and Oceanography  Engineering Department, University of Florida, for
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, GA.

             Shields, F. D., Jr., Thackston, E. L., Schroeder, P. R., and Bach, D. P.
                (1987).  "Design and management of dredged material containment areas
                to improved hydraulic performance,"  Technical Report D-87-2, U.S. Army
                Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Shuckrow, A.  J., Pajak, A. P., and Osheka, J. W.  (1981).   "Concentration
                technologies for hazardous aqueous waste treatment," EPA-600/2-81-019.

             Skogerboe, J.  G., Lee, C. R., Price, R. A., Brandon, D., and Hollins, G.
                (1987).  "Prediction of surface runoff water quality from Black Rock
                Harbor dredged material placed in an upland site," Miscellaneous Paper
                D-87-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
                MS.

             Skogerboe, J.  G., Price, R. A., and  Brandon, D. L.  (1988).  "New Bedford
                Harbor  Superfund Project, Acushnet River Estuary Engineering Feasibility
                Study of Dredging and Dredged Material Disposal Alternatives; Report 4,
                Surface Runoff Quality Evaluation For Confined Disposal," Technical
                Report EL-88-15, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
                Vicksburg, MS.

             Stenneker, R.  C. H., van der Sloot, H. A., and Das, H. A.  (1988).  "Leach-
                ing studies on dredged material in oxidized and reduced state," The Science
                of the Total Environment 68,  11-23.

             Sturgis, T. C., and Gunnison, D. (1988).  "New Bedford Harbor Superfund
                Project, Acushnet River Estuary Engineering Feasibility Study of Dredging
                and Dredged Material Disposal Alternatives; Report 6, Laboratory Testing
                for Subaqueous Caping," Technical Report EL-88-15, U.S. Army  Engineer
                Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

             Suarez, L. A. et al.  (1986).  GETS,  a Simulation Model for Dynamic Bioac-
                cumulation of Nonpolar Organics by Gill Exchange:  A User's Guide.
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, GA, EPA/600/S3-86/057.

             Taylor, A. W.,  and Glotfelty, D. E.  (1988).  "Evaporation from soils and
                crops," Environmental chemistry of herbicides Volume I.  R.  Grover, ed.,
                CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL.
264
                                                                                    References

-------
       Thackston, E. L., and Palermo, M. R. (1990). "Field evaluation of the
          quality of effluent confined disposal areas supplemental study—Houston
          Ship Channel," Technical Report D-90-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
          Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       	.  (1992).  "Predicting effluent PCBs from superfund site dredged
          material," Journal of Environmental Engineering, American Society of
          Civil Engineers 118(5), 657-665.

       Thibodeaux, L. J.  (1979).  Chemodynamics.  Wiley Interscience, New York.

       	.  (1989).  "Theoretical models for evaluation of volatile emis-
          sions to air during dredged material disposal with applications to
          New Bedford Harbor, MA," Miscellaneous Paper EL-89-3, U.S. Army
          Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       	.  (1990).  "A theoretical evaluation of the effectiveness of cap-
          ping PCB contaminated New Bedford Harbor bed sediment," Report pre-
          pared for Balsam Environmental Consultants, Inc., Salem, NH.

       Thibodeaux, L.  J., and Hwang, S. T.  (1982).  "Landfarming of petroleum
          waste modeling the air pollution problem," Environmental Progress 1(1),
          42.

       Thibodeaux, L.  J., Parker, D. G., and Heck, H. H.  (1984).  "Chemical
          emissions from surface impoundments," Environmental Progress 3(2), 73-
          78.

       Thoma, G. J., Reible, D. D., Valsaraj, K. T., and Thibodeaux, L.  J. (1993).
          "Efficiency of  capping contaminated sediments in situ.  2.  Mathematics of
          diffusion-adsorption in the capping  layer," Environmental Science and
          Technology 27(12), 2412-2419.

       Thomas, R. G.  (1990a).  "Volatilization from water," Handbook of chemical
          property estimation methods.  W. J. Lyman, W. F. Reehl, and D. H.
          Rosenblatt, ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.

       	.  (1990b).  "Volatilization from soil," Handbook of chemical
          property estimation methods.  W. J. Lyman, W. F. Reehl, and D. H.
          Rosenblatt, ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.

       Truitt, C.  (1987a).  "Engineering considerations for subaqueous dredged
          material capping—background and preliminary planning," Environmental
          Effects of Dredging Programs Technical Notes, EEDP-01-3, U.S. Army
          Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
                                                                                       OC C
References

-------
             Truitt, C.  (1987b).  "Engineering considerations for capping subaqueous
                dredged material deposits—design concepts and placement techniques,"
                Environmental Effects of Dredging Programs Technical Notes,
                EEDP-01-4, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
                Vicksburg,  MS.

             Truitt, C.  L.  (1986).  "The Duwamish Waterway Capping Demonstration
                Project: Engineering analysis and results of physical monitoring," Techni-
                cal Report D-86-2, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
                Vicksburg,  MS.

             Turner,  F. T., and Patrick, W. H., Jr.  (1968).  "Chemical changes in water
                logged  soils as a result of oxygen depletion," Proc. 9th International Con-
                gress of Soil Science, Adelaide, Australia.

             U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE). (1987). "Confined disposal of
                dredged material engineer manual," EM 1110-2-5027, U.S. Army Corps
                of Engineers,  Washington, DC.

             U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo.  (1969).  "Dredging and water quality
                problems in the Great Lakes (in 12 volumes),"  Buffalo, NY.

             	.   (1993).  Pilot-scale demonstration thermal desorption for the
                treatment of Buffalo River sediments.  EPA905-R93-005. Prepared for
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program
                Office, Chicago, IL.

             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA).  (1988).  "Five year pro-
                gram strategy for the Great Lakes National Program Office FY 1989-
                1993," EPA Document No. 905/9/89/001, GLNPO Report No. 1-89,
                Great Lakes National Program Office, U.S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Chicago, IL.

             USEPA. (1989).  "Guide for conducting treatability studies under CERCLA,
                interim final," EPA/540/2-89/058, Office of Emergency and Remedial
                Response, Washington, DC, and Office of Research and Development,
                Cincinnati, OH.

                           (1992).  Treatability Database, Version 4.0, Risk Reduction
                Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.

              	.  (1993a).  ARCS Risk Assessment and Modeling Overview Doc-
                ument, EPA905-R93-007, USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office,
                Chicago, IL.

              	.  (1993b).  "The superfund innovative technology evaluation pro-
                gram:  Technology profiles sixth edition," Superfund EPA/540/r-93/326,
                November 1993, Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmen-
                tal Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

266                                                                               References

-------
       USEPA.  (1993c).  "VISITT-vendor information system for innovative tech-
          nologies summary report," EPA/540/0-00/000, Office of Research and
          Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

       	.  (1994a).  ARCS Remediation Guidance Document, EPA905-
          B94-003, USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago, IL.

         	.  (1994b).  ARCS Assessment Guidance Document, EPA905-
          B94-002, USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago, IL.

         	.  (1994c).  North American Wetlands for Water Quality Treat-
          ment Database, Version 1.0, Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory,
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH and Environmental
          Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Duluth,
          MN.

       USEPA/USACE.  (1992).  "Evaluating environmental effects of dredged
          material management alternatives—A technical framework," EPA 842-B-
          92-008, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

       Valocchi, A. J.  (1985). Validity of the local equilibrium assumption for
          modeling sorbing solute transport through homogenous soils. Water
          Resources Research 21(6), 808-820.

       Wang, X.  Q., Thibodeaux, L. J., Valsaraj, K. T., and Reible, D. D.  (1991).
          "The efficiency of capping contaminated bed sediments in situ 1. Lab-scale
          experiments on diffusion/adsorption in the capping layer,"  Environmental
          Science and Technology 25(9), 1578-1584.

       Wastewater Technology Centre.  (1993).  "Sediment treatment technologies
          database, 2nd edition," Site Remediation Division, Wastewater Technology
          Centre, Burlington, Ontario.

       Westerdahl, H. E., and Skogerboe, J. G. (1982).  "Realistic rainfall and
          watershed response simulations for assessing water quality  impacts of land
          use management."  Modeling Components ofHydrologic Cycle, Inter-
          national Symposium on Rainfall-Runoff Modeling, Mississippi State Uni-
          versity, Mississippi State, MS, 87-104.

       Wischmeier, W. H., Johnson, C.  B., and Cross, B. V. (1971). "A soil
          erodibility nomograph for farmland and construction sites," Journal of Soil
          and Water Conservation 21(5), 189-193.

       Yagi, T. et al.  (1975).  "Effect of operating  conditions of hydraulic dredges
          on dredging capacity and turbidity,"  Translation from Japanese, No. 228,
          Port and Harbor Research Institute, Ministry of Transport,  Yokusaka,
          Japan.
References

-------
Yagi, T. et al. (1977). "Turbidity caused by dredging."  Dredging, Environ-
   mental Effects and Technology:  Proceeding of the Seventh World Dredging
   Conference, WODCON VII,  San Francisco,  CA.  1079-1109.

Yu, K. Y., Chen, K. Y.,  Morrison, R. D., and Mang, J. L.  (1978).  "Physi-
   cal and chemical characterization of dredged material sediments and
   leachates in confined land disposal areas," Technical Report D-78-20,
   U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Zappi, P. A., and Hayes, D. F. (1991).  "Innovative technologies for dredg-
   ing contaminated sediments," Miscellaneous Paper EL-91-20, U.S. Army
   Engineer Waterways Experimental Station, Vicksburg, MS.
                                                                      References

-------
       Appendix  A
       Notation
       a          empirical swing velocity significance factor
       A          dredging area or area available for mass transfer
       Ac         capped area
       Av         surface area of vessel
       Aw         water surface area
       b          empirical tangential velocity significance factor
       B          Collins bucket parameter
       C          solubility in water
       CEF       contaminant containment efficiency factor for the
                  effluent pathway
       CEFEFF    containment efficiency based on effluent pathway only
       Ca         dissolved concentration of chemical in air
       Cai         background concentration of chemical in air at the dredged
                  material-air interface
       CA         water concentration of A
       CAO        pore water concentration in original sediment
       Cc         colloid concentration in water (DOC)
       Q         dissolved chemical concentration in water
       C'd        hypothetical dissolved  chemical concentration in equilibrium with
                  background air
       Cdoc        colloidal specie  concentration
       CEFF.TOT   total concentration of contaminant i in effluent
       CINF.TOT    tota^ concentration of contaminant i in influent
       Cp         suspended solids concentration
       Cps         suspended solids contaminant concentration
       Cpw        pore water concentration of A
       Cpw°       Pore water concentration in original sediment
       Cs         contaminant concentration in the sediment
       Csorb       concentration of contaminant sorbed to solid phase
       CsL        leachable metal concentration in dredged solids
       C total       whole water contaminant concentration
       Cw         aqueous phase contaminant concentration
       C"         background water concentration above cap
       Cw*        hypothetical dissolved chemical concentration in equilibrium with
                  background air

                                                                                         A i
Appendix A Notation

-------
              C*w        water concentration of A
              d          effective diameter of sediment grains
              dp         particle diameter
              D         depth of dredging
              D'         ratio of colloidal specie diffusivity to
              DA         molecular diffusivity (1 = air, 2 =  water,  3  = sediment pore
                         spaces)
              DA1        molecular diffusivity of chemical A  in air
              DA2        diffusivity of A in water
              DA3        effective diffusivity of chemical A
              DB         molecular diffusivity of chemical B  in water
              Db         effective biotubation diffusion coefficient
              Dch        diameter of cutterhead
              D^        effective diffusivity, bracketed term equation
              DF         fractional depth of cut as  a function of cutterhead diameter
              Dp         dispersion coefficient
              Dv         effective diameter of the vessel
              EA3        effective dispersion coefficient in the medium
              fb         fraction of bucket dredge cycle on bottom
              fd         fraction of bucket dredge cycle for bucket insertion
              f0         fraction of bucket dredge cycle out of water
              fr         fraction of sediment resuspended during dredging
              fu         fraction of bucket dredge cycle for bucket withdrawal
              FD         cutterhead resuspension rate factor accounting for degree of burial
              FF         cutterhead resuspension rate factor accounting for other factors
              foc         fraction organic carbon in sediment  or dredged material
              hb         water depth (bucket dredging)
              hj         pond water elevation above base of dike
              h2          outside water elevation above base of dike
              H          Henry's constant
              Hj          head at crown of water table mound
              H2         head outside the confined disposal facility (CDF)
              Hch         height of cutterhead
              i           contaminant index
              K          hydraulic conductivity of the dike
              KA1         overall mass transfer coefficient based on air-side concentrations
              KA2        overall mass transfer coefficient based on water-side
                          concentrations
              Kb         benthic mass transfer coefficient
              Kc         colloid-water partition coefficient  of A
              Kd         contaminant-specific equilibrium distribution
                          coefficient
              KG         gas-side mass transfer coefficient
              KL         liquid-side mass transfer  coefficient
              Ko         colloid-water partition coefficient
              Koc       colloid-water partition coefficient  of A
              KOG       overall gas-side mass transfer coefficient
              KOL       overall liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient

A2
                                                                                 Appendix A  Notation

-------
       Kov         overall mass transfer coefficient
       L           horizontal distance separating surface of pond and surface of out-
                   side water body
       Lbc         characteristic length of clamshell bucket
       LBio        bioturbation layer thickness
       Lcap        effective depth of cap diffusive layer
       Lch         length of cutterhead
       Lv          vessel length
       m          mass of contaminant  released
       M          weight of activated carbon
       MA         molecular weight of chemical A
       MB         molecular weight of chemical B
       Mcs         mass of contaminant  in the solid phase
       Mm        mass of contaminant  in the aqueous phase
       Ms         mass of solids
       Mw         mass of water
       ne          instantaneous flux of chemical A through the dredged material
       nEDM       instantaneous flux of chemical A through the dredged material-air
                   interface at time  t
       NA         flux of contaminant A in free water
       Nss         steady-state flux
       A^         flux through air-water interface
       pA          background partial pressure of chemical A in air
       pA*         partial pressure of component A in air at exposed surface (in
                   equilibrium with dredged material)
       p*A         pure component vapor pressure of chemical A
       pA1         partial pressure of component A in background air
       P          total atmospheric pressure
       q           discharge per unit length of dike
       Q          volumetric flow of water
       Qd         volumetric flow of water through the averaging volume
       R          universal gas constant,  82.1 atm
       Rj          distance from center of CDF to  edge of water table crown
       R2         distance from center of CDF to  the dike
       RA         release rate of contaminant
       RA(t)       release rate of contaminant, at time t
       RA(t-*oo)    release rate of contaminant, at steady-state
       RD         rate of contaminant release
       RDb        contaminant release rate
       RD ch       dissolved contaminant release rate for a cutterhead dredge
       RD y       volatile chemical emission during dredging
       Rd b        dissolved contaminant release for a clamshell dredge
       Rj          retardation factor as defined by Equation 53
       Rp         release rate of resuspended particles
       Rp b        particle resuspension rate
       Ry.es       volatile emission rate for chemical A from exposed sediment
       Ry.esp       volatile emission rate from partially filled vessel, g/cm2 sec
       5           interphase contaminant  transfer
       Sc          Schmidt number

                                                                                             A3
Appendix A  Notation

-------
             t
             T
             Tc
             U
               cb
              V:
              V,
              W.
                Ap
              X
              z
              Z
              A
              a
              7
              7T

              Pi
              PS
              Pw
              Pb
              V

              Vl
              T

              Tcb

              Subscript
              1
              2
              3
time
temperature
dimensionless cycle time
Darcy or superficial water velocity
net deposition velocity
tangential velocity of cutterhead relative to axis of rotation
volume of the clamshell bucket
water velocity
cutterhead hydraulic inlet suction velocity
swing velocity of cutterhead dredge
maximum tangential velocity of cutterhead relative to fixed axis
wind speed
average pore water velocity
wind velocity
water  current velocity
deposition velocity of sediment particles
total contaminant concentration in sediment (dry basis)
contaminant concentration sorbed to sediment
amount of substance adsorbed
distance through water, into the sediment or cap
water  depth in meters
distance from top of vessel, cm
height of area swept by cutterhead as fraction of cutterhead
dimensions
length of area swept by cutterhead as fraction of cutterhead
dimensions
sediment porosity
air-filled porosity
Bohlen sweep area correction factor
3.14159...
air density
in situ bulk density of the sediment
water density
bulk density
kinematic viscosity
kinematic viscosity of air
dispersivity
clamshell bucket dredge cycle time
 air
 water
 sediment
A4
                                                                               Appendix A  Notation

-------
      Appendix  B
      A  Priori  Estimation  of
      Distribution Coefficients
      Introduction

         Application of methods for estimation of contaminant losses presented in
      the main body of this report often requires estimation of equilibrium distribu-
      tion coefficients between sediment, water, and/or air media.  The distribution
      coefficient is defined as the equilibrium ratio of the concentration of the con-
      taminant in one phase divided by the concentration of the contaminant in an
      adjacent phase at equilibrium.

         Distribution coefficients represent the maximum amount of contaminant
      that can be partitioned into an adjacent media given a concentration within the
      sediment or dredged material solids. In general, distribution coefficients are
      functions of temperature and concentration and the chemical properties of the
      adjacent phases.  By definition, however, distribution coefficients are not
      functions of time nor the rate of mixing within the phases.  Although the
      coefficient is generally a function of concentration, the available data rarely
      supports models that incorporate this behavior and the distribution coefficient
      is typically assumed to be independent of contaminant concentration. Thus,
      the equilibrium concentration in a phase is assumed to be linearly dependent
      on the concentration in the adjacent phase, or for partitioning between water
      and sediment solids (Equations 24, 25, and 26 of the main text)


             c  -  c*
              w   Td

      and for partitioning between water and air (Equations 31 and 32 of main text).
                                                                                   B1
Appendix B A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
             Of interest in this report is partitioning of contaminants between (a) sediment
             or dredged material solids and pore water, and (b) sediments or dredged mate-
             rial and adjacent air.

                Contaminants of primary interest include metals and hydrophobic organic
             chemicals that tend to partition strongly to sediments and thus pose long-term
             sediment quality problems.  Elemental species and hydrophobic organic mate-
             rials partition to sediments by very different mechanisms.   In addition, ele-
             mental species tend to be nonvolatile, and their partitioning from  sediments  to
             air or from water to air need not be considered. Thus, presentation of meth-
             ods for the prediction of distribution coefficients of the materials  of interest
             will be separated by type of contaminant and the environmental interface
             under consideration.
              Hydrophobic  Organic  Species

                 Hydrophobic organic species are characterized by their low-water solubil-
              ity. This class of compounds includes almost all hydrocarbons and substituted
              organic compounds except the simple alcohols and phenols.  Observations
              have suggested that the partitioning of these compounds between water and a
              particular soil or sediment is largely controlled by the hydrophobicity of the
              compound, for example, as measured by the distribution coefficient of the
              compound between water and octanol (Kow).  In addition, observations have
              suggested that the partitioning of a particular hydrophobic organic to different
              soils or sediments is largely controlled by the organic carbon content of the
              solid phase. This is consistent with the concept of "like dissolves like"  for
              defining the mechanism of sorption onto the sediment or soil phase.  To a first
              approximation, the distribution coefficient of a hydrophobic organic compound
              between sediment or dredged material and water is given by

                     Kd  = Kocfoc
              where

                 Koc = organic carbon-based distribution coefficient

                 foc = fraction organic carbon in sediment or dredged material

                 The organic carbon-based distribution coefficient (Koc) is a measure of the
              hydrophobicity of the organic compound.  The fraction organic carbon is a
              chemical property of the sediment or dredged material. This procedure for
              estimating the distribution coefficient thus  separates the problem into deter-
              mining a single parameter characterizing the chemical  and a single parameter
              characterizing the sediment. The organic carbon-based distribution coefficient
              is determined by measuring the sorption of a particular compound on a sedi-
              ment or soil and normalizing by the organic carbon in the solid phase.

B2
                                                  Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
          Lyman, Reehl, and Rosenblatt (1990) indicate that measured Koc values are
       reasonably constant for a given compound  sorbing to different soils and sedi-
       ments.  The coefficient of variation of Koc  with different soils was 10 to
       140 percent (Lyman, Reehl, and Rosenblatt 1990).  Selected values of Koc are
       included in Table Bl with values of other relevant physical properties. Data
       from this table should be used with care recognizing that other data sources
       might provide values that are orders of magnitude different. The values cho-
       sen  for the table,  however, were selected based on consistency with similar
       compounds and the availability of corroborating data, where possible.
Table B1
Physical Properties of Selected Compounds1
Compound
Acenaphthene
Aldrin
Anthracene
Benzolalpyrene
Chlordane
Chrysene
p,p'-DDT
Dieldrin
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
Hexachlorobenzene
Indenopyrene
PCB-1242 (Avg)
PCB-1254 (Avg)
Pentachlorophenol
Phenanthrene
Pyrene
TCDD
MW
154
365
178
252
410
228
354
381
202
166
285
276
261
327
266
178
202
322
f,
mm Hg
0.005
2.3Ex105
2 x 1 O'4
5.5 x10'9
1 x10'B
6.3 x10'9
1.9 x1Q-7
3 x 1 0'6
5x10'6
7 x 1 0'4
1 X10'5
1 x10'10?
4x10'4
7.7 x10'5
1.7 x10'4
6.8 x10'4
6.9 x10'7
1.4x1 O'9
Water
Solubility
mgll
3.47
0.017
0.045
0.004
0.056
0.002
0.003
0.2
0.26
1.6
0.005
0.062
0.24
0.057
20
1
0.135
0.0002
Hc
atm-m3
mol
2.9x10"*
6.5x10'4
0.001
4.6x1 0'7
9.6x10'6
9.5x1Q-7
3x10'5
7.5x1 0'6
5.1x10'6
9.7x10'5
7.5x10'4
5.9x10'10
5.7x10'4
5.8x10'4
3x1 0'6
1.6x10"*
1.4x10'6
3x10'6
L°g *oc
1.25
2.61
4.27
6
5.15
5.39
5.38
4.55
4.62
3.7
3.59
7.49
3.71
5.61
2.95
3.72
4.66
6.66
' From Groundwater Chemicals Desk Reference by Montgomery & Welkom, Lewis Publish-
ers (1990). Henry's Law Constants (H) calculated from vapor pressure and solubility.
A1 1 data are estimates at 25 °C.
          Koc can also be estimated on the basis of correlations, for example with
       solubility or the octanol-water partition coefficient (Kow). For example,
       Curtis,  Reinhard,  and Roberts (1986) have presented the correlation
Appendix B A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients
                                                                                              B3

-------
                     log Koc = 0.92 log Kow -0.23


              As indicated by this correlation, Koc and Kow tend to be the same order of
              magnitude. Kow is a good indicator of the ability of a compound to partition
              between organic and water phases and has been correlated with bioconcentra-
              tion and water solubility  in addition to the sediment-water sorption coefficient.
              In addition, Hansch and Leo (1979) have developed a procedure for estimating
              Kow using only the molecular structure of the compound.  A Kow for essen-
              tially any  compound whose structure is known can be estimated  by this
              method.  Procedures and examples of various methods of estimating Kow, Koc,
              and Kd are detailed in Lyman, Reehl, and Rosenblatt (1990).

                 The use of the approach discussed above is limited to situations where
              sorption of the organic compound to the  sediment is controlled by hydropho-
              bic interactions.  Hydrophilic compounds do not partition in the  same manner
              as the hydrophobic compounds.  In addition, at very low organic carbon
              contents, for example at 0.1 percent or less, direct sorption to mineral sur-
              faces in the sediment or dredged material becomes important, and partitioning
              is no longer simply a function of organic carbon content.  Organic acids and
              bases, phenolic compounds, and many pesticides can also deviate significantly
              from the behavior suggested above at a pH that causes significant ionization of
              the species. The acid dissociation constant (pKa) is a convenient indicator of
              the extent of ionization.  At a pH = pKa, half of the compound  is in its ion-
              ized state.  At a pH = pKa +  2, the concentration of the ionized form is
              100 times that of the concentration of the neutral species and the reverse is
              true for pH = pKa - 2.  Thus 2,4,6-trichlorophenol, with apKa  = 7.42
              (Montgomery  and Welkom 1990), will interact hydrophobically with soils or
              sediments and exhibit a Koc of about 1000 at pH < 6,  while at pH > 9,
              essentially no  sorption will be observed.

                 In addition to the limitations outlined above, the assumption of constant Kd
              typically limits the validity of the entire approach to low-contaminant  concen-
              trations.   A critical sediment loading can be defined as the sediment concen-
              tration that is  in equilibrium with a saturated water solution, i.e., water
              containing the compound at its solubility limit.  Linear partitioning is typically
              not observed at sediment concentrations that are near the critical  loading.  In
              addition, under no circumstances should  linear partitioning between sediment
              and water be applied at sediment concentrations that exceed the critical load-
              ing. It is possible to measure a sediment concentration that exceeds critical
              loading due to the presence of a separate nonaqueous phase or due to nonlin-
              ear partitioning. It is not possible,  however, to achieve a truly dissolved
              concentration  that exceeds the water solubility of the compound.

                 At low-sediment concentrations, for example, in sediment suspended in the
              water column, linear partitioning is also  apparently no  longer observed; distri-
              bution coefficients depend on sediment concentration, perhaps  due to the
              presence of colloidal material (Gschwend and Wu 1985).  Baker  et al. (1991)
              observed that  field data on partitioning to dilute suspended solids rarely fit the

64
                                                  Appendix B A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
       linear partitioning model, perhaps due to the presence of colloids and the
       kinetics of solids uptake of the sorbing contaminant.
       Elemental Species

          The partitioning of metals and other elemental species between sediments
       or dredged material and water is much more complicated than that for hydro-
       phobic organic species.  The total concentration of an element in sediment or
       dredged material is the sum of that which is chemical bound in various geo-
       chemical phases (Brannon et al. 1976), physically sorbed, and dissolved in the
       interstitial waters.  Generally, the chemically bound portion, which usually
       comprises 90 to 99 percent of the contaminant mass, is immobile and
       unavailable for partitioning into the aqueous phase under most environmental
       conditions.  The physically sorbed portion is exchangeable through ion
       exchange, and the  dissolved form is mobile.  In reality, the elemental species
       exist in the sediment in a variety of forms.  Brannon et al. (1976) identified at
       least the following sediment geochemical phases for sorbed and fixed
       contaminants:

          a.   Adsorbed on the surface of charged mineral and organic surfaces.

          b.   Oxides, hydroxides,  and hydrous oxides of Mn and Fe.

          c.   Chemically bound in organic matter.

          d.   Chemically bound with sulfides.

          e.   Bound within the crystalline lattice (residual).

          Brannon et al. (1976) devised a selective extraction scheme that treated
       sediment samples with increasingly harsh treatments to define the interstitial
       water, exchangeable,  easily reducible, organic + sulfide, moderately reducible
       and residual fractions. The contaminants removed with each fraction were
       assumed to indicate the proportion of the original element in each of the
       chemical forms identified above.  The exchangeable fraction, for example,
       was defined by the amount of the elemental  species that could be extracted
       with ammonium acetate.  Brannon et al. (1976) applied the selective extraction
       procedure to sediments from three areas, Ashtabula, Ohio (freshwater),
       Mobile Bay, Alabama (estuarine), and Bridgeport, Connecticut (saltwater).
       The exchangeable  fraction of iron and manganese was found to correlate well
       with the interstitial water concentrations with an exchangeable fraction-water
       distribution coefficient of about 9 i/kg for both.

          Zinc and nickel correlated less well with the exchangeable concentration
       and exhibited  an average exchangeable fraction-water distribution coefficient
       of 9 and 5, respectively.  Copper and cadmium were not found in detectable
       quantities in the exchangeable fraction and interstitial water; concentrations
       were  100 to 1,000 times lower than for the other species.  Thus, the

                                                                                             B5
Appendix B A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
             exchangeable fraction, as defined by the amount of contaminant extracted with
             ammonium acetate, was a reasonable indicator of the interstitial or presumed
             equilibrium water concentrations.  This would assume no changes in the
             chemical state of the sediment.  Oxidation of the sediment, for example, tends
             to mobilize many of the metals  and other elemental species that might be
             present in the sediment.

                 Brannon, Myers, and Price (1992) and Environmental Laboratory (1987)
             conducted further tests to define distribution coefficients for elemental species
             in freshwater sediments at Indiana Harbor, Indiana, and Hamlet City Lake,
             North Carolina.  Both sequential batch leach tests and continuous column
             leaching tests were employed.  The combination of batch and continuous tests
             has several advantages over traditional procedures to determine mobile ele-
             mental fractions.  The batch test ostensibly defines equilibrium conditions for
             a particular sediment to water ratio,  while the continuous test should indicate
             the dynamics of the leaching  process.  However, further research is required
             to fully define the capabilities and procedures for conducting and  analyzing
             batch and column leach tests.

                 Although definitive procedures for the a priori estimation of elemental
             distribution coefficients do not  exist, general guidelines for the magnitude of
             these distributions coefficients do exist. The elemental partitioning studies
             (Brannon et al. 1976) and the batch equilibrium and column leaching studies
             (Environmental Laboratory 1987; Brannon, Myers, and Price 1992) indicate
             that distribution coefficients for most metals in freshwater sediments range
             from 1 to 10 I /kg. Table B2 lists the observed  range of distribution coeffi-
              cients adapted from a table presented by Dragun (1988).  The distribution
              coefficients summarized in Table B2 are the ratio of the total soil or sediment
              concentration (i.e., the sum of  both exchangeable and chemically  fixed ele-
              ments) to the adjacent water concentrations. As indicated by the discussion
              above, it is believed that a more generally useful partition coefficient would be
              one based on the exchangeable  concentration of the element.
              Air-Water Partitioning

                 Essentially all of the elemental species of interest in sediments and dredged
              material are nonvolatile. Therefore, the discussion here will be limited to
              evaporation of hydrophobic organic species from water.

                 The general expression  of equilibrium at a fluid-fluid interface is based on
              the concept of continuity of component activity across  the interface. This is
              most easily expressed as continuity of fugacity, which  is an effective pressure
              corrected for nonidealities.

                 The fugacity on each side of the interface for a contaminant i is written as
              the product of a standard state fugacity, the mole fraction of the contaminant
              and  a correction for nonideality, the activity coefficient.

Rfi
                                                   Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
Table B2
Ranges for Distribution Coefficients for Various Soils and Clays
(After Dragun 1988)
Element
Ag
Am
As(ill)
As(V)
Ca
Cd
Ce
Cm
Co
Cr(lll)
Cr(VI)
Cs
Cu
Fe
K
Mg
Mn
Mo
Np
Pb
Po
Pu
Ru
Se(IV)
Sr
Tc
Th
U
Zn
Observed Kd
ml/g
10-1,000
1-47,230
1-8.3
1.9-18
1.2-9.8
1.3-27
58-6,000
93-51,900
0.2-3,800
470-150,000
1.2-1,800
10-52,000
1 .4-333
1.4-1,000
2-9
1.6-13.5
0.2-10,000
0.4-400
0.2-929
4.5-7,640
196-1,063
11-300,000
48-1,000
1.2-8.6
0.2-3,300
0.003-0.28
2,000-510,000
11-4,400
0.1-8,000
Logarithmic Mean
110
810
3.3
6.7
4
6.7
1,100
3,300
55
2,200
37
1,100
22
55
5.5
5.5
148
20
11
100
550
1,800
600
2.7
27
30
60,000
45
16
Standard Deviation
(Error Factor)1
3.7
20
1.8
1.6
2.2
2.5
3.7
6.7
10
3.3
9
6.7
3
5.5
1.6
1.6
15
8.2
10
5.5 ||
2 U
10 I
2.7
2
7.4
3
4.5
3.7
6.7
1 Standard deviation as a multiplicative factor of mean.
Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients
                                                                                                                    B7

-------
              where

                  /•  = fugacity of component i

                  Xj  = mole fraction of i

                  7,  = activity coefficient of component i

                 fj°  = standard state fugacity of component i

              At the  air-water interface,  the equality of fugacities implies
                     *air _  ,.water
                     Ji   ~ Ji
              The relationship between concentrations (or mole fractions) of the contaminant
              across the air-water interface then depends on the specification of activity
              coefficients and standard state fugacities in  each of the phases.

                 The standard state fugacity is normally taken as the pressure that would be
              exerted by the pure component (i.e., contaminant i) at the same temperature,
              pressure, and phase as the mixture.  Thus the standard state fugacity of a
              component in air would be the pressure exerted by a pure component vapor in
              the atmosphere (i.e.,  1  atm).  In addition, since gases act ideally at  low pres-
              sure,  the activity coefficient in the atmosphere is 1.  Similarly, the standard
              state fugacity of a component in water would be the pressure exerted by a
              pure component liquid at the desired temperature.  This is just the pure com-
              ponent vapor pressure (or saturation pressure)  at that temperature. Estimation
              of the activity coefficient in water is more difficult due to the typically large
              deviations  from ideality (i.e., y"T f 1).  Hydrophobic organics exhibit a low
              solubility in  water, and even a saturated water solution is not changed appre-
              ciably by the presence of the organic species.  Thus, the water-organic
              interactions and the activity coefficient are essentially independent of concen-
              tration.  In addition, a saturated solution exerts the same component pressure
              as a pure phase since the addition of any more of the component produces
              such  a phase.  Thus, continuity of fugacities across the air-water interface for
              a saturated water solution is described by

                      y;.(DP = PV  =  x,,7,pv
               or
B8
                                                   Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
       where

           yt = mole fraction of i in the air (ytP is the component partial pressure)

           P = total pressure (1 atm)

          Pv = pure component vapor pressure of i (= yf for saturated air)

          xis = mole fraction of i in water at solubility limit

          7, =  activity coefficient of i in water

       Based on this approach,  the relationship between air concentration (as mea-
       sured by air phase mole  fraction, yt and water concentration (as measured by
       water phase mole fraction, x,) is given by
                      Xis
                           = Hx,
       where

          H = P/J^, a Henry's Law Constant

          Thus, the air-water equilibrium for a hydrophobic organic compound is
       also governed by a linear partitioning law with an essentially constant distribu-
       tion coefficient. This is valid as long as the water phase activity coefficient is
       independent of the concentration of the partitioning contaminant, an assump-
       tion that is generally good for low solubility, hydrophobic organic com-
       pounds.  This approach cannot be applied to hydrophilic organic compounds
       such as phenols, low molecular weight  alcohols, and organic acids or bases.

          The Henry's Law Constant, H, is defined above as the ratio of a vapor
       pressure and the solubility in mole fraction units.  It is often convenient to
       define solubility in concentration, or mass  per volume units. The equivalent
       Henry's Law Constant (Hc) is the ratio  of the pure component vapor pressure
       to the solubility in these concentration units. The relationship between the
       partial pressure in the air (y,P) and the  water concentration then becomes

               Y,P = Hect


       Henry's Law Constants reported in Table Bl are the Hc as defined here with
       atmospheres used  as the unit of pressure and concentration measured in
       mole/cubic meter.  The values for Hc shown in Table Bl were calculated  from

                                                                                              B9
Appendix B A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
             vapor pressure and solubility data.  This approach was taken because several
             independent measurements of solubility and vapor pressure are reported by
             Montgomery and Welkom (1990), whereas typically only a single Henry's
             Law Constant value is reported.  It is also convenient at times to use concen-
             tration units in the air phase. The Henry's Law Constant is then dimension-
             less if the same mass  and volume units are used to define the concentrations in
             the air and water phases. Note also that although H was used to indicate unit
             of pressure/mole fraction and Hc units of pressure/concentration, this notation
             is not standardized. Errors have often resulted from  the use of incorrect units
             for Henry's Law Constants, especially when this quantity is used in mass
             transfer two-layer resistance models.
             Partitioning  Between  Sediments  Or Dredged
             Material  and Air

                The partitioning of hydrophobic organics between exposed sediments or
             dredged material and air is generally equivalent to that defined in the previous
             section.  As long as the volumetric water content  of the sediments is more
             than a few percent, water will tend to coat the surface of the sediment parti-
             cles.  Phase equilibrium is then controlled by the  water-air interface.  The
             equilibrium interstitial water concentration as defined by the sediment-water
             equilibrium can then be used with a Henry's Law Constant as defined by the
             preceding section to determine the equilibrium partial pressure of the contami-
             nant above the exposed sediment.

                When the volumetric water content of the sediment or dredged material is
             less than a few percent, the equilibrium partial pressure of hydrophobic organ-
             ics of the surface of the sediment begins to decrease dramatically. Direct
             sorption of the organic molecules onto the sediment surface can take place, a
             process which can significantly increase the capacity of the solid phase to
             retain contaminants.  The partitioning between the air and sediment phase is
             largely a function of the exposed surface area of the sediment phase. Valasaraj
             and Thibodeaux (1992) have presented data on a number of hydrophobic
             organic compounds sorbing to dry, moist, and wet soils.  On completely dry
             soils or sediments, sorption of vapors onto the soil surface is apparently con-
             trolled by the surface area of the sorbet and is a nonlinear function of concen-
              tration.  In general, however, sediments exposed  due to tides or dredged
              material in a confined disposal facility will rarely achieve the dry state neces-
              sary for this mechanism to become important.  Even dryland soils are unlikely
              to be influenced by this process except in the upper few centimeters of soil.
              In addition, the assumption of water-wet sediment will provide a conservative
              upper bound to the equilibrium partial pressure of a contaminant above a dried
              sediment.  For these reasons, equilibrium at a dry sediment-air interface will
              not be considered further.
B10
                                                  Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
       References

       Baker, J. E., Eisenreich, S. J., and Swackhamer, D. L. (1991).  "Field mea-
       sured associations between polychlorinated biphenyls and suspended solids in
       natural waters:  An evaluation of the partitioning paradigm."  Organic sub-
       stances and sediments in water.  R. A. Baker, ed., Lewis Publishers.

       Brannon, J. M, Engler, R. M., Rose, J. R., Hunt, P. G., and Smith, I.
       (1976). "Selective analytical partitioning of sediments to evaluate potential
       mobility of chemical  constituents during dredging and disposal operations,"
       Technical Report D-76-7, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment  Sta-
       tion, Vicksburg, MS.

       Brannon, J. M., Myers, T.  E., and Price, C. B. (1992). "Leachate testing
       of Hamlet City  Lake  sediment," Miscellaneous Paper D-92-5, U.S. Army
       Engineer Waterways  Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

       Curtis, G. P., Reinhard, M., and Roberts, P. V.  (1986). ACS Symposium
       Series, 323.

       Dragun, J.   (1988). The soil chemistry of hazardous materials.  Hazardous
       Materials Control Research Institute, Silver Spring, MD.

       Environmental Laboratory.  (1987).  "Disposal alternatives for PCB-
       contaminated sediments from Indiana Harbor, Indiana,"  Miscellaneous Paper
       EL-87-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
       MS.

       Gschwend, P. M., and Wu, S.  (1985). "On the constancy of sediment-
       water partition coefficients of hydrophobic pollutants," Environmental Science
       and Technology 19, 90-96.

       Hansch, C., and Leo, A. J. (1979). Substituent constants for correlation
       analysis in  chemistry  and biology. John Wiley, New York.

       Lyman, W. J.,  Reehl, W. F., and Rosenblatt, D. H.  (1990).  Handbook of
       chemical property estimation methods.  American Chemical Society, Washing-
       ton, DC.

       Montgomery, J. H., and Welkom, L.  M.  (1990).  Ground-water chemicals
       desk reference.  Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, MI.

       Valsaraj, K. T., and Thibodeaux, L. J.  (1992).  "Equilibrium adsorption of
       chemical vapors onto surface soils:  Model predictions and experimental
       data." Fate of pesticides and chemicals in the environment.  J. L. Schnoor,
       ed., John Wiley, New York.
                                                                                        B1 1
Appendix B  A Priori Estimation of Distribution Coefficients

-------
   Appendix C
   Input Parameters for Disposal
   From an Instantaneous Dump
   (DIFID), Disposal From
   Continuous Discharge (DIFCD),
   and Disposal From a Hopper
   Dredge (DIFHD) Models
Table C1
Model Input Parameters
Parameter
Models1
Units
Options2
Disposal Site Descriptions
Descriptive title
Gridpoints (left to right)
Gridpoints (top to bottom)
Distance between gridpoints
Constant water depth
Gridpoints depths
Points in density profile
Depth of density point
Density at profile point
Bottom slope in x-direction
Bottom slope in z-direction
Site boundary grid locattons
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,C,H
,H
,H
,C,H



feet
feet
feet

feet
g/cc
degrees
degrees





C
V






(Sheet 1 of 4)
1 The use of a parameter in the DIFID, DIFCD, and DIFHD models is indicated in the table
by an 1, C, or H, respectively.
2 The use of a parameter for the constant depth option or variable depth option is indi-
cated in the table by a C or V, respectively. Other optional uses for parameters are so
indicated.
Appendix C Input Parameters
                                    C1

-------
Table C1 (Continued)
Parameter
Models1
Units
Options2
Disposal Operation Descriptions
Volume of material in barge
Discharge flow rate
Radius of discharge
Discharge depth
Angle of discharge
Dredge course
Vessel speed
Barge velocity in x-direction
Barge velocity in z-direction
Barge length
Barge width
Post-disposal depth
Bottom depression length in x-direction
Bottom depression length in z-direction
Bottom depression depth
X-coordinate of disposal operation
Z-coordinate of disposal operation
Disposal duration
Time from start of tidal cycle
Number of hopper bins opening together
Distance between bins
I
C,H
C,H
C,H
C
C
C
I
I
I
I
I
I,H
I,H
I,H
I.C.H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
H
H
cu yd
cfs
feet
feet
degrees
degrees
ft/sec
ft/sec
ft/sec
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
seconds
seconds

feet












Optional
Optional
Optional






Disposal Site Velocity Descriptions
Type of velocity profile
Tidal cycle time of velocity if constant
profile not used
Vertically averaged velocity in x-direction
at gridpomts
Vertically averaged velocity in z-direction
at gridpoints
Velocity in x-direction at upper point
Depth of upper point for x-direction
velocity
Velocity in x-direction at lower point
Depth of lower point for x-direction
velocity
Velocity in z-direction at upper point
Depth of upper point for z-direction
velocity
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H

seconds
ft/sec
ft/sec
ft/sec
feet
ft/sec
feet
ft/sec
feet

V
V
V
C
C
C
C
C
C
(Sheet 2 of 41
C2
                                                                              Appendix C  Input Parameters

-------
Table C1 (Continued)
Parameter | Models1
Units
Options2
Disposal Site Velocity Descriptions (Continued)
Velocity in z-direction at lower point
Depth of lower point for z-direction
velocity
I,C,H
I,C,H
ft/sec
feet
C
C
Material Descriptions
Water density at dredge site
Number of solid fractions
Solid fraction descriptions
Solid fraction specific gravity
Solid fraction volumetric concentration
Solid fraction settling velocity
Solid fraction deposited void ratio
Moisture content of material in barge as
multiple of liquid limit
Bulk density of dredged material
Liquid phase contaminant concentration
Background contaminant concentration
Sediment contaminant concentration
Contaminant water quality criteria
Toxicity criteria
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
1
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I.C.H
I,C,H
I,C,H
g/cc



cu ft/cu ft
ft/sec


g/cc
mg/f
mg/f
mg/kg
mg/f
percent







Cohesive

Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Model Coefficients
Settling coefficient
Apparent mass coefficient
Drag coefficient
Form drag for collapsing cloud
Skin friction for collapsing cloud
Drag for an ellipsoidal wedge
Drag for a plate
Friction between cloud and bottom
Horizontal diffusion dissipation
Vertical diffusion coefficient
Cloud/ambient density gradient ratio
Turbulent thermal entrainment
Entrainment in collapse
Jet entrainment
Thermal entrainment
Entrainment by convection in collapse
Entrainment due collapse of element
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H •
I.C.H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I.C.H
I.C.H
I,C,H
I.C.H
I,C,H
I,H
I,H
H,C
H,C
C
C


































(Sheet 3 of 41
Appendix C  Input Parameters
                                                                                                    C3

-------
Table C1 (Concluded)
Parameter
Models1
Units
Options2
Input, Output, and Execution Descriptions
Processes to simulate
Type of computations to perform for
initial mixing
Number of depths for initial mixing
calculations
Depths for initial mixing calculations
Duration of simulation
Time steps for mixing calculations
Convective descent output option
Collapse phase output option
Number of print times for initial mixing
output
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
1,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H
I,C,H



feet
seconds













f Sheet 4 of 4)
C4
                                                                               Appendix C  Input Parameters

-------